head	1.1;
branch	1.1.1;
access;
symbols
	EMACS_21_3:1.1.1.41
	EMACS_21_2:1.1.1.40
	EMACS_21_1:1.1.1.39
	EMACS_21_0_106:1.1.1.38
	EMACS_21_0_105:1.1.1.37
	EMACS_21_0_103:1.1.1.36
	EMACS_20_7:1.1.1.35
	EMACS_20_6:1.1.1.34
	EMACS_20_5:1.1.1.33
	EMACS_20_4:1.1.1.32
	EMACS_20_3:1.1.1.31
	EMACS_20_2:1.1.1.30
	EMACS_20_1:1.1.1.30
	EMACS_19_34:1.1.1.29
	EMACS_19_33:1.1.1.28
	EMACS_19_32:1.1.1.27
	EMACS_19_31:1.1.1.26
	EMACS_19_30:1.1.1.25
	EMACS_19_29:1.1.1.24
	EMACS_19_28:1.1.1.23
	EMACS_19_27:1.1.1.22
	EMACS_19_26:1.1.1.21
	EMACS_19_25:1.1.1.20
	EMACS_19_24:1.1.1.19
	EMACS_19_23:1.1.1.18
	EMACS_19_22:1.1.1.17
	EMACS_19_21:1.1.1.16
	EMACS_19_20:1.1.1.15
	EMACS_19_19:1.1.1.14
	EMACS_19_18:1.1.1.13
	EMACS_19_17:1.1.1.12
	EMACS_19_16:1.1.1.11
	EMACS_19_15:1.1.1.10
	EMACS_19_14:1.1.1.9
	EMACS_19_13:1.1.1.8
	EMACS_19_12:1.1.1.7
	EMACS_19_11:1.1.1.6
	EMACS_19_10:1.1.1.5
	EMACS_19_9:1.1.1.4
	EMACS_19_8:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_19_7:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_18_59:1.1.1.1
	FSF_DIST:1.1.1;
locks; strict;
comment	@# @;


1.1
date	2004.11.05.07.57.16;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.1;
next	;

1.1.1.1
date	2004.11.05.07.57.16;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.2;

1.1.1.2
date	2004.11.05.07.57.51;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.3;

1.1.1.3
date	2004.11.05.08.00.36;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.4;

1.1.1.4
date	2004.11.05.08.03.33;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.5;

1.1.1.5
date	2004.11.05.08.06.26;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.6;

1.1.1.6
date	2004.11.05.08.09.22;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.7;

1.1.1.7
date	2004.11.05.08.12.12;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.8;

1.1.1.8
date	2004.11.05.08.14.58;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.9;

1.1.1.9
date	2004.11.05.08.18.02;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.10;

1.1.1.10
date	2004.11.05.08.21.45;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.11;

1.1.1.11
date	2004.11.05.08.24.33;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.12;

1.1.1.12
date	2004.11.05.08.27.37;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.13;

1.1.1.13
date	2004.11.05.08.30.35;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.14;

1.1.1.14
date	2004.11.05.08.34.08;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.15;

1.1.1.15
date	2004.11.05.08.37.27;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.16;

1.1.1.16
date	2004.11.05.08.41.01;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.17;

1.1.1.17
date	2004.11.05.08.44.14;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.18;

1.1.1.18
date	2004.11.05.08.47.28;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.19;

1.1.1.19
date	2004.11.05.08.51.50;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.20;

1.1.1.20
date	2004.11.05.08.55.32;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.21;

1.1.1.21
date	2004.11.05.08.59.02;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.22;

1.1.1.22
date	2004.11.05.09.03.25;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.23;

1.1.1.23
date	2004.11.05.09.06.39;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.24;

1.1.1.24
date	2004.11.05.09.10.11;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.25;

1.1.1.25
date	2004.11.05.09.15.36;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.26;

1.1.1.26
date	2004.11.05.09.21.17;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.27;

1.1.1.27
date	2004.11.05.09.28.10;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.28;

1.1.1.28
date	2004.11.05.09.33.29;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.29;

1.1.1.29
date	2004.11.05.09.38.12;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.30;

1.1.1.30
date	2004.11.05.09.42.59;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.31;

1.1.1.31
date	2004.11.05.09.55.42;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.32;

1.1.1.32
date	2004.11.05.10.03.38;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.33;

1.1.1.33
date	2004.11.05.10.11.22;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.34;

1.1.1.34
date	2004.11.05.10.17.39;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.35;

1.1.1.35
date	2004.11.05.10.23.44;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.36;

1.1.1.36
date	2004.11.05.10.29.57;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.37;

1.1.1.37
date	2004.11.05.10.39.34;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.38;

1.1.1.38
date	2004.11.05.10.50.00;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.39;

1.1.1.39
date	2004.11.05.10.58.33;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.40;

1.1.1.40
date	2004.11.05.11.06.46;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.41;

1.1.1.41
date	2004.11.05.11.15.10;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;


desc
@@


1.1
log
@Initial revision
@
text
@GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  3 Feb 1992
Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
See the end for copying conditions.

Changes in version 18.58.

* RMAIL reply now properly parses nested comments in addresses.

* The "visual bell" feature when used with X windows
now flashes only 1/4 of the window's total area.  This is because
flashing the whole window is too slow on some systems.

* call-process and call-process-region now return an indication
of the exit status of the subprocess: either a numeric exit code
or a string describing the signal which caused termination.

* It is possible for regular expression matching to overflow the stack
of failure points.  In the past, such overflow was treated as simple
failure to match.  Now it causes an error.

* You can use C-u to end a numeric argument.  Thus, type C-u 1 0 0 C-u 1
to insert 100 1's.

* Emacs now knows how to get resource values from the X server.

* Job control commands in shell mode work properly on more systems
because they now work by "typing" signal characters such as C-c.

* copy-keymap no longer recursively copies keymaps reached through
symbols' function definitions (i.e., those that have names).  It does
copy nested keymaps that appear directly in the other copied keymaps.

Changes in version 18.56.

* C-g should now work to interrupt a running program
on all kinds of systems even when using X windows.

* Quitting is inhibited while a filter or sentinel is running.
Those functions can run asynchronously while Emacs is waiting
for keyboard input, and if they allow quitting, they
make the behavior of C-g unpredictable.

* Storing text into the X windows cut buffer
now clears out any selection.

* The undo facility is completely rewritten, and now
uses Lisp data structures.  It can record much more
information.  You can use the variables undo-threshold
and undo-high-threshold to control how much.

* There is no longer a maximum screen height or width. 

Changes in version 18.52.

* X windows version 10 is supported under system V.

* Pop-up menus are now supported with the same Lisp interface in
both version 10 and 11 of X windows.

* C-x 4 a is a new command to edit a change-log entry in another window.

* The emacs client program now allows an option +NNN to specify the
line number to go to in the file whose name follows.  Thus,
    emacsclient foo.c +45 bar.c
will find the files `foo.c' and `bar.c', going to line 45 in `bar.c'.

* Dired allows empty directories to be deleted like files.

* When the terminal type is used to find a terminal-specific file to
run, Emacs now tries the entire terminal type first.  If that doesn't
yield a file that exists, the last hyphen and what follows it is
stripped.  If that doesn't yield a file that exists, the previous
hyphen is stripped, and so on until all hyphens are gone.  For
example, if the terminal type is `aaa-48-foo', Emacs will try first
`term/aaa-48-foo.el', then `term/aaa-48.el' and finally `term/aaa.el'.

Underscores now receive the same treatment as hyphens.

* Texinfo features: @@defun, etc.  texinfo-show-structure.
New template commands.  texinfo-format-region.

* The special "local variable" `eval' is now ignored if you are running
as root.

* New command `c-macro-expand' shows the result of C macro expansion
in the region.  It works using the C preprocessor, so its results
are completely accurate.

* Errors in trying to auto save now flash error messages for a few seconds.

* Killing a buffer now sends SIGHUP to the buffer's process.

* New hooks.

** `spell-region' now allows you to filter the text before spelling-checking.
If the value of `spell-filter' is non-nil, it is called, with no arguments,
looking at a temporary buffer containing a copy of the text to be checked.
It can alter the text freely before the spell program sees it.

** The variable `lpr-command' now specifies the command to be used when
you use the commands to print text (such as M-x print-buffer).

** Posting netnews now calls the value of `news-inews-hook' (if not nil)
as a function of no arguments before the actual posting.

** Rmail now calls the value of `rmail-show-message-hook' (if not nil)
as a function of no arguments, each time a new message is selected.

** `kill-emacs' calls the value of `kill-emacs-hook' as a function of no args.

* New libraries.
See the source code of each library for more information.

** icon.el: a major mode for editing programs written in Icon.

** life.el: a simulator for the cellular automaton "life".  Load the
library and run M-x life.

** doctex.el: a library for converting the Emacs `etc/DOC' file of
documentation strings into TeX input.

** saveconf.el: a library which records the arrangement of windows and
buffers when you exit Emacs, and automatically recreates the same
setup the next time you start Emacs.

** uncompress.el: a library that automatically uncompresses files
when you visit them.

** c-fill.el: a mode for editing filled comments in C.

** kermit.el: an extended version of shell-mode designed for running kermit.

** spook.el: a library for adding some "distract the NSA" keywords to every
message you send.

** hideif.el: a library for hiding parts of a C program based on preprocessor
conditionals.

** autoinsert.el: a library to put in some initial text when you visit
a nonexistent file.  The text used depends on the major mode, and
comes from a directory of files created by you.

* New programming features.

** The variable `window-system-version' now contains the version number
of the window system you are using (if appropriate).  When using X windows,
its value is either 10 or 11.

** (interactive "N") uses the prefix argument if any; otherwise, it reads
a number using the minibuffer.

** VMS: there are two new functions `vms-system-info' and `shrink-to-icon'.
The former allows you to get many kinds of system status information.
See its self-documentation for full details.
The second is used with the window system: it iconifies the Emacs window.

** VMS: the new function `define-logical-name' allows you to create
job-wide logical names.  The old function `define-dcl-symbol' has been
removed.

Changes in version 18.50.

* X windows version 11 is supported.

Define X11 in config.h if you want X version 11 instead of version 10.

* The command M-x gdb runs the GDB debugger as an inferior.
It asks for the filename of the executable you want to debug.

GDB runs as an inferior with I/O through an Emacs buffer.  All the
facilities of Shell mode are available.  In addition, each time your
program stops, and each time you select a new stack frame, the source
code is displayed in another window with an arrow added to the line
where the program is executing.

Special GDB-mode commands include M-s, M-n, M-i, M-u, M-d, and C-c C-f
which send the GDB commands `step', `next', `stepi', `up', `down'
and `finish'.

In any source file, the commands C-x SPC tells GDB to set a breakpoint
on the current line.

* M-x calendar displays a three-month calendar.

* C-u 0 C-x C-s never makes a backup file.

This is a way you can explicitly request not to make a backup.

* `term-setup-hook' is for users only.

Emacs never uses this variable for internal purposes, so you can freely
set it in your `.emacs' file to make Emacs do something special after
loading any terminal-specific setup file from `lisp/term'.

* `copy-keymap' now copies recursive submaps.

* New overlay-arrow feature.

If you set the variable `overlay-arrow-string' to a string
and `overlay-arrow-position' to a marker, that string is displayed on
the screen at the position of that marker, hiding whatever text would
have appeared there.  If that position isn't on the screen, or if
the buffer the marker points into isn't displayed, there is no effect.

* -batch mode can read from the terminal.

It now works to use `read-char' to do terminal input in a noninteractive
Emacs run.  End of file causes Emacs to exit.

* Variables `data-bytes-used' and `data-bytes-free' removed.

These variables cannot really work because the 24-bit range of an
integer in (most ports of) GNU Emacs is not large enough to hold their
values on many systems.

Changes in version 18.45, since version 18.41.

* C indentation parameter `c-continued-brace-offset'.

This parameter's value is added to the indentation of any
line that is in a continuation context and starts with an open-brace.
For example, it applies to the open brace shown here:

     if (x)
       {

The default value is zero.

* Dabbrev expansion (Meta-/) preserves case.

When you use Meta-/ to search the buffer for an expansion of an
abbreviation, if the expansion found is all lower case except perhaps
for its first letter, then the case pattern of the abbreviation
is carried over to the expansion that replaces it.

* TeX-mode syntax.

\ is no longer given "escape character" syntax in TeX mode.  It now
has the syntax of an ordinary punctuation character.  As a result,
\[...\] and such like are considered to balance each other.

* Mail-mode automatic Reply-to field.

If the variable `mail-default-reply-to' is non-`nil', then each time
you start to compose a message, a Reply-to field is inserted with
its contents taken from the value of `mail-default-reply-to'.

* Where is your .emacs file?

If you run Emacs under `su', so your real and effective uids are
different, Emacs uses the home directory associated with the real uid
(the name you actually logged in under) to find the .emacs file.

Otherwise, Emacs uses the environment variable HOME to find the .emacs
file.

The .emacs file is not loaded at all if -batch is specified.

* Prolog mode is the default for ".pl" files.

* File names are not case-sensitive on VMS.

On VMS systems, all file names that you specify are converted to upper
case.  You can use either upper or lower case indiscriminately.

* VMS-only function 'define-dcl-symbol'.

This is a new name for the function formerly called
`define-logical-name'.

Editing Changes in Emacs 18

* Additional systems and machines are supported.

GNU Emacs now runs on Vax VMS.  However, many facilities that are normally
implemented by running subprocesses do not work yet.  This includes listing
a directory and sending mail.  There are features for running subprocesses
but they are incompatible with those on Unix.  I hope that some of
the VMS users can reimplement these features for VMS (compatibly for
the user, if possible).

VMS wizards are also asked to work on making the subprocess facilities
more upward compatible with those on Unix, and also to rewrite their
internals to use the same Lisp objects that are used on Unix to
represent processes.

In addition, the TI Nu machine running Unix system V, the AT&T 3b, and
the Wicat, Masscomp, Integrated Solutions, Alliant, Amdahl uts, Mips,
Altos 3068 and Gould Unix systems are now supported.  The IBM PC-RT is
supported under 4.2, but not yet under system V.  The GEC 93 is close
to working.  The port for the Elxsi is partly merged.  See the file
MACHINES for full status information and machine-specific installation
advice.

* Searching is faster.

Forward search for a text string, or for a regexp that is equivalent
to a text string, is now several times faster.  Motion by lines and
counting lines is also faster.

* Memory usage improvements.

It is no longer possible to run out of memory during garbage
collection.  As a result, running out of memory is never fatal.  This
is due to a new garbage collection algorithm which compactifies
strings in place rather than copying them.  Another consequence of the
change is a reduction in total memory usage and a slight increase in
garbage collection speed.

* Display changes.

** Editing above top of screen.

When you delete or kill or alter text that reaches to the top of the
screen or above it, so that display would start in the middle of a
line, Emacs will usually attempt to scroll the text so that display
starts at the beginning of a line again.

** Yanking in the minibuffer.

The message "Mark Set" is no longer printed when the minibuffer is
active.  This is convenient with many commands, including C-y, that
normally print such a message.

** Cursor appears in last line during y-or-n questions.

Questions that want a `y' or `n' answer now move the cursor
to the last line, following the question.

* Library loading changes.

`load' now considers all possible suffixes (`.elc', `.el' and none)
for each directory in `load-path' before going on to the next directory.
It now accepts an optional fourth argument which, if non-nil, says to
use no suffixes; then the file name must be given in full.  The search
of the directories in `load-path' goes on as usual in this case, but
it too can be prevented by passing an absolute file name.

The value of `load-path' no longer by default includes nil (meaning to
look in the current default directory).  The idea is that `load' should
be used to search the path only for libraries to be found in the standard
places.  If you want to override system libraries with your own, place
your own libraries in one special directory and add that directory to the
front of `load-path'.

The function `load' is no longer a command; that is to say, `M-x load'
is no longer allowed.  Instead, there are two commands for loading files.
`M-x load-library' is equivalent to the old meaning of `M-x load'.
`M-x load-file' reads a file name with completion and defaulting
and then loads exactly that file, with no searching and no suffixes.

* Emulation of other editors.

** `edt-emulation-on' starts emulating DEC's EDT editor.

Do `edt-emulation-off' to return Emacs to normal.

** `vi-mode' and `vip-mode' starts emulating vi.

These are two different vi emulations provided by GNU Emacs users.
We are interested in feedback as to which emulation is preferable.

See the documentation and source code for these functions
for more information.

** `set-gosmacs-bindings' emulates Gosling Emacs.

This command changes many global bindings to resemble those of
Gosling Emacs.  The previous bindings are saved and can be restored using
`set-gnu-bindings'.

* Emulation of a display terminal.

Within Emacs it is now possible to run programs (such as emacs or
supdup) which expect to do output to a visual display terminal.

See the function `terminal-emulator' for more information.

* New support for keypads and function keys.

There is now a first attempt at terminal-independent support for
keypad and function keys.

Emacs now defines a standard set of key-names for function and keypad
keys, and provides standard hooks for defining them.  Most of the
standard key-names have default definitions built into Emacs; you can
override these in a terminal-independent manner.  The default definitions
and the conventions for redefining them are in the file `lisp/keypad.el'.

These keys on the terminal normally work by sending sequences of
characters starting with ESC.  The exact sequences used vary from
terminal to terminal.  Emacs interprets them in two stages:
in the first stage, terminal-dependent sequences are mapped into
the standard key-names; then second stage maps the standard key-names
into their definitions in a terminal-independent fashion.

The terminal-specific file `term/$TERM.el' now is responsible only for
establishing the mapping from the terminal's escape sequences into
standard key-names.  It no longer knows what Emacs commands are
assigned to the standard key-names.

One other change in terminal-specific files: if the value of the TERM
variable contains a hyphen, only the part before the first hyphen is
used in forming the name of the terminal-specific file.  Thus, for
terminal type `aaa-48', the file loaded is now `term/aaa.el' rather
than `term/aaa-48.el'.

* New startup command line options.

`-i FILE' or `-insert FILE' in the command line to Emacs tells Emacs to
insert the contents of FILE into the current buffer at that point in
command line processing.  This is like using the command M-x insert-file.

`-funcall', `-load', `-user' and `-no-init-file' are new synonyms for
`-f', `-l', `-u' and `-q'.

`-nw' means don't use a window system.  If you are using a terminal
emulator on the X window system and you want to run Emacs to work through
the terminal emulator instead of working directly with the window system,
use this switch.

* Buffer-sorting commands.

Various M-x commands whose names start with `sort-' sort parts of
the region:

sort-lines	divides the region into lines and sorts them alphabetically.
sort-pages	divides into pages and sorts them alphabetically.
sort-paragraphs	divides into paragraphs and sorts them alphabetically.
sort-fields	divides into lines and sorts them alphabetically
		according to one field in the line.
		The numeric argument specifies which field (counting
		from field 1 at the beginning of the line).  Fields in a line
		are separated by whitespace.
sort-numeric-fields
		is similar but converts the specified fields to numbers
		and sorts them numerically.
sort-columns	divides into lines and sorts them according to the contents
		of a specified range of columns.

Refer to the self-documentation of these commands for full usage information.

* Changes in various commands.

** `tags-query-replace' and `tags-search' change.

These functions now display the name of the file being searched at the moment.

** `occur' output now serves as a menu.  `occur-menu' command deleted.

`M-x occur' now allows you to move quickly to any of the occurrences
listed.  Select the `*Occur*' buffer that contains the output of `occur',
move point to the occurrence you want, and type C-c C-c.
This will move point to the same occurrence in the buffer that the
occurrences were found in.

The command `occur-menu' is thus obsolete, and has been deleted.

One way to get a list of matching lines without line numbers is to
copy the text to another buffer and use the command `keep-lines'.

** Incremental search changes.

Ordinary and regexp incremental searches now have distinct default
search strings.  Thus, regexp searches recall only previous regexp
searches.

If you exit an incremental search when the search string is empty,
the old default search string is kept.  The default does not become
empty.

Reversing the direction of an incremental search with C-s or C-r
when the search string is empty now does not get the default search
string.  It leaves the search string empty.  A second C-s or C-r
will get the default search string.  As a result, you can do a reverse
incremental regexp search with C-M-s C-r.

If you add a `*', `?' or `\|' to an incremental search regexp,
point will back up if that is appropriate.  For example, if
you have searched for `ab' and add a `*', point moves to the
first match for `ab*', which may be before the match for `ab'
that was previously found.

If an incremental search is failing and you ask to repeat it,
it will start again from the beginning of the buffer (or the end,
if it is a backward search).

The search-controlling parameters `isearch-slow-speed' and
`isearch-slow-window-lines' have now been renamed to start with
`search' instead of `isearch'.  Now all the parameters' names start
with `search'.

If `search-slow-window-lines' is negative, the slow search window
is put at the top of the screen, and the absolute value or the
negative number specifies the height of it.

** Undo changes

The undo command now will mark the buffer as unmodified only when it is
identical to the contents of the visited file.

** C-M-v in minibuffer.

If while in the minibuffer you request help in a way that uses a
window to display something, then until you exit the minibuffer C-M-v
in the minibuffer window scrolls the window of help.

For example, if you request a list of possible completions, C-M-v can
be used reliably to scroll the completion list.

** M-TAB command.

Meta-TAB performs completion on the Emacs Lisp symbol names.  The sexp
in the buffer before point is compared against all existing nontrivial
Lisp symbols and completed as far as is uniquely determined by them.
Nontrivial symbols are those with either function definitions, values
or properties.

If there are multiple possibilities for the very next character, a
list of possible completions is displayed.

** Dynamic abbreviation package.

The new command Meta-/ expands an abbreviation in the buffer before point
by searching the buffer for words that start with the abbreviation.

** Changes in saving kbd macros.

The commands `write-kbd-macro' and `append-kbd-macro' have been
deleted.  The way to save a keyboard macro is to use the new command
`insert-kbd-macro', which inserts Lisp code to define the macro as
it is currently defined into the buffer before point.  Visit a Lisp
file such as your Emacs init file `~/.emacs', insert the macro
definition (perhaps deleting an old definition for the same macro)
and then save the file.

** C-x ' command.

The new command C-x ' (expand-abbrev) expands the word before point as
an abbrev, even if abbrev-mode is not turned on.

** Sending to inferior Lisp.

The command C-M-x in Lisp mode, which sends the current defun to
an inferior Lisp process, now works by writing the text into a temporary
file and actually sending only a `load'-form to load the file.
As a result, it avoids the Unix bugs that used to strike when the
text was above a certain length.

With a prefix argument, this command now makes the inferior Lisp buffer
appear on the screen and scrolls it so that the bottom is showing.

Two variables `inferior-lisp-load-command' and `inferior-lisp-prompt',
exist to customize these feature for different Lisp implementations.

** C-x p now disabled.

The command C-x p, a nonrecomended command which narrows to the current
page, is now initially disabled like C-x n.

* Dealing with files.

** C-x C-v generalized

This command is now allowed even if the current buffer is not visiting
a file.  As usual, it kills the current buffer and replaces it with a
newly found file.

** M-x recover-file improved; auto save file names changed.

M-x recover-file now checks whether the last auto-save file is more
recent than the real visited file before offering to read in the
auto-save file.  If the auto-save file is newer, a directory listing
containing the two files is displayed while you are asked whether you
want the auto save file.

Visiting a file also makes this check.  If the auto-save file is more recent,
a message is printed suggesting that you consider using M-x recover file.

Auto save file names now by default have a `#' at the end as well
as at the beginning.  This is so that `*.c' in a shell command
will never match auto save files.

On VMS, auto save file names are made by appending `_$' at the front
and `$' at the end.

When you change the visited file name of a buffer, the auto save file
is now renamed to belong to the new visited file name.

You can customize the way auto save file names are made by redefining
the two functions `make-auto-save-file-name' and `auto-save-file-name-p',
both of which are defined in `files.el'.

** Modifying a buffer whose file is changed on disk is detected instantly.

On systems where clash detection (locking of files being edited) is
implemented, Emacs also checks the first time you modify a buffer
whether the file has changed on disk since it was last visited or saved.
If it has, you are asked to confirm that you want to change the buffer.

** Exiting Emacs offers to save `*mail*'.

Emacs can now know about buffers that it should offer to save on exit
even though they are not visiting files.  This is done for any buffer
which has a non-nil local value of `buffer-offer-save'.  By default,
Mail mode provides such a local value.

** Backup file changes.

If a backup file cannot be written in the directory of the visited file
due to fascist file protection, a backup file is now written in your home
directory as `~/%backup%~'.  Only one such file is made, ever, so only
the most recently made such backup is available.

When backup files are made by copying, the last-modification time of the
original file is now preserved in the backup copy.

** Visiting remote files.

On an internet host, you can now visit and save files on any other
internet host directly from Emacs with the commands M-x ftp-find-file
and M-x ftp-write-file.  Specify an argument of the form HOST:FILENAME.
Since standard internet FTP is used, the other host may be any kind
of machine and is not required to have any special facilities.

The first time any one remote host is accessed, you will be asked to
give the user name and password for use on that host.  FTP is reinvoked
each time you ask to use it, but previously specified user names and
passwords are remembered automatically.

** Dired `g' command.

`g' in Dired mode is equivalent to M-x revert-buffer; it causes the
current contents of the same directory to be read in.

* Changes in major modes.

** C mode indentation change.

The binding of Linefeed is no longer changed by C mode.  It once again
has its normal meaning, which is to insert a newline and then indent
afterward.

The old definition did one additional thing: it reindented the line
before the new newline.  This has been removed because it made the
command twice as slow.  The only time it was really useful was after the
insertion of an `else', since the fact of starting with `else' may change
the way that line is indented.  Now you will have to type TAB again
yourself to reindent the `else' properly.

If the variable `c-tab-always-indent' is set to `nil', the TAB command
in C mode, with no argument, will just insert a tab character if there
is non-whitespace preceding point on the current line.  Giving it a
prefix argument will force reindentation of the line (as well as
of the compound statement that begins after point, if any).

** Fortran mode now exists.

This mode provides commands for motion and indentation of Fortran code,
plus built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.  For details, see the manual
or the on-line documentation of the command `fortran-mode'.

** Scribe mode now exists.

This mode does something useful for editing files of Scribe input.
It is used automatically for files with names ending in ".mss".

** Modula2 and Prolog modes now exist.

These modes are for editing programs in the languages of the same names.
They can be selected with M-x modula-2-mode and M-x prolog-mode.

** Telnet mode changes.

The telnet mode special commands have now been assigned to C-c keys.
Most of them are the same as in Shell mode.

** Picture mode changes.

The special picture-mode commands to specify the direction of cursor
motion after insertion have been moved to C-c keys.  The commands to
specify diagonal motion were already C-c keys; they are unchanged.
The keys to specify horizontal or vertical motion are now
C-c < (left), C-c > (right), C-c ^ (up) and C-c . (down).

** Nroff mode comments.

Comments are now supported in Nroff mode.  The standard comment commands
such as M-; and C-x ; know how to insert, align and delete comments
that start with backslash-doublequote.

** LaTeX mode.

LaTeX mode now exists.  Use M-x latex-mode to select this mode, and
M-x plain-tex-mode to select the previously existing mode for Plain
TeX.  M-x tex-mode attempts to examine the contents of the buffer and
choose between latex-mode and plain-tex-mode accordingly; if the
buffer is empty or it cannot tell, the variable `TeX-default-mode'
controls the choice.  Its value should be the symbol for the mode to
be used.

The facilities for running TeX on all or part of the buffer
work with LaTeX as well.

Some new commands available in both modes:

C-c C-l		recenter the window showing the TeX output buffer
		 so most recent line of output can be seen.
C-c C-k		kill the TeX subprocess.
C-c C-q		show the printer queue.
C-c C-f		close a block (appropriate for LaTeX only).
		 If the current line contains a \begin{...},
		 this inserts an \end{...} on the following line
		 and puts point on a blank line between them.

** Outline mode changes.

Invisible lines in outline mode are now indicated by `...' at the
end of the previous visible line.

The special outline heading motion commands are now all on C-c keys.
A few new ones have been added.  Here is a full list:

C-c C-n   Move to next visible heading (formerly M-})
C-c C-p   Move to previous visible heading (formerly M-{)
C-c C-f   Move to next visible heading at the same level.
	   Thus, if point is on a level-2 heading line,
	   this command moves to the next visible level-2 heading.
C-c C-b   Move to previous visible heading at the same level.
C-c C-u   Move up to previous visible heading at a higher level.

The variable `outline-regexp' now controls recognition of heading lines.
Any line whose beginning matches this regexp is a heading line.
The depth in outline structure is determined by the length of
the string that matches.

A line starting with a ^L (formfeed) is now by default considered
a header line.

* Mail reading and sending.

** MH-E changes.

MH-E has been extensively modified and improved since the v17 release.
It contains many new features, including commands to: extracted failed
messages, kill a draft message, undo changes to a mail folder, monitor
delivery of a letter, print multiple messages, page digests backwards,
insert signatures, and burst digests.  Also, many commands have been
made to able to deal with named sequences of messages, instead of
single messages.  MH-E also has had numerous bugs fixed and commands
made to run faster.  Furthermore, its keybindings have been changed to
be compatible with Rmail and the rest of GNU Emacs.

** Mail mode changes.

The C-c commands of mail mode have been rearranged:

C-c s, C-c c, C-c t and C-c b (move point to various header fields)
have been reassigned as C-c C-f C-s, C-c C-f C-c, C-c C-f C-t and C-c
C-f C-b.  C-c C-f is for "field".

C-c y, C-c w and C-c q have been changed to C-c C-y, C-c C-w and C-c C-q.

Thus, C-c LETTER is always unassigned.

** Rmail C-r command changed to w.

The Rmail command to edit the current message is now `w'.  This change
has been made because people frequently type C-r while in Rmail hoping
to do a reverse incremental search.  That now works.

* Rnews changes.

** Caesar rotation added.

The function news-caesar-buffer-body performs encryption and
decryption of the body of a news message.  It defaults to the USENET
standard of 13, and accepts any numeric arg between 1 to 25 and -25 to -1.
The function is bound to C-c C-r in both news-mode and news-reply-mode.

** rmail-output command added.

The C-o command has been bound to rmail-output in news-mode.
This allows one to append an article to a file which is in either Unix
mail or RMAIL format.

** news-reply-mode changes.

The C-c commands of news reply mode have been rearranged and changed,
so that C-c LETTER is always unassigned:

C-c y, C-c w and C-c q have been changed to C-c C-y, C-c C-w and C-c C-q.

C-c c, C-c t, and C-c b (move to various mail header fields) have been
deleted (they make no sense for posting and replying to USENET).

C-c s (move to Subject: header field) has been reassigned as C-c C-f
C-s.  C-c C-f is for "field".  Several additional move to news header
field commands have been added.

The local news-reply-mode bindings now look like this:

C-c C-s  news-inews (post the message)    C-c C-c  news-inews
C-c C-f	 move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
	 C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups:	C-c C-f C-s  move to Subj:
	 C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To:      C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords:
	 C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution:	C-c C-f C-a  move to Summary:
C-c C-y  news-reply-yank-original (insert current message, in NEWS).
C-c C-q  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
C-c C-r  caesar rotate all letters by 13 places in the article's body (rot13).

* Existing Emacs usable as a server.

Programs such as mailers that invoke "the editor" as an inferior
to edit some text can now be told to use an existing Emacs process
instead of creating a new editor.

To do this, you must have an Emacs process running and capable of
doing terminal I/O at the time you want to invoke it.  This means that
either you are using a window system and give Emacs a separate window
or you run the other programs as inferiors of Emacs (such as, using
M-x shell).

First prepare the existing Emacs process by loading the `server'
library and executing M-x server-start.  (Your .emacs can do this
automatically.)

Now tell the other programs to use, as "the editor", the Emacs client
program (etc/emacsclient, located in the same directory as this file).
This can be done by setting the environment variable EDITOR.

When another program invokes the emacsclient as "the editor", the
client actually transfers the file names to be edited to the existing
Emacs, which automatically visits the files.

When you are done editing a buffer for a client, do C-x # (server-edit).
This marks that buffer as done, and selects the next buffer that the client
asked for.  When all the buffers requested by a client are marked in this
way, Emacs tells the client program to exit, so that the program that
invoked "the editor" will resume execution.

You can only have one server Emacs at a time, but multiple client programs
can put in requests at the same time.

The client/server work only on Berkeley Unix, since they use the Berkeley
sockets mechanism for their communication.

Changes in Lisp programming in Emacs version 18.

* Init file changes.

** Suffixes no longer accepted on `.emacs'.

Emacs will no longer load a file named `.emacs.el' or `emacs.elc'
in place of `.emacs'.  This is so that it will take less time to
find `.emacs'.  If you want to compile your init file, give it another
name and make `.emacs' a link to the `.elc' file, or make it contain
a call to `load' to load the `.elc' file.

** `default-profile' renamed to `default', and loaded after `.emacs'.

It used to be the case that the file `default-profile' was loaded if
and only if `.emacs' was not found.

Now the name `default-profile' is not used at all.  Instead, a library
named `default' is loaded after the `.emacs' file.  `default' is loaded
whether the `.emacs' file exists or not.  However, loading of `default'
can be prevented if the `.emacs' file sets `inhibit-default-init' to non-nil.

In fact, you would call the default file `default.el' and probably would
byte-compile it to speed execution.

Note that for most purposes you are better off using a `site-init' library
since that will be loaded before the runnable Emacs is dumped.  By using
a `site-init' library, you avoid taking up time each time Emacs is started.

** inhibit-command-line has been eliminated.

This variable used to exist for .emacs files to set.  It has been
eliminated because you can get the same effect by setting
command-line-args to nil and setting inhibit-startup-message to t.

* `apply' is more general.

`apply' now accepts any number of arguments.  The first one is a function;
the rest are individual arguments to pass to that function, except for the
last, which is a list of arguments to pass.

Previously, `apply' required exactly two arguments.  Its old behavior
follows as a special case of the new definition.

* New code-letter for `interactive'.

(interactive "NFoo: ") is like (interactive "nFoo: ") in reading
a number using the minibuffer to serve as the argument; however,
if a prefix argument was specified, it uses the prefix argument
value as the argument, and does not use the minibuffer at all.

This is used by the `goto-line' and `goto-char' commands.

* Semantics of variables.

** Built-in per-buffer variables improved.

Several built-in variables which in the past had a different value in
each buffer now behave exactly as if `make-variable-buffer-local' had
been done to them.

These variables are `tab-width', `ctl-arrow', `truncate-lines',
`fill-column', `left-margin', `mode-line-format', `abbrev-mode',
`overwrite-mode', `case-fold-search', `auto-fill-hook',
`selective-display', `selective-display-ellipses'.

To be precise, each variable has a default value which shows through
in most buffers and can be accessed with `default-value' and set with
`set-default'.  Setting the variable with `setq' makes the variable
local to the current buffer.  Changing the default value has retroactive
effect on all buffers in which the variable is not local.

The variables `default-case-fold-search', etc., are now obsolete.
They now refer to the default value of the variable, which is not
quite the same behavior as before, but it should enable old init files
to continue to work.

** New per-buffer variables.

The variables `fill-prefix', `comment-column' and `indent-tabs-mode'
are now per-buffer.  They work just like `fill-column', etc.

** New function `setq-default'.

`setq-default' sets the default value of a variable, and uses the
same syntax that `setq' accepts: the variable name is not evaluated
and need not be quoted.

`(setq-default case-fold-search nil)' would make searches case-sensitive
in all buffers that do not have local values for `case-fold-search'.

** Functions `global-set' and `global-value' deleted.

These functions were never used except by mistake by users expecting
the functionality of `set-default' and `default-value'.

* Changes in defaulting of major modes.

When `default-major-mode' is `nil', new buffers are supposed to
get their major mode from the buffer that is current.  However,
certain major modes (such as Dired mode, Rmail mode, Rmail Summary mode,
and others) are not reasonable to use in this way.

Now such modes' names have been given non-`nil' `mode-class' properties.
If the current buffer's mode has such a property, Fundamental mode is
used as the default for newly created buffers.

* `where-is-internal' requires additional arguments.

This function now accepts three arguments, two of them required:
DEFINITION, the definition to search for; LOCAL-KEYMAP, the keymap
to use as the local map when doing the searching, and FIRST-ONLY,
which is nonzero to return only the first key found.

This function returns a list of keys (strings) whose definitions
(in the LOCAL-KEYMAP or the current global map) are DEFINITION.

If FIRST-ONLY is non-nil, it returns a single key (string).

This function has changed incompatibly in that now two arguments
are required when previously only one argument was allowed.  To get
the old behavior of this function, write `(current-local-map)' as
the expression for the second argument.

The incompatibility is sad, but `nil' is a legitimate value for the
second argument (it means there is no local keymap), so it cannot also
serve as a default meaning to use the current local keymap.

* Abbrevs with hooks.

When an abbrev defined with a hook is expanded, it now performs the
usual replacement of the abbrev with the expansion before running the
hook.  Previously the abbrev itself was deleted but the expansion was
not inserted.

* Function `scan-buffer' deleted.

Use `search-forward' or `search-backward' in place of `scan-buffer'.
You will have to rearrange the arguments.

* X window interface improvements.

** Detect release of mouse buttons.

Button-up events can now be detected.  See the file `lisp/x-mouse.el'
for details.

** New pop-up menu facility.

The new function `x-popup-menu' pops up a menu (in a X window)
and returns an indication of which selection the user made.
For more information, see its self-documentation.

* M-x disassemble.

This command prints the disassembly of a byte-compiled Emacs Lisp function.

Would anyone like to interface this to the debugger?

* `insert-buffer-substring' can insert part of the current buffer.

The old restriction that the text being inserted had to come from
a different buffer is now lifted.

When inserting text from the current buffer, the text to be inserted
is determined from the specified bounds before any copying takes place.

* New function `substitute-key-definition'.

This is a new way to replace one command with another command as the
binding of whatever keys may happen to refer to it.

(substitute-key-definition OLDDEF NEWDEF KEYMAP) looks through KEYMAP
for keys defined to run OLDDEF, and rebinds those keys to run NEWDEF
instead.

* New function `insert-char'.

Insert a specified character, a specified number of times.

* `mark-marker' changed.

When there is no mark, this now returns a marker that points
nowhere, rather than `nil'.

* `ding' accepts argument.

When given an argument, the function `ding' does not terminate
execution of a keyboard macro.  Normally, `ding' does terminate
all macros that are currently executing.

* New function `minibuffer-depth'.

This function returns the current depth in minibuffer activations.
The value is zero when the minibuffer is not in use.
Values greater than one are possible if the user has entered the
minibuffer recursively.

* New function `documentation-property'.

(documentation-property SYMBOL PROPNAME) is like (get SYMBOL PROPNAME),
except that if the property value is a number `documentation-property'
will take that number (or its absolute value) as a character position
in the DOC file and return the string found there.

(documentation-property VAR 'variable-documentation) is the proper
way for a Lisp program to get the documentation of variable VAR.

* New documentation-string expansion feature.

If a documentation string (for a variable or function) contains text
of the form `\<FOO>', it means that all command names specified in
`\[COMMAND]' construct from that point on should be turned into keys
using the value of the variable FOO as the local keymap.  Thus, for example,

  `\<emacs-lisp-mode-map>\[eval-defun] evaluates the defun containing point.'

will expand into

  "ESC C-x evaluates the defun containing point."

regardless of the current major mode, because ESC C-x is defined to
run `eval-defun' in the keymap `emacs-lisp-mode-map'.  The effect is
to show the key for `eval-defun' in Emacs Lisp mode regardless of the
current major mode.

The `\<...>' construct applies to all `\[...]' constructs that follow it,
up to the end of the documentation string or the next `\<...>'.

Without `\<...>', the keys for commands specified in `\[...]' are found
in the current buffer's local map.

The current global keymap is always searched second, whether `\<...>'
has been used or not.

* Multiple hooks allowed in certain contexts.

The old hook variables `find-file-hook', `find-file-not-found-hook' and
`write-file-hook' have been replaced.

The replacements are `find-file-hooks', `find-file-not-found-hooks'
and `write-file-hooks'.  Each holds a list of functions to be called;
by default, `nil', for no functions.  The functions are called in
order of appearance in the list.

In the case of `find-file-hooks', all the functions are executed.

In the case of `find-file-not-found-hooks', if any of the functions
returns non-`nil', the rest of the functions are not called.

In the case of `write-file-hooks', if any of the functions returns
non-`nil', the rest of the functions are not called, and the file is
considered to have been written already; so actual writing in the
usual way is not done.  If `write-file-hooks' is local to a buffer,
it is set to its global value if `set-visited-file-name' is called
(and thus by C-x C-w as well).

`find-file-not-found-hooks' and `write-file-hooks' can be used
together to implement editing of files that are not stored as Unix
files: stored in archives, or inside version control systems, or on
other machines running other operating systems and accessible via ftp.

* New hooks for suspending Emacs.

Suspending Emacs runs the hook `suspend-hook' before suspending
and the hook `suspend-resume-hook' if the suspended Emacs is resumed.
Running a hook is done by applying the variable's value to no arguments
if the variable has a non-`nil' value.  If `suspend-hook' returns
non-`nil', then suspending is inhibited and so is running the
`suspend-resume-hook'.  The non-`nil' value means that the `suspend-hook'
has done whatever suspending is required.

* Disabling commands can print a special message.

A command is disabled by giving it a non-`nil' `disabled' property.
Now, if this property is a string, it is included in the message
printed when the user tries to run the command.

* Emacs can open TCP connections.

The function `open-network-stream' opens a TCP connection to
a specified host and service.  Its value is a Lisp object that represents
the connection.  The object is a kind of "subprocess", and I/O are
done like I/O to subprocesses.

* Display-related changes.

** New mode-line control features.

The display of the mode line used to be controlled by a format-string
that was the value of the variable `mode-line-format'.

This variable still exists, but it now allows more general values,
not just strings.  Lists, cons cells and symbols are also meaningful.

The mode line contents are created by outputting various mode elements
one after the other.  Here are the kinds of objects that can be
used as mode elements, and what they do in the display:

  string        the contents of the string are output to the mode line,
		and %-constructs are replaced by other text.

  t or nil	ignored; no output results.

  symbol	the symbol's value is used.  If the value is a string,
		the string is output verbatim to the mode line
		(so %-constructs are not interpreted).  Otherwise,
		the symbol's value is processed as a mode element.

  list (whose first element is a string or list or cons cell)
		the elements of the list are treated as as mode elements,
		so that the output they generate is concatenated,

  list (whose car is a symbol)
		if the symbol's value is non-nil, the second element of the
		list is treated as a mode element.  Otherwise, the third
		element (if any) of the list is treated as a mode element.

  cons (whose car is a positive integer)
		the cdr of the cons is used as a mode element, but
		the text it produces is padded, if necessary, to have
		at least the width specified by the integer.

  cons (whose car is a negative integer)
		the cdr of the cons is used as a mode element, but
		the text it produces is truncated, if necessary, to have
		at most the width specified by the integer.

There is always one mode element to start with, that being the value of
`mode-line-format', but if this value is a list then it leads to several
more mode elements, which can lead to more, and so on.

There is one new %-construct for mode elements that are strings:
`%n' displays ` Narrow' for a buffer that is narrowed.

The default value of `mode-line-format' refers to several other variables.
These variables are `mode-name', `mode-line-buffer-identification',
`mode-line-process', `mode-line-modified', `global-mode-string' and
`minor-mode-alist'.  The first four are local in every buffer in which they
are changed from the default.

mode-name	Name of buffer's major mode.  Local in every buffer.

mode-line-buffer-identification
		Normally the list ("Emacs: %17b"), it is responsible
		for displaying text to indicate what buffer is being shown
		and what kind of editing it is doing.  `Emacs' means
		that a file of characters is being edited.  Major modes
		such as Info and Dired which edit or view other kinds
		of data often change this value.  This variables becomes
		local to the current buffer if it is setq'd.

mode-line-process
		Normally nil, this variable is responsible for displaying
		information about the process running in the current buffer.
		M-x shell-mode and M-x compile alter this variable.

mode-line-modified
		This variable is responsible for displaying the indication
		of whether the current buffer is modified or read-only.
		By default its value is `("--%*%*-")'.

minor-mode-alist
		This variable is responsible for displaying text for those
		minor modes that are currently enabled.  Its value
		is a list of elements of the form (VARIABLE STRING),
		where STRING is to be displayed if VARIABLE's value
		(in the buffer whose mode line is being displayed)
		is non-nil.  This variable is not made local to particular
		buffers, but loading some libraries may add elements to it.

global-mode-string
		This variable is used to display the time, if you ask
		for that.

The idea of these variables is to eliminate the need for major modes
to alter mode-line-format itself.

** `window-point' valid for selected window.

The value returned by `window-point' used to be incorrect when its
argument was the selected window.  Now the value is correct.

** Window configurations may be saved as Lisp objects.

The function `current-window-configuration' returns a special type of
Lisp object that represents the current layout of windows: the
sizes and positions of windows, which buffers appear in them, and
which parts of the buffers appear on the screen.

The function `set-window-configuration' takes one argument, which must
be a window configuration object, and restores that configuration.

** New hook `temp-output-buffer-show-hook'.

This hook allows you to control how help buffers are displayed.
Whenever `with-output-to-temp-buffer' has executed its body and wants
to display the temp buffer, if this variable is bound and non-`nil'
then its value is called with one argument, the temp buffer.
The hook function is solely responsible for displaying the buffer.
The standard manner of display--making the buffer appear in a window--is
used only if there is no hook function.

** New function `minibuffer-window'.

This function returns the window used (sometimes) for displaying
the minibuffer.  It can be used even when the minibuffer is not active.

** New feature to `next-window'.

If the optional second argument is neither `nil' nor `t', the minibuffer
window is omitted from consideration even when active; if the starting
window was the last non-minibuffer window, the value will be the first
non-minibuffer window.

** New variable `minibuffer-scroll-window'.

When this variable is non-`nil', the command `scroll-other-window'
uses it as the window to be scrolled.  Displays of completion-lists
set this variable to the window containing the display.

** New argument to `sit-for'.

A non-nil second argument to `sit-for' means do not redisplay;
just wait for the specified time or until input is available.

** Deleted function `set-minor-mode'; minor modes must be changed.

The function `set-minor-mode' has been eliminated.  The display
of minor mode names in the mode line is now controlled by the
variable `minor-mode-alist'.  To specify display of a new minor
mode, it is sufficient to add an element to this list.  Once that
is done, you can turn the mode on and off just by setting a variable,
and the display will show its status automatically.

** New variable `cursor-in-echo-area'.

If this variable is non-nil, the screen cursor appears on the
last line of the screen, at the end of the text displayed there.

Binding this variable to t is useful at times when reading single
characters of input with `read-char'.

** New per-buffer variable `selective-display-ellipses'.

If this variable is non-nil, an ellipsis (`...') appears on the screen
at the end of each text line that is followed by invisible text.

If this variable is nil, no ellipses appear.  Then there is no sign
on the screen that invisible text is present.

Text is made invisible under the control of the variable
`selective-display'; this is how Outline mode and C-x $ work.

** New variable `no-redraw-on-reenter'.

If you set this variable non-nil, Emacs will not clear the screen when
you resume it after suspending it.  This is for the sake of terminals
with multiple screens of memory, where the termcap entry has been set
up to switch between screens when Emacs is suspended and resumed.

** New argument to `set-screen-height' or `set-screen-width'.

These functions now take an optional second argument which says
what significance the newly specified height or width has.

If the argument is nil, or absent, it means that Emacs should
believe that the terminal height or width really is as just specified.

If the argument is t, it means Emacs should not believe that the
terminal really is this high or wide, but it should use the
specific height or width as the number of lines or columns to display.
Thus, you could display only 24 lines on a screen known to have 48 lines.

What practical difference is there between using only 24 lines for display
and really believing that the terminal has 24 lines?

1. The ``real'' height of the terminal says what the terminal command
to move the cursor to the last line will do.

2. The ``real'' height of the terminal determines how much padding is
needed.

* File-related changes.

** New parameter `backup-by-copying-when-mismatch'.

If this variable is non-`nil', then when Emacs is about to save a
file, it will create the backup file by copying if that would avoid
changing the file's uid or gid.

The default value of this variable is `nil', because usually it is
useful to have the uid of a file change according to who edited it
last.  I recommend thet this variable be left normally `nil' and
changed with a local variables list in those particular files where
the uid needs to be preserved.

** New parameter `file-precious-flag'.

If this variable is non-`nil', saving the buffer tries to avoid
leaving an incomplete file due to disk full or other I/O errors.
It renames the old file before saving.  If saving is successful,
the renamed file is deleted; if saving gets an error, the renamed
file is renamed back to the name you visited.

Backups are always made by copying for such files.

** New variable `buffer-offer-save'.

If the value of this variable is non-`nil' in a buffer then exiting
Emacs will offer to save the buffer (if it is modified and nonempty)
even if the buffer is not visiting a file.  This variable is
automatically made local to the current buffer whenever it is set.

** `rename-file', `copy-file', `add-name-to-file' and `make-symbolic-link'.

The third argument to these functions used to be `t' or `nil'; `t'
meaning go ahead even if the specified new file name already has a file,
and `nil' meaning to get an error.

Now if the third argument is a number it means to ask the user for
confirmation in this case.

** New optional argument to `copy-file'.

If `copy-file' receives a non-nil fourth argument, it attempts
to give the new copy the same time-of-last-modification that the
original file has.

** New function `file-newer-than-file-p'.

(file-newer-than-file-p FILE1 FILE2) returns non-nil if FILE1 has been
modified more recently than FILE2.  If FILE1 does not exist, the value
is always nil; otherwise, if FILE2 does not exist, the value is t.
This is meant for use when FILE2 depends on FILE1, to see if changes
in FILE1 make it necessary to recompute FILE2 from it.

** Changed function `file-exists-p'.

This function is no longer the same as `file-readable-p'.
`file-exists-p' can now return t for a file that exists but which
the fascists won't allow you to read.

** New function `file-locked-p'.

This function receives a file name as argument and returns `nil'
if the file is not locked, `t' if locked by this Emacs, or a
string giving the name of the user who has locked it.

** New function `file-name-sans-versions'.

(file-name-sans-versions NAME) returns a substring of NAME, with any
version numbers or other backup suffixes deleted from the end.

** New functions for directory names.

Although a directory is really a kind of file, specifying a directory
uses a somewhat different syntax from specifying a file.
In Emacs, a directory name is used as part of a file name.

On Unix, the difference is small: a directory name ends in a slash,
while a file name does not: thus, `/usr/rms/' to name a directory,
while `/usr/rms' names the file which holds that directory.

On VMS, the difference is considerable: `du:[rms.foo]' specifies a
directory, but the name of the file that holds that directory is
`du:[rms]foo.dir'.

There are two new functions for converting between directory names
and file names.  `directory-file-name' takes a directory name and
returns the name of the file in which that directory's data is stored.
`file-name-as-directory' takes the name of a file and returns
the corresponding directory name.  These always understand Unix file name
syntax; on VMS, they understand VMS syntax as well.

For example, (file-name-as-directory "/usr/rms") returns "/usr/rms/"
and (directory-file-name "/usr/rms/") returns "/usr/rms".
On VMS, (file-name-as-directory "du:[rms]foo.dir") returns "du:[rms.foo]"
and (directory-file-name "du:[rms.foo]") returns "du:[rms]foo.dir".

** Value of `file-attributes' changed.

The function file-attributes returns a list containing many kinds of
information about a file.  Now the list has eleven elements.

The tenth element is `t' if deleting the file and creating another
file of the same name would result in a change in the file's group;
`nil' if there would be no change.  You can also think of this as
comparing the file's group with the default group for files created in
the same directory by you.

The eleventh element is the inode number of the file.

** VMS-only function `file-name-all-versions'.

This function returns a list of all the completions, including version
number, of a specified version-number-less file name.  This is like
`file-name-all-completions', except that the latter returns values
that do not include version numbers.

** VMS-only variable `vms-stmlf-recfm'.

On a VMS system, if this variable is non-nil, Emacs will give newly
created files the record format `stmlf'.  This is necessary for files
that must contain lines of arbitrary length, such as compiled Emacs
Lisp.

When writing a new version of an existing file, Emacs always keeps
the same record format as the previous version; so this variable has
no effect.

This variable has no effect on Unix systems.

** `insert-file-contents' on an empty file.

This no longer sets the buffer's "modified" flag.

** New function (VMS only) `define-logical-name':

(define-logical-name LOGICAL TRANSLATION) defines a VMS logical name
LOGICAL whose translation is TRANSLATION.  The new name applies to
the current process only.

** Deleted variable `ask-about-buffer-names'.

If you want buffer names for files to be generated in a special way,
you must redefine `create-file-buffer'.

* Subprocess-related changes.

** New function `process-list'.

This function takes no arguments and returns a list of all
of Emacs's asynchronous subprocesses.

** New function `process-exit-status'.

This function, given a process, process name or buffer as argument,
returns the exit status code or signal number of the process.
If the process has not yet exited or died, this function returns 0.

** Process output ignores `buffer-read-only'.

Output from a process will go into the process's buffer even if the
buffer is read only.

** Switching buffers in filter functions and sentinels.

Emacs no longer saves and restore the current buffer around calling
the filter and sentinel functions, so these functions can now
permanently alter the selected buffer in a straightforward manner.

** Specifying environment variables for subprocesses.

When a subprocess is started with `start-process' or `call-process',
the value of the variable `process-environment' is taken to
specify the environment variables to give the subprocess.  The
value should be a list of strings, each of the form "VAR=VALUE".

`process-environment' is initialized when Emacs starts up
based on Emacs's environment.

** New variable `process-connection-type'.

If this variable is `nil', when a subprocess is created, Emacs uses
a pipe rather than a pty to communicate with it.  Normally this
variable is `t', telling Emacs to use a pty if ptys are supported
and one is available.

** New function `waiting-for-user-input-p'.

This function, given a subprocess as argument, returns `t' if that
subprocess appears to be waiting for input sent from Emacs,
or `nil' otherwise.

** New hook `shell-set-directory-error-hook'.

The value of this variable is called, with no arguments, whenever
Shell mode gets an error trying to keep track of directory-setting
commands (such as `cd' and `pushd') used in the shell buffer.

* New functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid'.

These functions take no arguments and return, respectively,
the effective uid and the real uid of the Emacs process.
The value in each case is an integer.

* New variable `print-escape-newlines' controls string printing.

If this variable is non-`nil', then when a Lisp string is printed
by the Lisp printing function `prin1' or `print', newline characters
are printed as `\n' rather than as a literal newline.

* New function `sysnetunam' on HPUX.

This function takes two arguments, a network address PATH and a
login string LOGIN, and executes the system call `netunam'.
It returns `t' if the call succeeds, otherwise `nil'.

News regarding installation:

* Many `s-...' file names changed.

Many `s-...' files have been renamed.  All periods in such names,
except the ones just before the final `h', have been changed to
hyphens.  Thus, `s-bsd4.2.h' has been renamed to `s-bsd4-2.h'.

This is so a Unix distribution can be moved mechanically to VMS.

* `DOCSTR...' file now called `DOC-...'.

The file of on-line documentation strings, that used to be
`DOCSTR.mm.nn.oo' in this directory, is now called `DOC-mm.nn.oo'.
This is so that it can port to VMS using the standard conventions
for translating filenames for VMS.

This file also now contains the doc strings for variables as
well as functions.

* Emacs no longer uses floating point arithmetic.

This may make it easier to port to some machines.

* Macros `XPNTR' and `XSETPNTR'; flag `DATA_SEG_BITS'.

These macros exclusively are used to unpack a pointer from a Lisp_Object
and to insert a pointer into a Lisp_Object.  Redefining them may help
port Emacs to machines in which all pointers to data objects have
certain high bits set.

If `DATA_SEG_BITS' is defined, it should be a number which contains
the high bits to be inclusive or'ed with pointers that are unpacked.

* New flag `HAVE_X_MENU'.

Define this flag in `config.h' in addition to `HAVE_X_WINDOWS'
to enable use of the Emacs interface to X Menus.  On some operating
systems, the rest of the X interface works properly but X Menus
do not work; hence this separate flag.  See the file `src/xmenu.c'
for more information.

* Macros `ARRAY_MARK_FLAG' and `DONT_COPY_FLAG'.

* `HAVE_ALLOCA' prevents assembly of `alloca.s'.

* `SYSTEM_MALLOC' prevents use of GNU `malloc.c'.

SYSTEM_MALLOC, if defined, means use the system's own `malloc' routines
rather than those that come with Emacs.

Use this only if absolutely necessary, because if it is used you do
not get warnings when space is getting low.

* New flags to control unexec.

See the file `unexec.c' for a long comment on the compilation
switches that suffice to make it work on many machines.

* `PNTR_COMPARISON_TYPE'

Pointers that need to be compared for ordering are converted to this type
first.  Normally this is `unsigned int'.

* `HAVE_VFORK', `HAVE_DUP2' and `HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY'.

These flags just say whether certain system calls are available.

* New macros control compiler switches, linker switches and libraries.

The m- and s- files can now control in a modular fashion the precise
arguments passed to `cc' and `ld'.

LIBS_STANDARD defines the standard C libraries.  Default is `-lc'.
LIBS_DEBUG defines the extra libraries to use when debugging.  Default `-lg'.
LIBS_SYSTEM can be defined by the s- file to specify extra libraries.
LIBS_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra libraries.
LIBS_TERMCAP defines the libraries for Termcap or Terminfo.
  It is defined by default in a complicated fashion but the m- or s- file
  can override it.

LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM can be defined by the s- file to specify extra `ld' switches.
  The default is `-X' on BSD systems except those few that use COFF object files.
LD_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `ld' switches.

C_DEBUG_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' when debugging.  Default `-g'.
C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' to optimize.  Default `-O'.
C_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `cc' switches.

For older news, see the file ONEWS.

----------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright information:

Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.

   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
   of this document, or of portions of it,
   under the above conditions, provided also that they
   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.

Local variables:
mode: text
end:
@


1.1.1.1
log
@import emacs-18.59
@
text
@@


1.1.1.2
log
@import emacs-19.7
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  21 May 1993
Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d4 21
d26 6
a31 3
Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@@prep.ai.mit.edu.
For older news, see the file ONEWS.  For Lisp changes in Emacs 19,
see the file LNEWS.
d33 57
a89 1
Changes in version 19.
d91 1
a91 108
* When you kill buffers, Emacs now returns memory to the operating system,
thus reducing the size of the Emacs process.  All the space that you free
up by killing buffers can now be reused for other buffers no matter what
their sizes, or reused by other processes if Emacs doesn't need it.

* Emacs now does garbage collection and auto saving while it is waiting
for input, which often avoids the need to do these things while you
are typing.

The variable `auto-save-timeout' says how many seconds Emacs should
wait, after you stop typing, before it does an auto save and a garbage
collection.

* If auto saving detects that a buffer has shrunk greatly, it refrains
from auto saving that buffer and displays a warning.  Now it also turns
off Auto Save mode in that buffer, so that you won't get the same
warning again.

If you reenable Auto Save mode in that buffer, Emacs will start saving
it again with no further warnings.

* A new minor mode called Line Number mode displays the current line
number in the mode line, updating it as necessary when you move
point.

However, if the buffer is very large (larger than the value of
`line-number-display-limit'), then the line number doesn't appear.
This is because computing the line number can be painfully slow if the
buffer is very large.

* You can quit while Emacs is waiting to read or write files.

* The arrow keys now have default bindings to move in the appropriate
directions.  (Of course, you must provide a terminal-specific file to
tell Emacs what sequences the arrow keys send on each kind of
terminal, or Emacs won't recognize the arrow keys.) 

* The arrow keys now act like true motion commands; down-arrow will
beep when you try to move past the buffer end and not insert newlines,
left and right arrow will trigger horizontal scrolling when point
would otherwise move off the screen.

* You can suppress next-line's habit of inserting a newline when
called at the end of a buffer by setting next-line-add-newlines to nil
(it defaults to t).

* You can now get back recent minibuffer inputs conveniently.  While
in the minibuffer, type M-p to fetch the next earlier minibuffer
input, and use M-n to fetch the next later input.

There are also commands to search forward or backward through the
history for history elements that match a regular expression.  M-r
searches older elements in the history, while M-s searches newer
elements.  By special dispensation, these commands can always use the
minibuffer to read their arguments even though you are already in the
minibuffer when you issue them.

The history feature is available for all uses of the minibuffer, but
there are separate history lists for different kinds of input.  For
example, there is a list for file names, used by all the commands that
read file names.  There is a list for arguments of commands like
`query-replace'.  There are also very specific history lists, such
as the one that `compile' uses for compilation commands.

* You can refer to files on other machines using special file name syntax:

/HOST:FILENAME
/USER@@HOST:FILENAME

When you do this, Emacs uses the FTP program to read and write files on
the specified host.  It logs in through FTP using your user name or the
name USER.  It may ask you for a password from time to time; this
is used for logging in on HOST.

* Some C-x key bindings have been moved onto new prefix keys.

C-x r is a prefix for registers and rectangles.
C-x n is a prefix for narrowing.
C-x a is a prefix for abbrev commands.

C-x r C-SPC
C-x r SPC	point-to-register    (Was C-x /)
C-x r j		jump-to-register     (Was C-x j)
C-x r s		copy-to-register     (Was C-x x)
C-x r i		insert-register      (Was C-x g)
C-x r r		copy-rectangle-to-register  (Was C-x r)
C-x r k		kill-rectangle
C-x r y		yank-rectangle
C-x r o		open-rectangle
C-x r f		frame-configuration-to-register
		  (This saves the state of all windows in all frames.)
C-x r w		window-configuration-to-register
		  (This saves the state of all windows in the selected  frame.)

(Use C-x r j to restore a configuration saved with C-x r f or C-x r w.)

C-x n n		narrow-to-region	(Was C-x n)
C-x n p		narrow-to-page		(Was C-x p)
C-x n w		widen			(Was C-x w)

C-x a l		add-mode-abbrev		(Was C-x C-a)
C-x a g		add-global-abbrev	(Was C-x +)
C-x a i l	inverse-add-mode-abbrev	(Was C-x C-h)
C-x a i g	inverse-add-global-abbrev  (Was C-x -)
C-x a e		expand-abbrev		(Was C-x ')

(The old key bindings C-x /, C-x j, C-x x and C-x g
have not yet been removed.)
d93 1
a93 2
* You can put a file name in a register to be able to visit the file
quickly.  Do this:
d95 4
a98 1
   (set-register ?CHAR '(file . NAME))
d100 35
a134 2
where NAME is the file name as a string.  Then C-x r j CHAR finds that
file.
d136 2
a137 2
This is useful for files that you need to visit frequently,
but that you don't want to keep in buffers all the time.
d139 3
a141 2
* The keys M-g (fill-region) and C-x a (append-to-buffer)
have been eliminated.
d143 1
a143 2
* The new command `string-rectangle' inserts a specified string on
each line of the region-rectangle.
d145 3
a147 870
* C-x 4 r is now `find-file-read-only-other-window'.

* C-x 4 C-o is now `display-buffer', which displays a specified buffer
in another window without selecting it.

* Picture mode has been substantially improved.  The picture editing commands
now arrange for automatic horizontal scrolling to keep point visible
when editing a wide buffer with truncate-lines on.  Picture-mode
initialization now does a better job of rebinding standard commands;
it finds not just their normal keybindings, but any function keys
attached to them.

* If you enable Transient Mark mode, then the mark becomes "inactive"
after every command that modifies the buffer.  While the mark is
active, the region is highlighted (under X, at least).  Most commands
that use the mark give an error if the mark is inactive, but you can
use C-x C-x to make it active again.  This feature is also sometimes
known as "Zmacs mode".

* Outline mode is now available as a minor mode.  This minor mode can
combine with any major mode; it substitutes the C-c commands of
Outline mode for those of the major mode.  Use M-x outline-minor-mode
to enable and disable the new mode.

M-x outline-mode is unchanged; it still switches to Outline mode as a
major mode.

* The default setting of `version-control' comes from the environment
variable VERSION_CONTROL.

* The user option for controlling whether files can set local
variables is now called `enable-local-variables'.  A value of t means
local-variables lists are obeyed; nil means they are ignored; anything
else means query the user.

The user option for controlling use of the `eval' local variable is
now called is `enable-local-eval'; its values are interpreted like
those of `enable-local-variables'.

* X Window System changes:

C-x 5 C-f and C-x 5 b switch to a specified file or buffer in a new
frame.  Likewise, C-x 5 m starts outgoing mail in another frame, and
C-x 5 . finds a tag in another frame.

When you are using X, C-z now iconifies the selected frame.

Emacs can now exchange text with other X applications.  Killing or
copying text in Emacs now makes that text available for pasting into
other X applications.  The Emacs yanking commands now insert the
latest selection set by other applications, and add the text to the
kill ring.  The Emacs commands for selecting and inserting text with
the mouse now use the kill ring in the same way the keyboard killing
and yanking commands do.

* Undoing a deletion now puts point back where it was before the
deletion.

* The variables that control how much undo information to save have
been renamed to `undo-limit' and `undo-strong-limit'.  They used to be
called `undo-threshold' and `undo-high-threshold'.

* You can now use kill commands in read-only buffers.  They don't
actually change the buffer, and Emacs will beep and warn you that the
buffer is read-only, but they do copy the text you tried to kill into
the kill ring, so you can yank it into other buffers.

* C-o inserts the fill-prefix on the newly created line.  The command
M-^ deletes the prefix (if it occurs) after the newline that it
deletes.

* C-M-l now runs the command `reposition-window'.  It scrolls the
window heuristically in a way designed to get useful information onto
the screen.

* C-M-r is now reverse incremental regexp search.

* M-z now kills through the target character.  In version 18, it
killed up to but not including the target character.

* M-! now runs the specified shell command asynchronously if it
ends in `&' (just as the shell does).

* C-h C-f and C-h C-k are new help commands that display the Info
node for a given Emacs function name or key sequence, respectively.

* The C-h p command system lets you find Emacs Lisp packages by
topic keywords.  Here is a partial list of package categories:

abbrev	      abbreviation handling, typing shortcuts, macros
bib	      code related to the bib bibliography processor
c	      C and C++ language support
calendar      calendar and time management support
comm	      communications, networking, remote access to files
docs	      support for Emacs documentation
emulations    emulations of other editors
extensions    Emacs Lisp language extensions
games	      games, jokes and amusements
hardware      support for interfacing with exotic hardware
help	      support for on-line help systems
i14n	      internationalization and alternate character-set support
internal      code for Emacs internals, build process, defaults
languages     specialized modes for editing programming languages
lisp	      Lisp support, including Emacs Lisp
local	      code local to your site
maint	      maintenance aids for the Emacs development group
mail	      modes for electronic-mail handling
news	      support for netnews reading and posting
processes     process, subshell, compilation, and job control support
terminals     support for terminal types
tex	      code related to the TeX formatter
tools	      programming tools
unix	      front-ends/assistants for, or emulators of, UNIX features
vms	      support code for vms
wp	      word processing

More will be added soon.

* The command to split a window into two side-by-side windows is now
C-x 3.  It was C-x 5.

* M-. (find-tag) no longer has any effect on what M-, will do
subsequently.  You can no longer use M-, to find the next similar tag;
you must use M-. with a prefix argument, instead.

The motive for this change is so that you can more reliably use
M-, to resume a suspended `tags-search' or `tags-query-replace'.

* C-x s (`save-some-buffers') now gives you more options when it asks
whether to save a particular buffer.  In addition to `y' or `n', you
can answer `!' to save all the remaining buffers, `.' to save this
buffer but not save any others, ESC to stop saving and exit the
command, and C-h to get help.  These options are analogous to those 
of `query-replace'.

* M-x make-symbolic-link does not expand its first argument.
This lets you make a link with a target that is a relative file name.

* M-x add-change-log-entry and C-x 4 a now automatically insert the
name of the file and often the name of the function that you changed.
They also handle grouping of entries.

There is now a special major mode for editing ChangeLog files.  It
makes filling work conveniently.  Each bunch of grouped entries is one
paragraph, and each collection of entries from one person on one day
is considered a page.

* The `comment-region' command adds comment delimiters to the lines that
start in the region, thus commenting them out.  With a negative argument,
it deletes comment delimiters from the lines in the region--this cancels
the effect of `comment-region' without an argument.

With a positive argument, `comment-region' adds comment delimiters
but duplicates the last character of the comment start sequence as many
times as the argument specifies.  This is a way of calling attention to
the comment.  In Lisp, you should use an argument at least two, because
the indentation convention for single semicolon comments does not leave
them at the beginning of a line.

* If `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil, C-x 2 tries to avoid
shifting any text on the screen by putting point in whichever window
happens to contain the screen line the cursor is already on.
The default is that `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil on slow
terminals.

* M-x super-apropos is like M-x apropos except that it searches both
Lisp symbol names and documentation strings for matches.  It describes
every symbol that has a match in either the symbol's name or its
documentation.

Both M-x apropos and M-x super-apropos take an optional second
argument DO-ALL which controls the more expensive part of the job.
This includes looking up and printing the key bindings of all
commands.  It also includes checking documentation strings in
super-apropos.  DO-ALL is nil by default; use a prefix arg to make it
non-nil.

* M-x revert-buffer no longer offers to revert from a recent auto-save
file unless you give it a prefix argument.  Otherwise it always
reverts from the real file regardless of whether there has been an
auto-save since thenm.  (Reverting from the auto-save file is no longer
very useful now that the undo capacity is larger.)

* M-x recover-file no longer turns off Auto Save mode when it reads
the last Auto Save file.

* M-x rename-buffer, if you give it a prefix argument,
avoids errors by modifying the new name to make it unique.

* M-x rename-uniquely renames the current buffer to a similar name
with a numeric suffix added to make it both different and unique.

One use of this command is for creating multiple shell buffers.
If you rename your shell buffer, and then do M-x shell again, it
makes a new shell buffer.  This method is also good for mail buffers,
compilation buffers, and any Emacs feature which creates a special
buffer with a particular name.

* M-x compare-windows with a prefix argument ignores changes in whitespace.
If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, then differences in case are also
ignored.

* `forward-paragraph' is now bound to M-{ by default, and `backward-paragraph'
to M-}.  Originally, these commands were bound to M-[ and M-], but they were
running into conflicts with the use of function keys.  On many terminals,
function keys send a sequence beginning ESC-[, so many users have defined this
as a prefix key.

* C-x C-u (upcase-region) and C-x C-l (downcase-region) are now disabled by
default; these commands seem to be often hit by accident, and can be
quite destructive if their effects are not noticed immediately.

* The function `erase-buffer' is now interactive, but disabled by default.

* When visiting a new file, Emacs attempts to abbreviate the file's
path using the symlinks listed in `directory-abbrev-alist'.

* When you visit the same file in under two names that translate into
the same name once symbolic links are handled, Emacs warns you that
you have two buffers for the same file.

* If you wish to avoid visiting the same file in two buffers under
different names, set the variable `find-file-existing-other-name'
non-nil.  Then `find-file' uses the existing buffer visiting the file,
no matter which of the file's names you specify.

* If you set `find-file-visit-truename' non-nil, then the file name
recorded for a buffer is the file's truename (in which all symbolic
links have been removed), rather than the name you specify.  Setting
`find-file-visit-truename' also implies the effect of
`find-file-existing-other-name'.

* C-x C-v now inserts the entire current file name in the minibuffer.
This is convenient if you made a small mistake in typing it.  Point
goes after the last slash, before the last file name component, so if
you want to replace it entirely, you can use C-k right away to delete
it.

* Commands such as C-M-f in Lisp mode now ignore parentheses within comments.

* C-x q now uses ESC to terminate all iterations of the keyboard
macro, rather than C-d as before.

* Use the command `setenv' to set an individual environment variable
for Emacs subprocesses.  Specify a variable name and a value, both as
strings.  This command applies only to subprocesses yet to be
started.

* Use `rot13-other-window' to examine a buffer with rot13.

This command does not change the text in the buffer.  Instead, it
creates a window with a funny display table that applies the code when
displaying the text.

* The command `M-x version' now prints the current Emacs version; The
`version' command is an alias for the `emacs-version' command.

* More complex changes in existing packages.

** `fill-nonuniform-paragraphs' is a new command, much like
`fill-individual-paragraphs' except that only separator lines separate
paragraphs.  Since this means that the lines of one paragraph may have
different amounts of indentation, the fill prefix used is the smallest
amount of indentation of any of the lines of the paragraph.

** Filling is now partially controlled by a new minor mode, Adaptive
Fill mode.  When this mode is enabled (and it is enabled by default),
if you use M-x fill-region-as-paragraph on an indented paragraph and
you don't have a fill prefix, it uses the indentation of the second
line of the paragraph as the fill prefix.

Adaptive Fill mode doesn't have much effect on M-q in most major
modes, because an indented line will probably count as a paragraph
starter and thus each line of an indented paragraph will be considered
a paragraph of its own.

** M-q in C mode now runs `c-fill-paragraph', which is designed
for filling C comments.  (We assume you don't want to fill
the code in a C program.)

** M-$ now runs the Ispell program instead of the Unix spell program.

M-$ starts an Ispell process the first time you use it.  But the process
stays alive, so that subsequent uses of M-$ run very fast.
If you want to get rid of the process, use M-x kill-ispell.

To check the entire current buffer, use M-x ispell-buffer.
Use M-x ispell-region to check just the current region.

Ispell commands often involve interactive replacement of words.
You can interrupt the interactive replacement with C-g.
You can restart it again afterward with C-u M-$.

During interactive replacement, you can type the following characters:

a	Accept this word this time.
DIGIT	Replace the word (this time) with one of the displayed near-misses.
	The digit you use says which near-miss to use.
i	Insert this word in your private dictionary
	  so that Ispell will consider it correct it from now on.
r	Replace the word this time with a string typed by you.

When the Ispell process starts, it reads your private dictionary which
is the file `~/ispell.words'.  If you "insert" words with the `i' command,
these words are added to that file, but not right away--only at the end
of the interactive replacement process.

Use M-x reload-ispell to reload your private dictionary from
`~/ispell.words' if you edit it outside of Ispell.

* Changes in existing modes.

** gdb-mode has been replaced by gud-mode.

The package gud.el (Grand Unified Debugger) replaces gdb.el in Emacs
19.  It provides a gdb.el-like interface to any of three debuggers;
gdb itself, the sdb debugger supported on some Unix systems, or the
dbx debugger on Berkeley systems.

   You start it up with one of the commands M-x gdb, M-x sdb, or
M-x dbx.  Each entry point finishes by executing a hook; gdb-mode-hook,
sdb-mode-hook or dbx-mode-hook respectively.

These bindings have changed:
C-x C-a >	gud-down			(was M-d)
C-x C-a <	gud-up				(was M-u)
C-x C-a C-r	gud-cont			(was M-c)
C-x C-a C-n	gud-next			(was M-n)
C-x C-a C-s	gud-step			(was M-s)
C-x C-a C-i 	gud-stepi			(was M-i)
C-x C-a C-l	gud-recenter			(was C-l)
C-d		comint-delchar-or-maybe-eof	(was C-c C-d)

These bindings have been removed:
C-c C-r		(was comint-show-output; now gud-cont)

Since GUD mode uses comint, it uses comint's input history commands,
superceding C-c C-y (copy-last-shell-input):
  M-p		comint-next-input
  M-n		comint-previous-input
  M-r		comint-previous-similar-input
  M-s		comint-next-similar-input
  M-C-r		comint-previous-input-matching

The C-x C-a bindings are also active in source files.

** The old TeX mode bindings of M-{ and M-} have been moved to C-c {
and C-c }.  (These commands are `up-list' and `tex-insert-braces';
they are the TeX equivalents of M-( and M-).)  This is because M-{ 
and M-} are now globally defined commands.

** Changes in Mail mode.

`%' is now a word-separator character in Mail mode.

`mail-signature', if non-nil, tells M-x mail to insert your
`.signature' file automatically.  If you don't want your signature in
a particular message, just delete it before you send the message.

You can specify the text to insert at the beginning of each line when
you use C-c C-y to yank the message you are replying to.  Set
`mail-yank-prefix' to the desired string.  A value of `nil' (the
default) means to use indentation, as in Emacs 18.  If you use just
C-u as the prefix argument to C-c C-y, then it does not insert
anything at the beginning of the lines, regardless of the value of
`mail-yank-prefix'.

If you like, you can expand mail aliases as abbrevs, as soon as you
type them in.  To enable this feature, execute the following:

    (add-hook 'mail-setup-hook 'mail-abbrevs-setup)

This can go in your .emacs file.

Word abbrevs don't expand unless you insert a word-separator character
afterward.  Any mail aliases that you didn't expand at insertion time
are expanded subsequently when you send the message.

** Changes in Rmail.

Rmail by default gets new mail only from the system inbox file,
not from `~/mbox'.

In Rmail, you can retry sending a message that failed
by typing `M-m' on the failure message.

By contrast, another new command M-x rmail-resend is used for
forwarding a message and marking it as "resent from" you
with header fields "Resent-From:" and "Resent-To:".

`e' is now the command to edit a message.
To expunge, type `x'.  We know this will surprise people
some of the time, but the surprise will not be disastrous--if
you type `e' meaning to expunge, just turn off editing with C-c C-c
and then type `x'.

Another new Rmail command is `<', which moves to the first message.
This is for symmetry with `>'.

Use the `b' command to bury the Rmail buffer and its summary buffer,
if any, removing both of them from display on the screen.

The variable `rmail-output-file-alist' now controls the default
for the file to output a message to.

In the Rmail summary buffer, all cursor motion commands select
the message you move to.  It's really neat when you use
incremental search.

You can now issue most Rmail commands from an Rmail summary buffer.
The commands do the same thing in that buffer that they do in the
Rmail buffer.  They apply to the message that is selected in the Rmail
buffer, which is always the one described by the current summary
line.

Conversely, motion and deletion commands in the Rmail buffer also
update the summary buffer.  If you set the variable
`rmail-redisplay-summary' to a non-nil value, then they bring the
summary buffer (if one exists) back onto the screen.

C-M-t is a new command to make a summary by topic.  It uses regexp
matching against just the subjects of the messages to decide which
messages to show in the summary.

You can easily convert an Rmail file to system mailbox format with the
command `unrmail'.  This command reads two arguments, the name of
the Rmail file to convert, and the name of the new mailbox file.
(This command does not change the Rmail file itself.)

Rmail now handles Content Length fields in messages.

** `mail-extract-address-components' unpacks mail addresses.
It takes an address as a string (the contents of the From field, for
example) and returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME
CANONICAL-ADDRESS).

** Changes in C mode and C-related commands.

*** M-x c-up-conditional

In C mode, `c-up-conditional' moves back to the containing
preprocessor conditional, setting the mark where point was
previously.

A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a negative argument,
this command moves forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
conditional.  When going backwards, `#elif' acts like `#else' followed
by `#if'.  When going forwards, `#elif' is ignored.

*** In C mode, M-a and M-e are now defined as
`c-beginning-of-statement' and `c-end-of-statement'.

*** In C mode, M-x c-backslash-region is a new command to insert or
align `\' characters at the ends of the lines of the region, except
for the last such line.  This is useful after writing or editing a C
macro definition.

If a line already ends in `\', this command adjusts the amount of
whitespace before it.  Otherwise, it inserts a new `\'.

** New features in info.

When Info looks for an Info file, it searches the directories
in `Info-directory-list'.  This makes it easy to install the Info files
that come with various packages.  You can specify the path with
the environment variable INFOPATH.

There are new commands in Info mode.

`]' now moves forward a node, going up and down levels as needed.
`[' is similar but moves backward.  These two commands try to traverse
the entire Info tree, node by node.  They are the equivalent of reading
a printed manual sequentially.

`<' moves to the top node of the current Info file.
`>' moves to the last node of the file.

SPC scrolls through the current node; at the end, it advances to the
next node in depth-first order (like `]').

DEL scrolls backwards in the current node; at the end, it moves to the
previous node in depth-first order (like `[').

After a menu select, the info `up' command now restores point in the
menu.  The combination of this and the previous two changes means that
repeated SPC keystrokes do the right (depth-first traverse forward) thing.

`i STRING RET' moves to the node associated with STRING in the index
or indices of this manual.  If there is more than one match for
STRING, the `i' command finds the first match.

`,' finds the next match for the string in the previous `i' command

If you click the middle mouse button near a cross-reference,
menu item or node pointer while in Info, you will go to the node
which is referenced.

** Changes in M-x compile.

You can repeat any previous compilation command conveniently using the
minibuffer history commands, while in the minibuffer entering the
compilation command.

While a compilation is going on, the string `Compiling' appears in
the mode line.  When this string disappears, that tells you the
compilation is finished.

The buffer of compiler messages is in Compilation mode.  This mode
provides the keys SPC and DEL to scroll by screenfuls, and M-n and M-p
to move to the next or previous error message.  You can also use C-c
C-c on any error message to find the corresponding source code.

Emacs 19 has a more general parser for compiler messages.  For example, it
can understand messages from lint, and from certain C compilers whose error
message format is unusual.  Also, it only parses until it sees the error
message you want; you never have to wait a long time to see the first
error, no matter how big the buffer is.

** M-x diff and M-x diff-backup.

This new command compares two files, displaying the differences in an
Emacs buffer.  The options for the `diff' program come from the
variable `diff-switches', whose value should be a string.

The buffer of differences has Compilation mode as its major mode, so you
can use C-x ` to visit successive changed locations in the two
source files, or you can move to a particular hunk of changes and type
C-c C-c to move to the corresponding source.  You can also use the
other special commands of Compilation mode: SPC and DEL for
scrolling, and M-n and M-p for cursor motion.

M-x diff-backup compares a file with its most recent backup.
If you specify the name of a backup file, `diff-backup' compares it
with the source file that it is a backup of.

** The View commands (such as M-x view-buffer and M-x view-file) no
longer use recursive edits; instead, they switch temporarily to a
different major mode (View mode) specifically designed for moving
around through a buffer without editing it.

** Changes in incremental search.

*** The character to terminate an incremental search is now RET.
This is for compatibility with the way most other arguments are read.

To search for a newline in an incremental search, type LFD (also known
as C-j).

*** Incremental search now maintains a ring of previous search
strings.  Use M-p and M-n to move through the ring to pick a search
string to reuse.  These commands leave the selected search ring
element in the minibuffer, where you can edit it.  Type C-s or C-r to
finish editing and search for the chosen string.

*** If you type an upper case letter in incremental search, that turns
off case-folding, so that you get a case-sensitive search.

*** If you type a space during regexp incremental search, it matches
any sequence of whitespace characters.  If you want to match just a space,
type C-q SPC.

*** Incremental search is now implemented as a major mode.  When you
type C-s, it switches temporarily to a different keymap which defines
each key to do what it ought to do for incremental search.  This has
next to no effect on the user-visible behavior of searching, but makes
it easier to customize that behavior.

Emacs 19 eliminates the old variables `search-...-char' that used to
be the way to specify the characters to use for various special
purposes in incremental search.  Instead, you can define the meaning
of a character in incremental search by modifying `isearch-mode-map'.

** New commands in Buffer Menu mode.

The command C-o now displays the current line's buffer in another
window but does not select it.  This is like the existing command `o'
which selects the current line's buffer in another window.

The command % toggles the read-only flag of the current line's buffer.

The way to switch to a set of several buffers, including those marked
with m, is now v.  The q command simply quits, replacing the buffer
menu buffer with the buffer that was displayed previously.

* New major modes and packages.

** The news reader GNUS is now installed.

** There is a new interface for version control systems, called VC.
It works with both RCS and SCCS; in fact, you don't really have to
know which one of them is being used, because it automatically deals
with either one.

Most of the time, the only command you have to know about is C-x C-q.
This command normally toggles the read-only flag of the current
buffer.  If the buffer is visiting a file that is maintained with a
version control system, the command still toggles read-only, but does
so by checking the file in or checking it out.

When you check a file in, VC asks you for a log entry by popping up a
buffer.  Edit the entry there, then type C-c C-c when it is ready.
That's when the actual checkin happens.  If you change your mind about
the checkin, simply switch buffers and don't ever go back to the log
buffer.

To start using version control for a file, use the command C-x v v.
This works like C-x C-q (performing the next logical version-control
operation needed to change the file's writeability) but it will also
perform initial checkin on an unregistered file.

By default, VC uses RCS if RCS is installed on your machine;
otherwise, SCCS.  If you want to make the choice explicity, you can do
it by setting `vc-default-back-end' to the symbol `RCS' or the symbol
`SCCS'.

You can tell when a file you visit is maintained with version control
because either `RCS' or `SCCS' appears in the mode line.

** A new Calendar mode has been added, based on the work of Nachum
Dershowitz and Edward M. Reingold.  The mode can display the Gregorian
calendar and a variety of other calendars at any date, and interacts
with a diary facility similar to the UNIX `calendar' utility.

** There is a new major mode for editing binary files: Hexl mode.
To use it, use M-x hexl-find-file instead of C-x C-f to visit the file.
This command converts the file's contents to hexadecimal and lets you
edit the translation.  When you save the file, it is converted 
automatically back to binary.

You can also use M-x hexl-mode to translate an existing buffer into hex.
Do this if you have already visited a binary file.  

Hexl mode has a few other commands:

C-M-d	insert a byte with a code typed in decimal.
C-M-o	insert a byte with a code typed in octal.
C-M-x	insert a byte with a code typed in hex.

C-x [   move to the beginning of a 1k-byte "page".
C-x ]   move to the end of a 1k-byte "page".

M-g     go to an address specified in hex.
M-j	go to an address specified in decimal.

C-c C-c	leave hexl mode and go back to the previous major mode.

** Miscellaneous new major modes include Awk mode, Icon mode, Makefile
mode, Perl mode and SGML mode.

** Edebug, a new source-level debugger for Emacs Lisp functions.

To use Edebug, use the command M-x edebug-defun to "evaluate" a
function definition in an Emacs Lisp file.  We put "evaluate" in
quotation marks because it doesn't just evaluate the function, it also
inserts additional information to support source-level debugging.

You must also do

    (setq debugger 'edebug-debug)

to cause errors and single-stepping to use Edebug instead of the usual
Emacs Lisp debugger.

For more information, see the Edebug manual, which should be included
in the Emacs distribution.

** C++ mode is like C mode, except that it understands C++ comment syntax
and certain other differences between C and C++.  It also has a command
`fill-c++-comment' which fills a paragraph made of comment lines.

The command `comment-region' is useful in C++ mode for commenting out
several consecutive lines, or removing the commenting out of such lines.

** A new package for merging two variants of the same text.

It's not unusual for programmers to get their signals crossed and
modify the same program in two different directions.  Then somebody
has to merge the two versions.  The command `emerge-files' makes this
easier.

`emerge-files' reads two file names and compares them.  Then it
displays three buffers: one for each file, and one for the
differences.

If the original version of the file is available, you can make things
even easier using `emerge-files-with-ancestor'.  It reads three file
names--variant 1, variant 2, and the common ancestor--and uses diff3
to compare them.

You control the merging interactively.  The main loop of Emerge
consists of showing you one set of differences, asking you what to do
about them, and doing it.  You have a choice of two modes for giving
directions to Emerge: "fast" mode and "edit" mode.

In Fast mode, Emerge commands are single characters, and ordinary
Emacs commands are disabled.  This makes Emerge operations fast, but
prevents you from doing more than selecing the A or the B version of
differences.  In Edit mode, all emerge commands use the C-c prefix,
and the usual Emacs commands are available.  This allows editing the
merge buffer, but slows down Emerge operations.  Edit and fast modes
are indicated by `F' and `E' in the minor modes in the mode line.

The Emerge commands are:

	p	go to the previous difference
	n	go to the next difference
	a	select the A version of this difference
	b	select the B version of this difference
	j	go to a particular difference (prefix argument
		specifies which difference) (0j suppresses display of
		the flags)
	q	quit - finish the merge*
	f	go into fast mode
	e	go into edit mode
	l	recenter (C-l) all three windows*
	- and 0 through 9
		prefix numeric arguments
	d a	select the A version as the default from here down in
		the merge buffer*
	d b	select the B version as the default from here down in
		the merge buffer*
	c a	copy the A version of the difference into the kill
		ring
	c b	copy the B version of the difference into the kill
		ring
	i a	insert the A version of the difference at the point
	i b	insert the B version of the difference at the point
	m	put the point and mark around the difference region
	^	scroll-down (like M-v) the three windows*
	v	scroll-up (like C-v) the three windows*
	<	scroll-left (like C-x <) the three windows*
	>	scroll-right (like C-x >) the three windows*
	|	reset horizontal scroll on the three windows*
	x 1	shrink the merge window to one line (use C-u l to restore it
		to full size)
	x a	find the difference containing a location in the A buffer*
	x b	find the difference containing a location in the B buffer*
	x c	combine the two versions of this difference*
	x C	combine the two versions of this difference, using a
		register's value as the template*
	x d	find the difference containing a location in the merge buffer*
	x f	show the files/buffers Emerge is operating on in Help window
		(use C-u l to restore windows)
	x j	join this difference with the following one
		(C-u x j joins this difference with the previous one)
	x l	show line numbers of points in A, B, and merge buffers
	x m	change major mode of merge buffer*
	x s	split this difference into two differences
		(first position the point in all three buffers to the places
		to split the difference)
	x t	trim identical lines off top and bottom of difference
		(such lines occur when the A and B versions are
		identical but differ from the ancestor version)
	x x	set the template for the x c command*

Normally, the merged output goes back in the first file specified.
If you use a prefix argument, Emerge reads another file name to use
for the output file.

Once Emerge has prepared the buffer of differences, it runs the hooks
in `emerge-startup-hooks'.

** Asm mode is a new major mode for editing files of assembler code.
It defines these commands:

TAB	tab-to-tab-stop.
LFD	Insert a newline and then indent using tab-to-tab-stop.
:	Insert a colon and then remove the indentation
	from before the label preceding colon.  Then tab-to-tab-stop.
;	Insert or align a comment.

** Two-column mode lets you conveniently edit two side-by-side columns
of text.  It works using two side-by-side windows, each showing its
own buffer.

Here are three ways to enter two-column mode:

C-x 6 2 makes the current buffer into the left-hand buffer.  It the
right-hand window it puts a buffer whose name is based on the current
buffer's name.

C-x 6 b BUFFER RET makes the current buffer into the left-hand buffer,
and uses buffer BUFFER as the right-hand buffer.

C-x 6 s splits the current buffer, which contains two-column text,
into two side-by-side buffers.  The old current buffer becomes the
left-hand buffer, but the text in the right column is moved into the
right-hand buffer.  The current column specifies the split point.
Splitting starts with the current line and continues to the end of the
buffer.

C-x 6 s takes a prefix argument which specifies how many characters
before point constitute the column separator.  (The default argument
is 1, as usual, so by default the column separator is the character
before point.)  Lines that don't have the column separator at the
proper place remain unsplit; they stay in the left-hand buffer, and
the right-hand buffer gets an empty line to correspond.

You can scroll both buffers together using C-x 6 SPC (scroll up), C-x
6 DEL (scroll down), and C-x 6 RET (scroll up one line).  C-x 6 C-l
recenters both buffers together.

If you want to make a lines which will span both columns, put it in
the left-hand buffer, with an empty line in the corresponding place in
the right-hand buffer.

When you have edited both buffers as you wish, merge them with C-x 6
1.  This copies the text from the right-hand buffer as a second column
in the other buffer.  To go back to two-column editing, use C-x 6 s.

Use C-x 6 d to disassociate the two buffers, leaving each as it
stands.  (If the other buffer, the one that was not current when you
type C-x 6 d, is empty, C-x 6 d kills it.)

** You can supply command arguments such as files to visit to an Emacs
that is already running.  To do this, you must do this in your .emacs
file:
   (add-hook 'suspend-hook 'resume-suspend-hook)
Also you must use the shellscript emacs.csh or emacs.sh, found in the
etc subdirectory.

** Shell mode has been completely replaced.
The basic idea is the same, but there are new commands available in
this mode.
      
TAB now completes the file name before point in the shell buffer.
To get a list of all possible completions, type M-?.

There is a new convenient history mechanism for repeating previous
commands.  Use the command M-p to recall the last command; it copies
the text of that command to the place where you are editing.  If you
repeat M-p, it replaces the copied command with the previous command.
M-n is similar but goes in the opposite direction towards the present.
When you find the command you wanted, you can edit it, or just
resubmit it by typing RET.

You can also use M-r and M-s to search for (respectively) earlier or 
later inputs starting with a given string.  First type the string, 
then type M-r to yank a previous input from the history which starts
with that string.  You can repeat M-r to find successively earlier
inputs starting with the same string.  You can start moving in the
opposite direction (toward more recent inputs) by typing M-s instead
of M-r.  As long as you don't use any commands except M-r and M-s,
they keep using the same string that you had entered initially.

C-c C-o kills the last batch of output from a shell command.  This is
useful if a shell command spews out lots of output that just gets in
the way.

C-c C-r scrolls to display the beginning of the last batch of output
at the top of the window; it also moves the cursor there.

C-a on a line that starts with a shell prompt moves to the end of the
prompt, not to the very beginning of the line.

C-d typed at the end of the shell buffer sends EOF to the subshell.
At any other position in the buffer, it deletes a character as usual.

If Emacs gets confused while trying to track changes in the shell's
current directory, type M-x dirs to re-synchronize.

M-x send-invisible reads a line of text without echoing it, and
sends it to the shell.

If you accidentally suspend your process, use M-x comint-continue-subjob 
to continue it.
         
** There is now a convenient way to enable flow control on terminals
where you can't win without it.  Suppose you want to do this on
VT-100 and H19 terminals; put the following in your `.emacs' file:
d149 2
a150 1
   (enable-flow-control-on "vt100" "h19")
d152 4
a155 2
When flow control is enabled, you must type C-\ to get the effect of a
C-s, and type C-^ to get the effect of a C-q.
d157 3
a159 1
The function `enable-flow-control' enables flow control unconditionally.
d161 18
a178 1
* Changes in Dired
d180 2
a181 1
Dired has many new features which allow you to do these things:
d183 1
a183 1
- Rename, copy, or make links to many files at once.
d185 1
a185 1
- Make distinguishable types of marks for different operations.
d187 1
a187 2
- Display contents of subdirectories in the same Dired buffer as the
parent directory.
d189 1
a189 1
** Setting and Clearing Marks
d191 3
a193 4
There are now two kinds of marker that you can put on a file in Dired:
`D' for deletion, and `*' for any other kind of operation.
The `x' command deletes only files marked with `D', and most
other Dired commands operate only on the files marked with `*'.
d195 1
a195 3
To mark files with `D' (also called "flagging" the files), you
can use `d' as usual.  Here are some commands for marking with
`*' (and also for unmarking):
d197 1
a197 2
*** `m' marks the current file with `*', for an operation other than
deletion.
d199 5
a203 2
*** `*' marks all executable files.  With a prefix argument, it
unmarks all those files.
d205 1
a205 2
*** `@@' marks all symbolic links.  With a prefix argument, it unmarks
all those files.
d207 2
a208 2
*** `/' marks all directory files except `.' and `..'.  With a prefix
argument, it unmarks all those files.
d210 1
a210 3
*** M-DEL removes a specific or all marks from every file.  With an
argument, queries for each marked file.  Type your help character,
usually C-h, at that time for help.
d212 11
a222 5
*** `c' replaces all marks that use the character OLD with marks that
use the character NEW.  You can use almost any character as a mark
character by means of this command, to distinguish various classes of
files.  If OLD is ` ', then the command operates on all unmarked
files; if NEW is ` ', then the command unmarks the files in acts on.
d224 2
a225 1
** Operating on Multiple Files
d227 1
a227 3
The Dired commands to operate directly on files (rename them, copy
them, and so on) have been generalized to work on multiple files.
There are also some additional commands in this series.
d229 1
a229 2
All of these commands use the same convention to decide which files to
manipulate:
d231 4
a234 2
- If you give the command a numeric prefix argument @@var{n}, it operates
on the next @@var{n} files, starting with the current file.
d236 1
a236 2
- Otherwise, if there are marked files, the commands operate on all the
marked files.
d238 3
a240 1
- Otherwise, the command operates on the current file only.
d242 1
a242 1
These are the commands:
d244 3
a246 2
*** `C' copies the specified files.  You must specify a directory to
copy into, or (if copying a single file) a new name.
d248 7
a254 2
If `dired-copy-preserve-time' is non-`nil', then copying sets
the modification time of the new file to be the same as that of the old
d257 185
a441 2
*** `R' renames the specified files.  You must specify a directory to
rename into, or (if renaming a single file) a new name.
d443 1
a443 2
Dired automatically changes the visited file name of buffers associated
with renamed files so that they refer to the new names.
d445 1
a445 3
*** `H' makes hard links to the specified files.  You must specify a
directory to make the links in, or (if making just one link) the name
to give the link.
d447 1
a447 3
*** `S' makes symbolic links to the specified files.  You must specify
a directory to make the links in, or (if making just one link) the
name to give the link.
d449 1
a449 3
*** `M' changes the mode of the specified files.  This calls the
`chmod' program, so you can describe the desired mode change with any
argument that `chmod' would handle.
d451 5
a455 1
*** `G' changes the group of the specified files.
d457 1
a457 2
*** `O' changes the owner of the specified files.  (On normal systems,
only the superuser can do this.)
d459 2
a460 3
The variable `dired-chown-program' specifies the name of the
program to use to do the work (different systems put `chown' in
different places.
d462 1
a462 1
*** `Z' compresses or uncompresses the specified files.
d464 3
a466 1
*** `L' loads the specified Emacs Lisp files.
d468 3
a470 1
*** `B' byte compiles the specified Emacs Lisp files.
d472 5
a476 2
*** `P' prints the specified files.  It uses the variables
`lpr-command' and `lpr-switches' just as `lpr-file' does.
d478 5
a482 1
** Shell Commands in Dired
d484 3
a486 3
`!' reads a shell command string in the minibuffer and runs the shell
command on all the specified files.  There are two ways of applying a
shell command to multiple files:
d488 4
a491 2
- If you use `*' in the command, then the shell command runs just
once, with the list of file names substituted for the `*'.
d493 3
a495 3
Thus, `! tar cf foo.tar * RET' runs `tar' on the entire list of file
names, putting them into one tar file `foo.tar'.  The file names are
inserted in the order that they appear in the Dired buffer.
d497 1
a497 3
- If the command string doesn't contain `*', then it runs once for
each file, with the file name attached at the end.  For example, `!
uudecode RET' runs `uudecode' on each file.
d499 2
a500 4
To run the shell command once for each file but without being limited
to putting the file name inserted in the middle, use a shell loop.
For example, this shell command would run `uuencode' on each of the
specified files, writing the output into a corresponding `.uu' file:
d502 1
a502 1
    for file in *; uuencode $file $file >$file.uu; done
d504 3
a506 2
The working directory for the shell command is the top level directory
of the Dired buffer.
d508 2
a509 1
** Regular Expression File Name Substitution
d511 1
a511 2
*** `% m REGEXP RET' marks all files whose names match the regular
expression REGEXP.
d513 5
a517 2
Only the non-directory part of the file name is used in matching.  Use
`^' and `$' to anchor matches.  Exclude subdirs by hiding them.
d519 2
a520 2
*** `% d REGEXP RET' flags for deletion all files whose names match
the regular expression REGEXP.
d522 1
a522 1
*** `% R', `% C', `% H', `% S'
d524 2
a525 4
These four commands rename, copy, make hard links and make soft links,
in each case computing the new name by regular expression substitution
from the name of the old file.  They  effectively perform
`query-replace-regexp' on the selected file names in the Dired buffer.
d527 1
a527 5
The commands read two arguments: a regular expression, and a
substitution pattern.  Each selected file name is matched against the
regular expression, and then the part which matched is replaced with
the substitution pattern.  You can use `\&' and `\DIGIT' in the
substitution pattern to refer to all or part of the old file name.
d529 7
a535 2
If the regular expression matches more than once in a file name,
only the first match is replaced.
d537 1
a537 3
Normally, the replacement process does not consider the directory names;
it operates on the file name within the directory.  If you specify a
prefix argument of zero, then replacement affects entire file name.
d539 2
a540 4
To apply the command to all files matching the same regexp that you
use in the command, mark those files with `% m REGEXP RET', then use
the same regular expression in `% R'.  To make this easier, `% R' uses
as a default the last regular expression specified in a `%' command.
d542 1
a542 1
** Dired Case Conversion
d544 5
a548 1
*** `% u' renames each of the selected files to an upper case name.
d550 2
a551 1
*** `% l' renames each of the selected files to a lower case name.
d553 2
a554 1
** File Comparison with Dired
d556 1
a556 3
*** `=' compares the current file with another file (the file at the
mark), by running the `diff' program.  The file at the mark is given
to `diff' first.
d558 2
a559 3
*** `M-=' compares the current file with its backup file.  If there
are several numerical backups, it uses the most recent one.  If this
file is a backup, it is compared with its original.
d561 1
a561 1
The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
d563 1
a563 1
** Subdirectories in Dired
d565 3
a567 4
You can display more than one directory in one Dired buffer.
The simplest way to do this is to specify the options `-lR' for
running `ls'.  That produces a recursive directory listing showing
all subdirectories, all within the same Dired buffer.
d569 1
a569 4
You can also insert the contents of a particular subdirectory with the
`i' command.  Use this command on the line that describes a file which
is a directory.  Inserted subdirectory contents follow the top-level
directory of the Dired buffer, just as they do in `ls -lR' output.
d571 5
a575 4
If the subdirectory's contents are already present in the buffer, the
`i' command just moves to it (type `l' to refresh it).  It sets the
Emacs mark before moving, so C-x C-x takes you back to the old
position in the buffer.
d577 2
a578 2
When you have subdirectories in the Dired buffer, you can use the page
motion commands C-x [ and C-x ] to move by entire directories.
d580 3
a582 2
The following commands move up and down in the tree of directories
in one Dired buffer:
d584 2
a585 1
*** C-M-u  Go up to the parent directory's headerline.
d587 2
a588 2
*** C-M-d  Go down in the tree, to the first subdirectory's
headerline.
d590 3
a592 1
*** C-M-n  Go to next subdirectory headerline, regardless of level.
d594 1
a594 2
*** C-M-p  Go to previous subdirectory headerline, regardless of
level.
d596 4
a599 1
** Hiding Subdirectories
d601 1
a601 4
"Hiding" a subdirectory means to make it invisible, except for its
headerline.  Files inside a hidden subdirectory are never considered
by Dired.  For example, the commands to operate on marked files ignore
files in hidden directories even if they are marked.
d603 4
a606 2
*** `$' hides or unhides the current subdirectory and move to next
subdirectory.  A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.
d608 1
a608 5
*** `M-$' hides all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Or, if at least one subdirectory is currently hidden, it makes
everything visible again.  You can use this command to get an overview
in very deep directory trees or to move quickly to subdirectoriess far
away.
d610 4
a613 1
** Editing the Dired Buffer
d615 2
a616 3
*** `l' updates the specified files in a Dired buffer.  This means
reading their current status from the file system and changing the
buffer to reflect it properly.
d618 1
a618 2
If you use this command on a subdirectory header line, it updates the
contents of the subdirectory.
d620 5
a624 3
*** `g' updates the entire contents of the Dired buffer.  It preserves
all marks except for those on files that have vanished.  Hidden
subdirectories are updated but remain hidden.
d626 4
a629 2
*** `k' kills all marked lines (not the files).  With a prefix
argument, it kills that many lines starting with the current line.
d631 1
a631 2
This command does not delete files; it just deletes text from the Dired
buffer.
d633 2
a634 4
If you kill the line for a file that is a directory, then its contents
are also deleted from the buffer.  Typing `C-u k' on the header line
for a subdirectory is another way to delete a subdirectory from the
Dired buffer.
d636 1
a636 1
** `find' and Dired.
d638 1
a638 4
To search for files with names matching a wildcard pattern use
`find-name-dired'.  Its arguments are DIRECTORY and
PATTERN.  It selects all the files in DIRECTORY or its
subdirectories whose own names match PATTERN.
d640 3
a642 2
The files thus selected are displayed in a Dired buffer in which the
ordinary Dired commands are available.
d644 6
a649 5
If you want to test the contents of files, rather than their names, use
`find-grep-dired'.  This command takes two minibuffer arguments,
DIRECTORY and REGEXP; it selects all the files in
DIRECTORY or its subdiretories that contain a match for
REGEXP.  It works by running `find' and `grep'.
d651 196
a846 6
The most general command in this series is `find-dired', which lets
you specify any condition that `find' can test.  It takes two
minibuffer arguments, DIRECTORY and FIND-ARGS; it runs `find' in
DIRECTORY with using FIND-ARGS as the arguments to `find' specifying
which files to accept.  To use this command, you need to know how to
use `find'.
d848 143
a990 1
* New amusements and novelties.
d992 554
a1545 16
** `M-x mpuz' displays a multiplication puzzle, in which each letter
stands for a digit, and you must determine which digit.  The puzzles
are determined randomly, so they are always different.

** `M-x gomoku' plays the game Gomoku with you.  It needs more work.

** `M-x spook' adds a line of randomly chosen keywords to an outgoing
mail message.  The keywords are chosen from a list of words that
suggest you are discussing something subversive.

The idea is that the NSA reads all messages that contain keywords
suggesting they might be interested, and that adding these lines could
help to overload them.  I would guess that they have modified their
program by now to ignore these lines of keywords; perhaps the program
can be updated if some clever hacker can determine what criterion they
actually use now.
d1547 84
a1630 1
* Installation changes
d1632 3
a1634 30
** The configure script has been provided to help with the
installation process.  It takes the place of editing the Makefiles and
src/config.h, and can often guess the appropriate operating system to
use for a particular machine type.  See INSTALL for a more detailed
description of the steps required for installation.

** If you create a Lisp file named `site-start.el', Emacs loads the file
whenever it starts up.

** A new Lisp variable, `data-directory', indicates the directory
containing the DOC file, tutorial, copying agreement, and other
familiar `etc' files.  The value of `data-directory' is a simple string.
The default should be set at build time, and the person installing
Emacs should place all the data files in this directory.  The `help.el'
functions that look for docstrings and information files check this
variable.  All Emacs Lisp packages should also be coded so that they
refer to `data-directory' to find data files.

** The PURESIZE definition has been moved from config.h to its own
file, puresize.h.  Since almost every file of C source in the
distribution depends on config.h, but only alloc.c and data.c depend
on puresize.h, this means that changing the value of PURESIZE causes
only those two files to be recompiled.

** The makefile at the top of the Emacs source tree now supports a
`dist' target, which creates a compressed tar file suitable for
distribution, using the contents of the source tree.  Object files,
old file versions, executables, DOC files, and other
architecture-specific or easy-to-recreate files are not included in
the tar file.
a1636 1
For Lisp changes in Emacs 19, see the file news.texi.
d1641 1
a1641 1
Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@


1.1.1.3
log
@import emacs-19.8
@
text
@a8 46
Changes in version 19.8.

* It is now simpler to tell Emacs to display accented characters under
X windows.  M-x standard-display-european toggles the display of
buffer text according to the ISO Latin-1 standard.  With a prefix
argument, this command enables European character display iff the
argument is positive.

* The `-i' command-line argument tells Emacs to use a picture of the
GNU gnu as its icon, instead of letting the window manager choose an
icon for it.  This option used to insert a file into the current
buffer; use `-insert' to do that now.

* The `configure' script now supports `--prefix' and `--exec-prefix'
options.

The `--prefix=PREFIXDIR' option specifies where the installation process
should put emacs and its data files.  This defaults to `/usr/local'.
- Emacs (and the other utilities users run) go in PREFIXDIR/bin
  (unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise).
- The architecture-independent files go in PREFIXDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION
  (where VERSION is the version number of Emacs, like `19.7').
- The architecture-dependent files go in
  PREFIXDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION
  (where CONFIGURATION is the configuration name, like mips-dec-ultrix4.2),
  unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise.

The `--exec-prefix=EXECDIR' option allows you to specify a separate
portion of the directory tree for installing architecture-specific
files, like executables and utility programs.  If specified,
- Emacs (and the other utilities users run) go in EXECDIR/bin, and
- The architecture-dependent files go in
  EXECDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION.
EXECDIR/bin should be a directory that is normally in users' PATHs.

* When running under X Windows, the new lisp function `x-list-fonts'
allows code to find out which fonts are available from the X server.
The first argument PATTERN is a string, perhaps with wildcard characters;
  the * character matches any substring, and
  the ? character matches any single character.
  PATTERN is case-insensitive.
If the optional arguments FACE and FRAME are specified, then
`x-list-fonts' returns only fonts the same size as FACE on FRAME.



d44 8
a51 1
directions. 
@


1.1.1.4
log
@import emacs-19.9
@
text
@a113 5
* You can now display text in a mixture of fonts and colors, using the
"face" feature, together with the overlay and text property features.
See the Emacs Lisp manual for details.  The Emacs Users Manual describes
how to change the colors and font of standard predefined faces.

d378 1
a378 1
* `backward-paragraph' is now bound to M-{ by default, and `forward-paragraph'
@


1.1.1.5
log
@import emacs-19.10
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  28 May 1993
a8 12
Changes in version 19.10.

* The command `repeat-complex-command' is now on C-x ESC ESC.
It used to be bound to C-x ESC.

The reason for this change is to make function keys work after C-x.

* The variable `highlight-nonselected-windows' now controls whether
the region is highlighted in windows other than the selected window
(in Transient Mark mode only, of course, and currently only when
using X).

a235 4
The option to specify the title for the initial frame is now `-name NAME'.
There is currently no way to specify an icon title; perhaps we will add
one in the future.

@


1.1.1.6
log
@import emacs-19.11
@
text
@a8 17
Changes in version 19.11.

* Supercite is installed.

* `write-file-hooks' functions that return non-nil are responsible
for making a backup file if you want that to be done.
To do so, execute the following code:

   (or buffer-backed-up (backup-buffer))

You might wish to save the file modes value returned by
`backup-buffer' and use that to set the mode bits of the file
that you write.  This is what `basic-save-buffer' does when
it writes a file in the usual way.

(This is not actually new, but wasn't documented before.)

@


1.1.1.7
log
@import emacs-19.12
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1 Jun 1993
a8 5
Changes in version 19.12.

* You can now make many of the sort commands ignore case by setting
`sort-fold-case' to a non-nil value.

@


1.1.1.8
log
@import emacs-19.13
@
text
@a8 18
Changes in version 19.13.

* Magic file names can now handle the `load' operation.

* Bibtex mode now sets up special entries in the menu bar.

* The incremental search commands C-w and C-y, which copy text from
the buffer into the search string, now convert it to lower case
if you are in a case-insensitive search.  This is to avoid making
the search a case-sensitive one.

* GNUS now knows your time zone automatically if Emacs does.

* Hide-ifdef mode no longer defines keys of the form
C-c LETTER, since those keys are reserved for users.
Those commands have been moved to C-c M-LETTER.
We may move them again for greater consistency with other modes.

@


1.1.1.9
log
@import emacs-19.14
@
text
@a8 38
Changes in version 19.14.

* If you call `get-buffer-window' passing t as its second argument, it
will only search for windows on visible frames.  Previously, passing t
as the secord argument caused `get-buffer-window' to search all
frames, visible or not.

* If you call `other-buffer' with a nil or omitted second argument, it
will ignore buffers displayed windows on any visible frame, not just
the selected frame.

* You can specify a window or a frame for C-x # to use when
selects a server buffer.  Set the variable server-window
to the window or frame that you want.

* The command M-( now inserts spaces outside the open-parentheses in
some cases--depending on the syntax classes of the surrounding
characters.  If the variable `parens-dont-require-spaces' is non-nil,
it inhibits insertion of these spaces.

* The GUD package now supports the debugger known as xdb on HP/UX
systems.  Use M-x xdb.  The variable `gud-xdb-directories' lets you
specify a list of directories to search for source code.

* If you are using the mailabbrev package, you should note that its
function for defining an alias is now called `define-mail-abbrev'.
This package no longer contains a definition for `define-mail-alias';
that name is used only in mailaliases.

* Inserted characters now inherit the properties of the text before
them, by default, rather than those of the following text.

* The function `insert-file-contents' now takes optional arguments BEG
and END that specify which part of the file to insert.  BEG defaults to
0 (the beginning of the file), and END defaults to the end of the file.

If you specify BEG or END, then the argument VISIT must be nil.

d574 1
a574 1
superseding C-c C-y (copy-last-shell-input):
d848 1
a848 1
otherwise, SCCS.  If you want to make the choice explicitly, you can do
d933 1
a933 1
prevents you from doing more than selecting the A or the B version of
d1348 1
a1348 1
in very deep directory trees or to move quickly to subdirectories far
d1388 1
a1388 1
DIRECTORY or its subdirectories that contain a match for
@


1.1.1.10
log
@import emacs-19.15
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  18 Jun 1993
a8 46
Changes in version 19.15.

* `make-frame-visible', which uniconified frames, is now a command,
and thus may be bound to a key.  This makes sense because frames
respond to user input while iconified.

* You can now use Meta mouse clicks to set and use the "secondary
selection".  You can drag M-Mouse-1 across the region you want to
select.  Or you can press M-Mouse-1 at one end and M-Mouse-3 at the
other (this also copies the text to the kill ring).  Repeating M-Mouse-3
again at the same place kills that text.

M-Mouse-2 kills the secondary selection.

Setting the secondary seletion does not move point or the mark.  It is
possible to make a secondary selection that does not all fit on the
screen, by using M-Mouse-1 at one end, scrolling, then using M-Mouse-3
at the other end.

Emacs has only one secondary selection at any time.  Starting to set
a new one cancels any previous one.  The secondary selection displays
using a face named `secondary-selection'.

* There's a new way to request use of Supercite (sc.el).  Do this:

    (add-hook 'mail-citation-hook 'sc-cite-original)

Currently this works with Rmail.  In the future, other Emacs based
mail-readers should be modified to understand this hook also.
In the mean time, you should keep doing what you have done in the past
for those other mail readers.

* When a regular expression contains `\(...\)' inside a repetition
operator such as `*' or `+', and you ask about the range that was matched
using `match-beginning' and `match-end', the range you get corresponds
to the *last* repetition *only*.  In Emacs 18, you would get a range
corresponding to all the repetitions.

If you want to get a range corresponding to all the repetitions,
put a `\(...\)' grouping *outside* the repetition operator.  This
is the syntax that corresponds logically to the desired result, and
it works the same in Emacs 18 and Emacs 19.

(This change actually took place earlier, but we didn't know about it
and thus didn't document it.)

a10 6
* To modify read-only text, bind the variable `inhibit-read-only'
to a non-nil value.  If the value is t, then all reasons that might
make text read-only are inhibited (including `read-only' text properties).
If the value is a list, then a `read-only' property is inhibited
if it is `memq' in the list.

@


1.1.1.11
log
@import emacs-19.16
@
text
@a8 127
Changes in version 19.16.

* When dragging the mouse to select a region, Emacs now highlights the
region as you drag.  If you continue the drag beyond the boundaries of
the window, Emacs scrolls its text until you return the mouse to the
window, or release the button.

* RET now exits `query-replace' and `query-replace-regexp'; this makes it
more consistent with the incremental search facility, which uses RET
to end the search.

* In C mode, C-c C-u now runs c-up-conditional.
C-c C-n and C-c C-p now run new commands that move forward
and back over balanced sets of C conditionals (c-forward-conditional
and c-backward-conditional).

* The Edit entry in the menu bar has a new alternative:
"Choose Next Paste".  It gives you a menu showing the various
strings in the kill ring; click on one to select it as the text 
to be yanked ("pasted") the next time you yank.

* If you enable Transient Mark mode and set mark-even-if-inactive to
non-nil, then the region is highlighted in a transient fashion just as
normally in Transient Mark mode, but the mark really remains active
all the time; commands that use the region can be used even if the
region highlighting turns off.

* If you type C-h after a prefix key, it displays the bindings
that start with that prefix.

* The VC package now searches for version control commands in the
directories named by the variable `vc-path'; its value should be a
list of strings.

* VC now displays in the mode line the head version number of the file
you are visiting.  This follows the string `RCS' or `SCCS'.
If that version is locked, the name of the person who has locked it
appears before the version number, with a colon between them.
If other versions are locked, name/version pairs for those versions
follow the head version number.

* When using X, if you load the `paren' library, Emacs automatically
underlines or highlights the matching paren whenever point is
next to the outside of a paren.  When point is before an open-paren,
this shows the matching close; when point is after a close-paren,
this shows the matching open.

* The new function `define-key-after' is like `define-key',
but takes an extra argument AFTER.  It places the newly defined
binding after the binding for the event AFTER.

* `accessible-keymaps' now takes an optional second argument, PREFIX.
If PREFIX is non-nil, it means the value should include only maps for
keys that start with PREFIX.

`describe-bindings' also accepts an optional argument PREFIX which
means to describe only the keys that start with PREFIX.

* The variable `prefix-help-command' hold a command to run to display help
whenever the character `help-char' follows a prefix key and does not have
a key binding in that context.

* Emacs now detects double- and triple-mouse clicks.  A single mouse
click produces a pair events of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(mouse-N POSITION)
Clicking the same mouse button again, soon thereafter and at the same
location, produces another pair of events of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(double-mouse-N POSITION 2)
Another click will produce an event pair of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(triple-mouse-N POSITION 3)
All the POSITIONs in such a sequence would be identical, except for
their timestamps.

To count as double- and triple-clicks, mouse clicks must be at the
same location as the first click, and the number of milliseconds
between the first release and the second must be less than the value
of the lisp variable `double-click-time'.  Setting `double-click-time'
to nil disables multi-click detection.  Setting it to t removes the
time limit; Emacs then detects multi-clicks by position only.

If `read-key-sequence' finds no binding for a double-click event, but
the corresponding single-click event would be bound,
`read-key-sequence' demotes it to a single-click.  Similarly, it
demotes unbound triple-clicks to double- or single-clicks.  This means
you don't have to distinguish between single- and multi-clicks if you
don't want to.

Emacs reports all clicks after the third as `triple-mouse-N' clicks,
but increments the click count after POSITION.  For example, a fourth
click, soon after the third and at the same location, produces a pair
of events of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(triple-mouse-N POSITION 4)

* The way Emacs reports positions of mouse events has changed
slightly.  If a mouse event includes a position list of the form:
	(WINDOW (PLACE-SYMBOL) (COLUMN . ROW) TIMESTAMP)
this denotes exactly the same position as the list:
	(WINDOW  PLACE-SYMBOL  (COLUMN . ROW) TIMESTAMP)
That is, the event occurred over a non-textual area of the frame,
specified by PLACE-SYMBOL, a symbol like `mode-line' or
`vertical-scroll-bar'.

Enclosing PLACE-SYMBOL in a singleton list does not change the
position denoted, but the `read-key-sequence' function uses the
presence or absence of the singleton list to tell whether or not it
should prefix the event with its place symbol.

Normally, `read-key-sequence' prefixes mouse events occuring over
non-textual areas with their PLACE-SYMBOLs, to select the sub-keymap
appropriate for the event; for example, clicking on the mode line
produces a sequence like
	[mode-line (mouse-1 POSN)]
However, if lisp code elects to unread the resulting key sequence by
placing it in the `unread-command-events' variable, it is important
that `read-key-sequence' not insert the prefix symbol again; that
would produce a malformed key sequence like
	[mode-line mode-line (mouse-1 POSN)]
For this reason, `read-key-sequence' encloses the event's PLACE-SYMBOL
in a singleton list when it first inserts the prefix, but doesn't
insert the prefix when processing events whose PLACE-SYMBOLs are
already thus enclosed.


d23 2
a24 2
Setting the secondary selection does not move point or the mark.  It
is possible to make a secondary selection that does not all fit on the
@


1.1.1.12
log
@import emacs-19.17
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  7 Jul 1993
a8 188
Changes in version 19.17.

* When Emacs displays a list of completions in a buffer, 
you can select a completion by clicking mouse button 2
on that completion.

* Use the command `list-faces-display' to display a list of 
all the currently defined faces, showing what they look like.

* Menu bar items from local maps now come after the usual items.

* The Help menu bar item always comes last in the menu bar.

* If you enable Font-Lock mode on a buffer containing a program
(certain languages such as C and Lisp are supported), everything you
type is automatically given a face property appropriate to its
syntactic role.  For example, there are faces for comments, string
constants, names of functions being defined, and so on.

* Dunnet, an adventure game, is now available.

* Several major modes now have their own menu bar items, 
including Dired, Rmail, and Sendmail.  We would like to add 
suitable menu bar items to other major modes.

* The key binding C-x a C-h has been eliminated.
This is because it got in the way of the general feature of typing
C-h after a prefix character.  If you want to run
inverse-add-global-abbrev, you can use C-x a - or C-x a i g instead.

* If you set the variable `rmail-mail-new-frame' to a non-nil value,
all the Rmail commands to send mail make a new frame to do it in.
When you send the message, or use the menu bar command not to send it,
that frame is deleted.

* In Rmail, the o and C-o commands are now almost interchangeable.
Both commands check the format of the file you specify, and append
the message to it in Rmail format if it is an Rmail file, and in
inbox file format otherwise.  C-o and o are different only when you
specify a new file.

* The function `copy-face' now takes an optional fourth argument
NEW-FRAME.  If you specify this, it copies the definition of face
OLD-FACE on frame FRAME to face NEW-NAME on frame NEW-FRAME.

* A local map can now cancel out one of the global map's menu items.
Just define that subcommand of the menu item with `undefined'
as the definition.  For example, this cancels out the `Buffers' item
for the current major mode:

    (local-set-key [menu-bar buffer] 'undefined)

* To put global items at the end of the menu bar, use the new variable
`menu-bar-final-items'.  It should be a list of symbols--event types
bound in the menu bar.  The menu bar items for these symbols are
moved to the end.

* The list returned by `buffer-local-variables' now contains cons-cell
elements of the form (SYMBOL . VALUE) only for buffer-local variables
that have values.  For unbound buffer-local variables, the variable
name (symbol) appears directly as an element of the list.

* The `modification-hooks' property of a character no longer affects
insertion; it runs only for deletion and modification of the character.

To detect insertion, use `insert-in-front-hooks' and
`insert-behind-hooks' properties.  The former runs when text is
inserted immediately preceding the character that has the property;
the latter runs when text is inserted immediately following the
character.

* Buffer modification now runs hooks belonging to overlays as well as
hooks belonging to characters.  If an overlay has a
`modification-hooks' property, it applies to any change to text in the
overlay, and any insertion within the overlay.  If the overlay has a
`insert-in-front-hooks' property, it runs for insertion at the
beginning boundary of the overlay.  If the overlay has an
`insert-behind-hooks' property, it runs for insertion at the end
boundary of the overlay.

The values of these properties should be lists of functions.  Each
function is called, receiving as arguments the overlay in question,
followed by the bounds of the range being modified.

* The new `-name NAME' option directs Emacs to search for its X
resources using the name `NAME', and sets the title of the initial
frame.  This argument was added for consistency with other X clients.

* The new `-xrm DATABASE' option tells Emacs to treat the string
DATABASE as the text of an X resource database.  Emacs searches
DATABASE for resource values, in addition to the usual places.  This
argument was added for consistency with other X clients.

* Emacs now searches for X resources in the files specified by the
XFILESEARCHPATH, XUSERFILESEARCHPATH, and XAPPLRESDIR environment
variables, emulating the functionality provided by programs written
using Xt.  Because of this change, Emacs will now notice system-wide
application defaults files, as other X clients do.

XFILESEARCHPATH and XUSERFILESEARCHPATH should be a list of file names
separated by colons; XAPPLRESDIR should be a list of directory names
separated by colons.

Emacs searches for X resources
  + specified on the command line, with the `-xrm RESOURCESTRING'
    option,
  + then in the value of the XENVIRONMENT environment variable,
    - or if that is unset, in the file named ~/.Xdefaults-HOSTNAME if it exists
      (where HOSTNAME is the hostname of the machine Emacs is running on),
  + then in the screen-specific and server-wide resource properties
    provided by the server,
    - or if those properties are unset, in the file named ~/.Xdefaults
      if it exists,
  + then in the files listed in XUSERFILESEARCHPATH,
    - or in files named LANG/Emacs in directories listed in XAPPLRESDIR
      (where LANG is the value of the LANG environment variable), if
      the LANG environment variable is set,
    - or in files named Emacs in the directories listed in XAPPLRESDIR
    - or in ~/LANG/Emacs (if the LANG environment variable is set),
    - or in ~/Emacs,
  + then in the files listed in XFILESEARCHPATH.

The paths in the variables XFILESEARCHPATH, XUSERFILESEARCHPATH, and
XAPPLRESDIR may contain %-escapes (like the control strings passed to
the the Emacs lisp `format' function or C printf function), which
Emacs expands.

%N is replaced by the string "Emacs" wherever it occurs.
%T is replaced by "app-defaults" wherever it occurs.
%S is replaced by the empty string wherever it occurs.
%L and %l are replaced by the value of the LANG environment variable; if LANG
   is not set, Emacs does not use that directory or file name at all.
%C is replaced by the value of the resource named "customization"
   (class "Customization"), as retrieved from the server's resource
   properties or the user's ~/.Xdefaults file, or the empty string if
   that resource doesn't exist.

So, for example,
  if XFILESEARCHPATH is set to the value
    "/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%C:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N",
  and the LANG environment variable is set to
    "english",
  and the customization resource is the string
    "-color",
then, in the last step of the process described above, Emacs checks
for resources in the first of the following files that is present and
readable:
	/usr/lib/X11/english/app-defaults/Emacs-color
	/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs-color
	/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs
If the LANG environment variable is not set, then Emacs never uses the
first element of the path, "/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C", because it
contains the %L escape.

If XFILESEARCHPATH is unset, Emacs uses the default value
"/usr/lib/X11/%L/app-defaults/Emacs%C:\
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs%C:\
/usr/lib/X11/%L/app-defaults/Emacs:\
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs"

This feature was added for consistency with other X applications.

* The new function `text-property-any' scans the region of text from
START to END to see if any character's property PROP is `eq' to
VALUE.  If so, it returns the position of the first such character.
Otherwise, it returns nil.

The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, specifies the string or buffer to
be examined.

* The new function `text-property-not-all' scans the region of text from
START to END to see if any character's property PROP is not `eq' to
VALUE.  If so, it returns the position of the first such character.
Otherwise, it returns nil.

The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, specifies the string or buffer to
be examined.

* The function `delete-windows-on' now takes an optional second
argument FRAME, which specifies which frames it should affect.
  + If FRAME is nil or omitted, then `delete-windows-on' deletes windows
    showing BUFFER (its first argument) on all frames.
  + If FRAME is t, then `delete-windows-on' only deletes windows on the
    selected frame; other frames are unaffected.
  + If FRAME is a frame, then `delete-windows-on' only deletes windows on
    the given frame; other frames are unaffected.


d12 3
a14 4
region as you drag (if Transient Mark mode is enabled).  If you
continue the drag beyond the boundaries of the window, Emacs scrolls
the window at a steady rate until you either move the mouse back into
the window or release the button.
d30 1
a30 1
* If you enable Transient Mark mode and set `mark-even-if-inactive' to
d43 6
a48 4
* If you are visiting a file that has locks registered under RCS,
VC now displays each lock's owner and version number in the mode line
after the string `RCS'.  If there are no locks, VC displays the head
version number.
@


1.1.1.13
log
@import emacs-19.18
@
text
@a8 140
Changes in version 19.18.

* Typing C-z in an iconified Emacs frame now deiconifies it.

* hilit19 is a new library for automatic highlighting of parts of the
text in the buffer, based on its meaning and context.

* Killing no longer sends the killed text to the X clipboard.
And large strings are not put in the cut buffer either.
The variable x-cut-buffer-max specifies the maximum number of characters
to put in the cut buffer.

* The new command C-x 5 o (other-frame) selects different frames,
successively, in cyclic order.  It does for frames what C-x o
does for windows.

* The command M-ESC (eval-expression) has its own command history.

* The commands M-! and M-| for running shell commands have their own
command history.

* If the directory containing the Emacs executable has a sibling named
`lisp', that `lisp' directory is added to the end of `load-path'
(provided you don't override the normal value with the EMACSLOADPATH
environment variable).  This feature may make it easier to move
an installed Emacs from place to place.

* M-x validate-tex-buffer now records the locations of mismatches
found in the `*Occur*' buffer.  You can go to that buffer and type C-c
C-c to visit a particular mismatch.

* There are new commands in Shell mode.

C-c C-n and C-c C-p move point to the next or previous shell input line.

C-c C-d is now another way to send an end-of-file to the subshell.

* Changes to calendar/diary.

Time zone data is now determined automatically, including the
start/stop days and times of daylight savings time.  The code now
works correctly almost anywhere in the world.

The format of the holiday specifications has changed and IS NO LONGER
COMPATIBLE with the old (version 18) format.  See the documentation of
the variable calendar-holidays for details of the new, improved
format.

The hook `diary-display-hook' has been split into two:
diary-display-hook which should be used ONLY for the display and
`diary-hook' which should be used for appointment notification.  If
diary-display-hook is nil (the default), simple-diary-display is
used.  This allows the diary hooks to be correctly set with add-hook.

The forms used for dates in diary entries and general display are no
longer autoloaded, but set at load time; this means they will be set
correctly based on values you assign to various variables.

* The functions x-rebind-key and x-rebind-keys have been deleted,
because you can accomplish the same job by binding keys to keyboard
macros.

* Emacs now distinguishes double and triple drag events and double and
triple button-down events.  These work analogously to double and
triple click events.

Double drag events, if not defined, convert to ordinary click events.
Double down events, if not defined, convert first to ordinary down
events, which are then discarded if not defined.  Triple events that
are not defined convert to the corresponding double event; if that is
also not defined, it may convert further.

* The new function event-click-count returns the number of clicks,
from an event which is a list.  It is 1 for an ordinary click, drag,
or button-down event, 2 for a double event, and 3 or more for a triple
event.

* The new function previous-frame is like next-frame, but moves
around through the set of existing frames in the opposite order.

* The post-command-hook now runs even after commands that get an error
and return to top level.  As a consequence of the same change, this
hook also runs before Emacs reads the first command.  That might sound
paradoxical, as if this hook were the same as the pre-command-hook.
Actually, they are not similar; the latter runs before *execution* of
a command, but after it has been read.

* You can turn off the text property hooks that run when point moves
to certain places in the buffer, by binding inhibit-point-motion-hooks
to a non-nil value.

* Inserting a string with no text properties into the buffer normally
inherits the properties of the preceding character.  You can now
control this inheritence by setting the front-sticky and
rear-nonsticky properties of a character.

If you make a character's front-sticky property t, then insertion
before the character inherits its properties.  If you make the
rear-nonsticky property t, then insertion after the character does not
inherit its properties.  You can regard characters as normally being
rear-sticky and not front-sticky, and this is why insertion normally
inherits from the previous character.

If neither side of an insertion is suitably sticky, then the inserted
text gets no properties.  If both sides are sticky, then the inserted
text gets the properties of both sides, with the previous character's
properties taking precedence when both sides have a property in
common.

You can also specify stickiness for individual properties.  To do so,
use a list of property names as the value of the front-sticky property
or the rear-nonsticky property.  For example, if a character has a
rear-nonsticky property whose value is (face read-only), then
insertion after the character will not inherit its face property or
read-only property (if any), but will inherit any other properties.

The merging of properties when both sides of the insertion are sticky
takes place one property at a time.  If the preceding character is
rear-sticky for the property, and the property is non-nil, it
dominates.  Otherwise, the following character's property value is
used if it is front-sticky for that property.

* If you give a character a non-nil `invisible' text property, the
character does not appear on the screen.  This works much like
selective display.

The details of this feature are likely to change in future Emacs
versions.

* In Info, when you go to a node, it runs the normal hook
Info-selection-hook.

* You can use the new function `invocation-directory' to get the name
of the directory containing the Emacs executable that was run.

* Entry to the minibuffer runs the normal hook minibuffer-setup-hook.

* The new function minibuffer-window-active-p takes one argument, a
minibuffer window, and returns t if the window is currently active.

@


1.1.1.14
log
@import emacs-19.19
@
text
@a8 32
Changes in version 19.19.

* The new package bookmark.el records named bookmarks: positions that
you can jump to.  Bookmarks are saved automatically between Emacs
sessions.

* Another simpler package saveplace.el records your position in each
file when you kill its buffer (or kill Emacs), and jumps to the same
position when you visit the file again (even in another Emacs
session).  Use `toggle-save-place' to turn on place-saving in a given file;
use (setq-default save-place t) to turn it on for all files.

* In Outline mode, you can now customize how to compute the level of a
heading line.  Set `outline-level' to a function of no arguments which
returns the level, assuming point is at the beginning of a heading
line.

* You can now specify the prefix key to use for Outline minor mode.
(The default is C-c.)  Set the variable outline-minor-mode-prefix to
the key sequence you want to use (as a string or vector).

* In Bibtex mode, C-c e has been changed to C-c C-b.  This is because
C-c followed by a letter is reserved for users.

* The `mod' function is no longer an alias for `%', but is a separate function
that yields a result with the same sign as the divisor.  `floor' now takes an
optional second argument, which divides the first argument before the floor is
taken.

* `%' no longer allows floating point arguments, since the results were often
inconsistent with integer `%'.

@


1.1.1.15
log
@import emacs-19.20
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  9 Oct 1993
a8 398
User editing changes in version 19.20.
(See following page for Lisp programming changes.)

Note that some of these changes were made subsequent to the Emacs 19.20
editions of the Emacs manual and Emacs Lisp manual; therefore, if you
have those editions, do read this page.

* Dragging with mouse button 1 now puts the selected region
in the kill ring so you can paste it into other X applications.

* Double and triple clicks with button 1 now behave as in xterm,
selecting the word or line surrounding where you click.  If you drag
after the last click, you can select a range of words or lines.

* You can use button 3 to extend a mouse-selected region, as in xterm.
This works for regions selected either by dragging Mouse-1 or by
multiple-clicking Mouse-1.  Clicking Mouse-3 moves the end of the
region that is (initially) nearer to where you click.

If the selection was first made by multiple-clicking Mouse-1, and thus
consists of entire words or lines, Mouse-3 preserves that state.

As before, clicking Mouse-3 again in the same place kills the region
thus selected.

* The secondary selection commands, M-Mouse-1 and M-Mouse-3, have been
likewise modified.

* You can now search for strings and regexps using the Edit menu bar menu.

* You can now access bookmarks using the Bookmark submenu in the File
menu in the menu bar.

* ISO Accents mode, a buffer-local minor mode, provides a convenient
way to type certain non-ASCII characters.  It makes the characters `,
', ", ^, ~ and / serve as modifiers for the following letter.  ` and '
add accents, " adds an umlaut or diaresis, ^ adds a circumflex, ~
adds a tilde, and / adds a slash to the following letter.

If the following character is not a letter, or cannot be modified as
requested, then both characters stand for themselves.  If you
duplicate the modifier accent character, that enters the corresponding
ISO non-spacing accent character (thus, '' enters the ISO acute-accent
character).  To enter a modifier character itself, type it followed by
a space.

This feature can be used whenever a key sequence is expected: for
ordinary insertion, for searching, and for certain command arguments.

A few special combinations:

~c => c with cedilla
~d => d with stroke
~< => left guillemet
~> => right guillemet

* iso-transl.el is a new library that replaces iso-insert.el.
It defines C-x 8 as an insertion prefix for the ISO characters
between 128 and 255, much like iso-insert, except that iso-transl
works even in searches and help commands--wherever a key sequence
is expected.

To define case-conversion for these characters for ISO 8859/1,
load the library iso-syntax.  (This is not new.)

* M-TAB in Text mode now runs the command ispell-complete-word
which performs completion using the spelling dictionary.

The spelling correction submenu now includes this command 
and another command which completes a word fragment (that is,
it doesn't assume that the text to be completed starts at the
beginning of a word.

* In incremental search, you can use M-y to yank the most recent kill
into the search string.

* The new function ispell-message checks the spelling of a message
you are about to send or post.  It ignores text cited from other
messages.

To automatically check all your outgoing messages, include the
following line in your .emacs file:
  (setq news-inews-hook (setq mail-send-hook 'ispell-message))

* There is now a separate minibuffer history list for the names of
extended commands.  This history list is used by M-x when reading
the command name.  The motivation for this is to prevent command
names from appearing in the history used for other minibuffer
arguments.

Note that the history list for entire commands that use the minibuffer
is a separate feature.  That history list records a command with all
its arguments, and you must use C-x ESC ESC to access it.

* You can use the new command C-x v ~ VERSION RET to examine a
specified version of a file that is maintained with version control.

* In Indented Text mode, only blank lines now separate paragraphs.
Indented lines continue the paragraph that is in progress.  This makes
the user option variable adaptive-fill-mode have its intended effect.

* Local variable specifications in files for variables whose names end
in `-hook' and `-function' are now controlled by the variable
`enable-local-eval', just like the `eval' variable.

* C-x r j (jump-to-register) when restoring a frame configuration now
makes all unwanted frames (existing frames not mentioned in the
configuration) invisible.

If you want to delete these unwanted frames, use a prefix argument for
C-x r j.

* You can customize the calendar to display weeks beginning on
Monday: set the variable `calendar-week-start-day' to 1.

* Rmail changes.

If you save messages to a file in Unix format while viewing a message
with its whole header, this now copies to the file the entire header
of each message copied.

* Comint mode changes.

C-c C-e shows as much output as possible in the window.
C-c RET copies an old input (the one at point)
and places the copy after the latest prompt.
C-c C-p and C-c C-n move through the buffer, stopping at places
where the subshell prompted for input.
C-c C-h lists the input history in a `*Help*' buffer.

There are new menu bar items for completion/input/output/signal commands.

Input behaviour is configurable.  Variables control whether some windows
showing the buffer scroll to the bottom before insertion.  These are
`comint-scroll-to-bottom-on-input' and `before-change-function'.  By default,
insertion causes the selected window to scroll to the bottom before insertion
occurs.

Subprocess output now keeps point at the end of the buffer in each
window individually if point was already at the end of the buffer in
that window.

If `comint-scroll-show-maximum-output' is non-nil (which is the
default), then scrolling due to arrival of output tries to place the
last line of text at the bottom line of the window, so as to show as
much useful text as possible.  (This mimics the scrolling behavior of
many terminals.)

By setting `comint-scroll-to-bottom-on-output', you can opt for having
point jump to the end of the buffer whenever output arrives--no matter
where in the buffer point was before.  If the value is `this', point
jumps in the selected window.  If the value is `all', point jumps in
each window that shows the comint buffer.  If the value is `other',
point jumps in all nonselected windows that show the current buffer.
The default value is nil, which means point does not jump to the end.

Input history insertion is configurable.  A variable controls whether only the
first instance of successive identical inputs is stored in the input history.
This is `comint-input-ignoredups'.

Completion (bound to TAB) is now more general.  Depending on context,
completion now operates on the input history, on command names, or (as
before) on filenames.

Filename completion is configurable.  Variables control whether
file/directory suffix characters are added (`comint-completion-addsuffix'),
whether shortest completion is acceptable when no further unambiguous
completion is possible (`comint-completion-recexact'), and the timing of
completion candidate listing (`comint-completion-autolist').

Comint mode now provides history expansion.  Insert input using `!'
and `^', in the same syntax that typical shells use; then type TAB.
This searches the comint input history for a matching element,
performs substitution if necessary, and places the result in the
comint buffer in place of the original input.

History references in the input may be expanded before insertion into
the input ring, or on input to the interpreter (and therefore
visibly).  The variable `comint-input-autoexpand' specifies which.

You can make the SPC key perform history expansion by binding
SPC to the command `comint-magic-space'.

The command `comint-dynamic-complete-variable' does variable name
completion using the environment variables as set within Emacs.  The
variables controlling filename completion apply to variable name
completion too.  This command is normally available through the menu
bar.

* Shell mode

Paragraph motion and marking commands (default bindings M-{, M-}, M-h) operate
on output groups (i.e., shell prompt plus associated shell output).

TAB now completes commands, as well as file names and expand history.
Commands are searched for along the path that Emacs has on startup.

C-c C-f now moves forward a command (`shell-forward-command') and
C-c C-b now moves backward a command (`shell-backward-command').

Command completion is configurable.  The variables controlling
filename completion in comint mode apply, together with a variable
controlling whether to restrict possible completions to only files
that are executable (`shell-command-execonly').

The input history is initialised from the file name given in the
variable `shell-input-ring-file-name'--normally `.history' in your
home directory.

Directory tracking is more robust.  It can cope with command sequences
and forked commands, and can detect the failure of directory changing
commands in most circumstances.  It's still not infallible, of course.

You can now configure the behaviour of `pushd'.  Variables control
whether `pushd' behaves like `cd' if no argument is given
(`shell-pushd-tohome'), pop rather than rotate with a numeric argument
(`shell-pushd-dextract'), and only add directories to the directory
stack if they are not already on it (`shell-pushd-dunique').  The
configuration you choose should match the underlying shell, of course.

Emacs Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.20.

* A new function `remove-hook' is now used to remove a hook that you might
have added with `add-hook'.

* There is now a Lisp pretty-printer in the library `pp'.

* The partial Common Lisp support has been entirely reimplemented.

* When you insert text using `insert', `insert-before-markers' or
`insert-buffer-substring', text properties are no longer inherited
from the surrounding text.

When you want to inherit text properties, use the new functions
`insert-and-inherit' or `insert-before-markers-and-inherit'.

The self-inserting character command does do inheritance.

* Frame creation hooks.

The function make-frame now runs the normal hooks
before-make-frame-hook and after-make-frame-hook.

* You can now use function-key-map to make a key an alias for other
key sequences that can vary depending on circumstances.  To do this,
give the key a definition in function-key-map which is a function
rather than a specific expansion key sequence.

If the function reads input itself, it can have the effect of altering
the event that follows.  For example, here's how to define C-c h to
turn the character that follows into a hyper character:

(define-key function-key-map "\C-ch" 'hyperify)

(defun hyperify (prompt)
  (let ((e (if prompt (message "%s%s" prompt (single-key-description 
	   (read-event)))
    (vector (if (numberp e)
		(logior (lsh 1 20) e)
	      (if (memq 'hyper (event-modifiers e))
		  e
		(add-event-modifier "H-" e))))))

(defun add-event-modifier (string e)
  (let ((symbol (if (symbolp e) e (car e))))
    (setq symbol (intern (concat string (symbol-name symbol))))
    (if (symbolp e)
	symbol
      (cons symbol (cdr e)))))

The character translation function gets one argument, which is the
prompt that was specified in read-key-sequence--or nil if the key
sequence is being read by the editor command loop.  In most cases
you can just ignore the prompt value.

* Changes for reading and writing text properties.

New low-level Lisp features make it possible to write Lisp programs to
save text properties in files, and read text properties from files.
You can program any file format you like.

The variable `write-region-annotation-functions' should contain a list
of functions to be run by `write-region' to encode text properties in
some fashion as annotations to the text that is written.

Each function in the list is called with two arguments: the start and
end of the region to be written.  These functions should not alter the
contents of the buffer.  Instead, they should return lists indicating
annotations to write in the file in addition to the text in the
buffer.

Each function should return a list of elements of the form (POSITION
. STRING), where POSITION is an integer specifying the relative
position in the text to be written, and STRING is the annotation to
add there.

Each list returned by one of these functions must be already sorted in
increasing order by POSITION.  If there is more than one function,
`write-region' merges the lists destructively into one sorted list.

When `write-region' actually writes the text from the buffer to the
file, it intermixes the specified annotations at the corresponding
positions.  All this takes place without modifying the buffer.

The variable `after-insert-file-functions' should contain a list of
functions to be run each time a file's contents have been inserted into
a buffer.  Each function receives one argument, the length of the
inserted text; point indicates the start of that text.  The function
should make whatever changes it wants to make, then return the updated
length of the inserted text, as it stands after those changes.  The
value returned by one function is used as the argument to the next.
These functions should always return with point at the beginning of
the inserted text.

The intended use of `after-insert-file-functions' is for converting
some sort of textual annotations into actual text properties.  But many
other uses may be possible.

We now invite users to begin implementing Lisp programs to store and
retrieve text properties in files, using these new primitive features,
and thus to experiment with various data formats and find good ones.

We suggest not trying to handle arbitrary Lisp objects as property
names or property values--because a program that general is probably
difficult to write, and slow.  Instead, choose a set of possible data
types that are reasonably flexible, and not too hard to encode.

* Comint completion.

Currently comint-dynamic-complete-command (and associated variable
comint-after-partial-pathname-command) are set by default to complete a
filename.  Other comint-mode users should have their own functions to achieve
this.  For example, gud-mode could complete debugger commands.  A completion
function is provided solely for this reason (comint-dynamic-simple-complete).

Other comint-mode users should bind comint-dynamic-complete (shell-mode does
already).

* Comint history reference expansion

Currently comint-input-autoexpand is 'history, which means only expand
history on insertion to comint-input-ring.  For non-shell modes, this is
a strange default, since non-shells will not understand history references.
Perhaps it would be better for the variable to be 'input, which means expand
on RET.

The value 'history might possibly be wrong even for shells, since the
expansion will be done both by comint and the underlying shell (except sh, of
course).  It would be better for expansion to be done by one or the other,
not both since they may (ahem) disagree.  Since it is silly to put a literal
history reference into comint-input-ring, perhaps it would be better for the
variable to be 'input too.

The reason the variable is not 'input by default is that I was attempting to
adhere to The Principle of Least Astonishment.  I didn't want to shock users
by having their input change in front of their eyes.

* Argument delimiters and Comint mode.

Currently comint-delimiter-argument-list is '(), which means no strings are
to be treated as delimiters and arguments.  In shell-mode, this variable is
set to shell-delimiter-argument-list, '("|" "&" "<" ">" "(" ")" ";").  Other
comint-mode users should set this variable too.  For example, a lisp-type
mode might want to set this to '("." "(" ")") or some such.

* Comint output hook.

There is now a hook, comint-output-filter-hook, that is run-hooks'ed by the
output filter, comint-output-filter.  This is useful for scrolling (see
below), but also things like processing output for specific text, output
hilighting, etc.

So that such output processing may be done efficiently, there is a new
variable, comint-last-output-start, that records the position of the start of
the lastest output inserted into the buffer (effectively the previous value
of process-mark).  Output processing functions should process the text
between comint-last-output-start (or perhaps the beginning of the line that
the position lies on) and process-mark.

* Comint scrolling.

There is now automatic scrolling of process windows.

Currently comint-scroll-show-maximum-output is t, which means when scrolling
output put process-mark at the bottom of the window.  There is a good case
for it to be t, since the user is likely to want to see as much output as
possible.  But, then again, there is a comint-show-maximum-output command.

* Comint history retrieval.

The input following point is not deleted when moving around the input history
(with M-p etc.).  Emacs maintainers may not like this.  However, I feel this
is a useful feature.  The simple remedy is to put end-of-line in before
delete-region in comint-previous-matching-input.

The input history retrieval commands still wrap-around the input ring, unlike
Emacs command history.

d1431 4
a1434 4
** A new Calendar mode has been added, the work of Edward M. Reingold.
The mode can display the Gregorian calendar and a variety of other
calendars at any date, and interacts with a diary facility similar to
the UNIX `calendar' utility.
d1590 1
a1590 1
C-x 6 2 makes the current buffer into the left-hand buffer.  In the
d1615 1
a1615 1
If you want to make a line which will span both columns, put it in
d1733 1
a1733 1
files; if NEW is ` ', then the command unmarks the files it acts on.
@


1.1.1.16
log
@import emacs-19.21
@
text
@a8 6
User editing changes in version 19.21.

* ISO Accents mode supports four additional characters:
A-with-ring (entered as /A), AE ligature (entered as /E),
and their lower-case equivalents.

@


1.1.1.17
log
@import emacs-19.22
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  27 Nov 1993
a8 62
Changes in 19.22.

* The mouse click M-mouse-2 now inserts the current secondary
selection (from Emacs or any other X client) where you click.
It does not move point.
This command is called mouse-yank-secondary.

mouse-kill-secondary no longer has a key binding by default.
Clicking M-mouse-3 (mouse-secondary-save-then-kill) twice
may be a convenient enough way of killing the secondary selection.
Or perhaps there should be a keyboard binding for killing the
secondary selection.  Any suggestions?

* New packages:

** `icomplete' provides character-by-character information
about what you could complete if you type TAB.

** `avoid' moves the mouse away from point so that it doesn't hide
your typing.

** `shadowfile' helps you update files that are supposed to be stored
identically in different places (perhaps on different machines).

* C-h p now knows about four additional keywords: data, faces, mouse,
and matching.

* The key for starting an inferior Lisp process, in Lisp mode,
is now C-c C-z instead of C-c C-l.

* When the VC commands ask whether to save the buffer, if you say no,
they signal an error.  This is so that you won't operate on the wrong
data.

* ISO Accents mode now supports `"s' as a way of typing German sharp s.

* By default, comint buffers (including Shell mode and debuggers)
no longer try to scroll to keep the cursor on the bottom line.
This feature was added in 19.21 but did not work smoothly enough.

* Emacs now handles the window manager "delete window" operation.

* Display of buffers with text properties is much faster now.

* The feature previously announced whereby `insert' does not inherit
text properties from surrounding text was not fully implemented
before; but now it is.  use `insert-and-inherit' if you wish to
inherit sticky properties from the surrounding text.

* The functions next-property-change, previous-property-change,
next-single-property-change, and previous-single-property-change
now take one additional optional argument LIMIT that is a position at
which to stop scanning.  If scan ends without finding the property
change sought, these functions return the specified limit.

The value returned by previous-single-property-change and
previous-property-change, when they do find a change, is now one
greater than what it used to be.  It is the position between the two
characters whose properties differ, which is one greater than the
position of the first character found (while scanning back) with
different properties.

@


1.1.1.18
log
@import emacs-19.23
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  15 May 1994
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d6 2
a7 863
For older news, see the file ONEWS.

User Editing Changes in 19.23.

* Emacs 19.23 can run on MS-DOG.  See the file MSDOS in the same
directory as this file.

* Emacs 19.23 can work with an X toolkit.  You must specify toolkit
operation when you configure Emacs: use the option
--with-x-toolkit=yes.  (This option uses code developed by Lucid;
thanks to Frederic Pierresteguy for helping to adapt it.)

* Emacs now has dialog boxes; yes/no and y/n questions automatically
use them in commands invoked with the mouse.  For more information,
see below under "Lisp programming changes".

* Menus now display the keyboard equivalents (if any) of the menu
commands in parentheses after the menu item.

* Kill commands, used in a read-only buffer, now move point across
the text they would otherwise have killed.  This way, you can use
repeated kill commands to transfer text into the kill ring.

* There is now a global mark ring in addition to the mark ring that is local
to each buffer.  The global mark ring stores positions in any buffer.  Any
time the mark is set and the current buffer is different from the last time
the mark was set, the new mark is pushed on the global mark ring as well.
The new command C-x C-SPC (pop-global-mark) pops the global mark ring and
jumps to the last mark pushed, first switching to that buffer.

* Query Replace is now available in the Edit menu.

* ESC no longer simply exits a Query Replace.  It now exits the Query
Replace and remains pending.  Thus, ESC A and M-A are now equivalent
in Query Replace.

To simply exit a Query Replace, type RET or Period.

* M-mouse-2 now puts point at the end of the yanked secondary selection.

* Mouse-1 in the mode line now simply selects the window above that
mode line.  Mouse-2 in the mode line selects that window and expands
it to fill the frame it is in.

* You can now use mouse-2 in a Dired buffer or Tar mode buffer to find
a file you click on, in a compilation buffer to go to a particular
error message, and in a *Occur* buffer to go to a particular
occurrence.

(It was already possible to do likewise in Info and in completion list
buffers.)

What's more, the sensitive areas of the buffer now highlight when you
move the mouse over them.

* In a completion list buffer, the command RET now chooses the completion
that is around or next to point.

* If you specify the foreground color for the `mode-line' face, and
mode-line-inverse-video is non-nil, then the default background color
is the usual foreground color.

* revert-buffer now preserves markers pointing within the unchanged
text (if any) at the beginning and end of the file.

* Version control checkin and checkout preserve all markers if the
file does not contain any of the magic version header sequences that
are updated automatically by RCS and SCCS.  If such version headers
are present, checkin and checkout preserve a marker unless it comes
between two such sequences.  (So it's a good idea to put all the
header sequences close together.)

* When a large deletion shuts off auto save temporarily in a buffer,
you can now turn it on again by saving the buffer with C-x C-s (as was
possible in Emacs 18).  You can also turn it on again with M-1 M-x
auto-save (as has been possible in Emacs 19).

* C-x r d now runs the command delete-rectangle.

* The new command imenu-choose-buffer-index shows you a menu of
interesting places in the current buffer and lets you select one; then
it moves point there.  The definition of interesting places depends on
the major mode, but typically this includes function definitions and
such.  Normally, imenu displays the menu in a buffer; but if you bind
it to a mouse event, it shows a mouse popup menu.

* You can make certain chosen buffers, that normally appear in a
separate window, appear in special frames of their own.  To do this,
set special-display-buffer-names to a list of buffer names; any buffer
whose name is in that list automatically gets a special frame when it
is to be displayed in another window.

A good value to try is ("*compilation*" "*grep*" "*TeX Shell*").

More generally, you can set special-display-regexps to a list of regular
expressions; then each buffer whose name matches any of those regular
expressions gets its own frame.

The variable special-display-frame-alist specifies the frame
parameters for these frames.  It has a default value, so you don't
need to set it.

* If you set sentence-end-double-space to nil, the fill commands
expect just one space at the end of a sentence.  (If you want the
sentence commands to accept single spaces, you must modify the regexp
sentence-end also.)

* You can suppress the startup echo area message by adding text like
this to your .emacs file:

(setq inhibit-startup-echo-area-message "YOUR-LOGIN-NAME")

Simply setting inhibit-startup-echo-area-message to your login name is
not sufficient to inhibit the message; Emacs explicitly checks whether
.emacs contains an expression as shown above.  Your login name must
appear in the expression as a Lisp string constant.

This way, you can easily inhibit the message for yourself if you wish,
but thoughtless copying of your .emacs file will not inhibit the
message for someone else.

* Outline minor mode now uses C-c C-o as a prefix instead of just C-c.

* In Outline mode, hide-subtree is now C-c C-d.  (It was C-c C-h; but
that is now a conventional way to ask for help about C-c commands.)

* There are two additional commands in Outline mode.
M-x hide-sublevels
  hides all headers except the topmost N levels.
M-x hide-other
  hides everything about the body that point is in
  plus the headers leading up from there to the top of the tree.

* In iso-transl and iso-insert, the sequences for entering A-ring and
the AE ligature are now just A and E (plus the initial C-x 8 or Alt).
You used to have to enter AA or AE, after the C-x 8 prefix of course.
Likewise for lower case a-ring and ae.

* iso-transl now defines convenient Alt keys as well as the C-x 8 prefix.
Instead of prefixing a sequence with C-x 8, you can add Alt to the
first character of the sequence.  For example, Alt-" a is now a way
to enter an a-umlaut.

* CC mode is a greatly improved mode for C and C++.
See the following page.

* tcl mode is a new major mode.  It provides features for
editing, indenting and running tcl programs.

* Compilation minor mode lets you parse error messages in any buffer,
not just a normal compilation output buffer.  Type M-x
compilation-minor-mode to enable the minor mode; then C-c C-c jumps to
the source location for the error at point, as in the `*compilation*'
buffer.  If you use compilation-minor-mode in an Rlogin buffer, it
automatically accesses remote source files by ftp.

* Comint and shell mode changes:

** Comint modes (including Shell mode, GUD modes, etc.) now bind
C-M-l to the command comint-show-output.  This command scrolls the
buffer to show the last batch of output from the subprogram.

** Completion in Comint modes now truly operates on the string before
point, rather than the word that point is within.

** Comint mode file name completion ignores those files that end with a
string in the new variable comint-completion-fignore.  This variable's
default value is nil.

** Shell mode uses the variable shell-completion-fignore to set
comint-completion-fignore.  The default value is nil, but some
people prefer ("~" "#" "%").

** The function `comint-watch-for-password-prompt' can be used to 
suppress echoing when a subprocess asks for a password.  To use it,
do this:

(add-hook `comint-output-filter-functions
	  `comint-watch-for-password-prompt)

** You can use M-x shell-strip-ctrl-m to strip ^M characters from
process output.

** In Shell mode, TAB now completes environment variables, if possible,
and expands directory references.

** You can use M-x comint-run to execute any program of your choice in
a comint mode.  Some programs such as shells, rlogin, and debuggers
have their own specialized modes; this command is one way to use
comint to run programs for which no such specialized mode exits.  (You
can also run a shell with M-x shell and run the program of your choice
under the shell--but that gives you the specializations of Shell
mode.)

* When you run GUD (M-x gdb, M-x dbx, and so on), you can use TAB
to do file name completion in the minibuffer.

The "Complete" menu includes an item for directory expansion.

* GUD working with future versions of GDB will permit TAB for
GDB-style symbol completion.  This will work with GDB 4.13.

* Rmail no longer gets new mail automatically when you visit an Rmail
file specified by name--not even if it is your primary Rmail file.  To
get new mail, type `g'.  This feature is an advantage because you now
have a choice of whether to get new mail.  (This change actually
occurred in an earlier version, but wasn't listed here then, since it
made the code do what the documentation already said.)

* Rmail now highlights certain fields automatically, when you use X
windows.  The variable rmail-highlighted-headers controls which
fields.

* If you set rmail-summary-window-size to an integer, Rmail uses
a window that many lines high for the summary buffer.

* rmail-input-menu is a new command that visits an Rmail file letting
you choose which file with a mouse menu.  rmail-output-menu is
similar; it outputs the current message, using a mouse menu to choose
which Rmail file.  These commands use the variables
rmail-secondary-file-directory and rmail-secondary-file-regexp.

* The mh-e package has been changed substantially.
See the file ./MH-E-NEWS for details.

* The calendar and diary have new features.

The menu bar for the calendar contains most of the calendar commands,
arranged into logical categories.

Mouse-2 now performs specific-date-related commands when clicked on a
date in the calendar window and common three-month-related commands
when clicked elsewhere in the calendar window.

You can set up colored/shaded highlighting of holidays, diary entry
dates, and today's date, by setting calendar-holiday-marker,
diary-entry-marker, and calendar-today-marker to a face instead of a
character.  Using a special face is now the default if you are using a
window system.

* The appt package for displaying appointment reminders has new
features.

** The appt alarm window stays for the full duration of
appt-display-duration.  It no longer disappears when you start typing
text.

** You can change the way the appointment window is created/deleted by
setting the variables appt-disp-window-function and
appt-delete-window-function.

For instance, these variables can be set to functions that display
appointments in pop-up frames, which are lowered or iconified after
appt-display-duration seconds.

* desktop.el can now save a list of buffer-local variables,
and saves more global ones.

* Pascal mode has been completely rewritten.  It now features
completing of function names, variables and type definitions around
current point (like M-TAB does with lisp-symbols).  There's also an
outline mode (M-x pascal-outline) that hides the bodies of all
functions you're not working with.

* Edebug has a number of changes:

** Edebug syntax error reporting is improved.

** Top-level forms and defining forms other than defun and defmacro may
now be debugged with Edebug.

** Edebug specifications may now contain body, &define, name, arg or
arglist, def-body, and def-form, to support definitions.

** edebug-all-defuns is renamed to edebug-all-defs.
def-edebug-form-spec is replaced by def-edebug-form whose arguments
are unevaluated.  The old names are still available for now.

** Frequency counts and coverage data may be displayed for functions being
debugged.

** A global break condition is now checked at every stop point.

** The previous condition at a breakpoint may now be edited.

** A new "next" mode stops only after expression evaluation.

** A new command, top-level-nonstop, does not even stop for unwind-protect,
as top-level would.

Changes in CC mode in Emacs 19.23.

`cc-mode' provides ANSI C, K&R C, and ARM C++ language editing.  It
represents the merge of c++-mode.el and c-mode.el.  cc-mode provides a
new, more flexible indentation engine so that indentation
customization is more intuitive.  There are two steps to calculating
indentation: first, CC mode analyzes the line for syntactic content,
then based on this content it applies user defined offsets and adds
this offset to the indentation of some previous line.

The syntactic analysis determines if the line describes a `statement',
`substatement', `class-open', `member-init-intro', etc.  These are
described in detail with C-h v c-offsets-alist.  You can change the
offsets interactively with C-c C-o (c-set-offsets), or
programmatically in your c-mode-common-hook, which is run both by
c-mode and c++-mode.  You can also set up "styles" in the same way
that you could with c-mode.el.   The variable c-basic-offset controls
the basic offset given to a level of indentation.

If, for example, you wanted to change this style:

int foo (int i) 
{
    switch (i) {
    case 1:
        printf ("its a foo\n");
        break;
    default:
        printf ("don't know what it is\n");
        break;
    }
}

into this:

int foo (int i) 
{
    switch (i) {
      case 1:
        printf ("its a foo\n");
        break;
      default:
        printf ("don't know what it is\n");
        break;
    }
}

you could add the following to your .emacs file:

(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  (c-set-offset 'case-label 2)
  (c-set-offset 'statement-case-intro 2))
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)

* New variables:

c-offsets-alist contains an association list of syntactic symbols and
their relative offsets.  Do a "C-h v c-offsets-alist" to get a list of
all syntactic symbols currently defined, and their meanings.  You
should not change this variable directly; use the supplied interface
commands c-set-offset and c-set-style.

c-mode-common-hook is run by both c-mode and c++-mode during their
common initializations.  You should put any customizations that are
the same for both C and C++ into this hook.

The variable c-strict-semantics-p is used mainly for debugging.  When
non-nil, CC mode signals an error if it returns a syntactic symbol
that can't be found in c-offsets-alist.

If you want CC mode to echo the syntactic analysis for a particular
line when you hit the TAB key, set c-echo-semantic-information-p to
non-nil.

c-basic-offset controls the standard amount of offset for a level of
indentation.  You can set a syntactic symbol's offset to + or - as a
short-hand for positive or negative c-basic-offset.

c-comment-only-line-offset lets you control indentation given to lines
which contain only a comment, in the case of C++ line style comments,
or the introduction to a C block comment.  Comment-only lines at
column zero can be anchored there independent of the indentation given
to other comment-only lines.

c-block-comments-indent-p controls the style of C block comment
re-indentation.  If you put leading stars in front of comment
continuation lines, you should set this variable to nil.

c-cleanup-list is a list describing certain C and C++ constructs to be
"cleaned up" as they are typed, but only when the auto-newline feature
is turned on.  In C++, make sure this variable contains at least
'scope-operator so that double colons will not be separated by a
newline.

Colons (`:') and braces (`{` and `}') are special in C and C++.  For
certain constructs, you may like them to hang on the right edge of the
code, or you may like them to start a new line of code.  You can use
the two variables c-hanging-braces-alist and c-hanging-colons-alist
to control whether newlines are placed before and/or after colons and
braces when certain C and C++ constructs are entered.  For example,
you can control whether the colon that introduces a C++ member
initialization list hangs on the right edge, starts a new line, or has
no newlines either before or after it.

c-special-indent-hook is run after a line is indented by CC mode.  You
can perform any custom indentations here.

c-delete-function is the function that is called when a single
character is deleted with the c-electric-delete command (DEL).

c-electric-pound-behavior describes what happens when you enter the
`#' that introduces a cpp macro.

If c-tab-always-indent is neither t nor nil, then TAB inserts a tab
when within strings, comments, and cpp directives, but it reindents
the line unconditionally.

c-inhibit-startup-warnings-p inhibits warnings about any old
version of Emacs you might be running, which could be incompatible
with cc-mode.

* There are two new minor-mode features in CC mode: auto-newline and
hungry-delete.  Auto-newline inserts newlines automatically as you
type certain constructs.  Hungry-delete consumes all preceding
whitespace (spaces, tabs, and newlines) when the delete key is hit.
You can toggle auto-newline on and off on a per-buffer basis by
hitting C-c C-a.  You can toggle hungry-delete on and off by hitting
C-c C-d.   You can toggle them both on and off together with C-c C-t.

* Slash (`/') and star (`*') are now both electric characters.

* New commands:

The new C-c C-o (c-set-offset) command can be used to interactively change
the offset for a particular syntactic symbol.

The new command C-c : (c-scope-operator) inserts the C++ scope operator in
c++-mode only.

The new command C-c C-q (c-indent-defun) indents the entire enclosing
top-level function or class.

The new command C-c C-s (c-show-semantic-information) echos the current
syntactic analysis without re-indenting the current line.

The new commands M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature and M-x
c-backward-into-nomenclature (currently otherwise unbound to a key
sequence), make movement easier when using the C++ variable naming
convention of VariableNamesWithoutUnderscoresButEachWordCapitalized.

* Command from c-mode.el that have been renamed in cc-mode.el:

  electric-c-brace      => c-electric-brace
  electric-c-semi       => c-electric-semi&comma
  electric-c-sharp-sign => c-electric-pound
  mark-c-function       => c-mark-function
  electric-c-terminator => c-electric-colon
  indent-c-exp          => c-indent-exp
  set-c-style           => c-set-style

* Variables from c-mode.el that are obsolete with cc-mode.el:

  c-indent-level
  c-brace-imaginary-offset
  c-brace-offset
  c-argdecl-indent
  c-label-offset
  c-continued-statement-offset
  c-continued-brace-offset

Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.23.

* To pop up a dialog box, call x-popup-dialog.
It takes two arguments, POSITION and CONTENTS.

POSITION specifies which frame to place the dialog box over;
the dialog box always goes on the center of the frame.
POSITION may be a mouse event, a window, a frame,
or t meaning use the frame that the mouse is in.

CONTENTS specifies the contents of the dialog box.
It looks like a single pane of a popup menu:
(TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2 ...), where each ITEM has the form (STRING . VALUE).
The return value is VALUE from the chosen item.

An ITEM may also be just a string--that makes a nonselectable item.
An ITEM may also be nil--that means to put all preceding items
on the left of the dialog box and all following items on the right.
(By default, approximately half appear on each side.)

If your Emacs is not using an X toolkit, then it cannot display a
real dialog box; so instead it displays a pop-up menu in the center
of the frame.

* y-or-n-p, yes-or-no-p and map-y-or-n-p now use menus or dialog boxes
to ask their question(s) if the command that is running was reached by
a mouse event.

If you want to control which way these functions work, bind the
variable last-nonmenu-event around the call.  These functions use the
keyboard if that variable holds a keyboard event (actually, any
non-list); they use the mouse if that variable holds a mouse event
(actually, any list).

* The mouse-face property is now implemented, both in overlays and as
a text property.  It specifies a face to use when the mouse is in the
range of text for which the property is specified.

* When text has a non-nil `intangible' property, you cannot move point
within it or right before it.  If you try, point actually moves to the
end of the intangible text.  Note that this means that backward-char
is a no-op when there is an intangible character to the left of point.

* minibuffer-exit-hook is a new normal hook that is run when you
exit the minibuffer.

* The variable x-cross-pointer-shape specifies the cursor shape to use
when the mouse is over text that has a mouse-face property.

* The new variable interpreter-mode-alist specifes major modes to use
for shell scripts that specify a command interpreter.  Its elements
look like (INTERPRETER . MODE); for example, ("perl" . perl-mode) is
one element present by default.  This feature applies only when the
file name doesn't indicate which mode to use.

* If you use a minibuffer-only frame, set the variable
minibuffer-auto-raise to t, and entering the minibuffer will then
raise the minibuffer frame.

* If pop-up-frames is t, display-buffer now looks for an existing
window in any visible frame, showing the specified buffer, and uses
such a window in preference to making a new frame.

* In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
previous-frame, get-buffer-window, get-lru-window, get-largest-window
and delete-windows-on, if you specify `visible' for the last argument,
it means to consider all visible frames.

* Mouse events now give the X and Y coordinates in pixels, rather than
in characters.  You can convert these values to characters by dividing by
the values of (frame-char-width) and (frame-char-height).

* The new functions mouse-pixel-position and set-mouse-pixel-position
read and set the mouse position in units of pixels.  The existing
functions mouse-position and set-mouse-position continue to work with
units of characters.

* The new function compute-motion is useful for computing the width
of certain text when it is displayed.

* The function vertical-motion now takes an option second argument WINDOW
which says which window to use for the display calculations.

vertical-motion always operates on the current buffer.
It is ok to specify a window displaying some other buffer.
Then vertical-motion uses the width, hscroll and display-table of
the specified window, but still scans the current buffer.

* An error no longer sets last-command to t; the value of last-command
does reflect the previous command (the one that got an error).

If you do not want a particular command to be recognized as the
previous command in the case where it got an error, you must code that
command to prevent this.  Set this-command to t at the beginning of
the command, and set this-command back to its proper value at the end,
like this:

  (defun foo (args...)
    (interactive ...)
    (setq this-command t)
    ...do the work...
    (setq this-command 'foo))

or like this:

  (defun foo (args...)
    (interactive ...)
    (let ((old-this-command this-command))
      (setq this-command t)
      ...do the work...
      (setq this-command old-this-command)))

The undo and yank commands do this.

* If you specify an explicit title for a new frame when you create it,
the title is used as the resource name when looking up X resources to
control the shape of that frame.  If you don't specify the frame title, 
the value of x-resource-name is used, as before.

* The frame parameter user-position, if non-nil, says that the user
has specified the frame position.  Emacs reports this to the window
manager, to tell it not to override the position that the user
specified.

* Major modes can now set change-major-mode-hook to arrange for state
to be cleaned up when the user switches to a new major mode.  The function
kill-all-local-variables runs this hook.  For best results, make the hook a
buffer-local variable so that it will disappear after doing its job and will
not interfere with the subsequent major mode.

* The new variable overriding-local-map, if non-nil, specifies a keymap
that overrides the current local map, all minor mode keymaps, and all
text property keymaps.  Incremental search uses this feature to override
all other keymaps temporarily.

* A key definition in a menu keymap can now have additional structure:
in addition to (ITEMNAME [HELPSTRING] . COMMAND) which was allowed
before, the form (ITEMNAME [HELPSTRING] (...) . COMMAND) is
allowed.  (HELPSTRING is optional, and is not currently used.)

Here (...) represents a sublist containing information about keyboard
key sequences that run the same command COMMAND.  Displaying the menu
automatically creates and updates the sublist when appropriate; you
need never set these up yourself.

lookup-key, key-binding, and similar functions return just COMMAND,
not the whole binding.

To precompute this information for a given keymap, you can do
  (x-popup-menu nil KEYMAP).

* When you specify coordinates for x-popup-menu as a list ((XOFFSET
YOFFSET) WINDOW), the coordinates are now measured in pixels.

* where-is-internal now takes just four arguments:
DEFINITION KEYMAP FIRSTONLY NOINDIRECT.
The single argument KEYMAP replaces two arguments KEYMAP and KEYMAP1.

If KEYMAP is non-nil, where-is-internal searches only KEYMAP and the
global keymap.

If KEYMAP is nil, where-is-internal searches all the currently active
keymaps, but finds the active keymaps as if overriding-local-map were
nil.

If you pass a list of the form (keymap) as KEYMAP, where-is-internal
searches only the global map.  (This is not a special case--it follows
from the specifications above.)

If you pass the value of overriding-local-map as KEYMAP, where-is-internal
searches in exactly the same was as command execution does.

* Use the macro define-derived-mode to define a new major mode that
inherits the definition of another major mode.  Here's how to define a
command named hypertext-mode that inherits from the command text-mode:

    (define-derived-mode hypertext-mode text-mode "Hypertext"
      "Major mode for hypertext.\n\n\\{hypertext-mode-map}"
      (setq case-fold-search nil))

    (define-key hypertext-mode-map [down-mouse-3] 'do-hyper-link)

The new mode has its own keymap, which inherits from that of the
original mode.  It also has its own syntax and abbrev tables, which
are initialized by copying those of the original mode.  It also has
its own mode hook.  All are given names made by appending a suffix
to the name of the new mode.

* A syntax table can now inherit the data for some characters from
standard-syntax-table, while specifying other characters itself.
Syntax code 13 means "inherit this character from the standard syntax
table."  In modify-syntax-entry, the character `@@' represents this code.

The function `make-syntax-table' now creates a syntax table which
inherits all letters and control characters (0 to 31 and 128 to 255)
from the standard syntax table, while copying the other characters
from the standard syntax table.  Most syntax tables in Emacs are set
up this way.

This sort of inheritance is useful for people who set up character
sets with additional alphabetic characters in the range 128 to 255.
Just changing the standard syntax for these characters affects all
major modes.

* The new function transpose-regions swaps two regions of the buffer.
It preserves the markers in those two regions, so that they stay with
the surrounding text as it is swapped.

* revert-buffer now runs before-revert-hook at the beginning and
after-revert-hook at the end.  These can be used by minor modes
that need to clean up state variables.

* The new function get-char-property is like get-text-property, but
checks for overlays with properties as well as for text properties.
It checks for overlays first, in order of descending priority, and
text properties last.

get-char-property allows windows as the OBJECT argument, as well
as buffers and strings.  If you specify a window, then only overlays
active on that window are considered.

* Overlays can have the `invisible' property.

* The function insert-file-contents now takes an optional fifth 
argument called REPLACE.  If this is t, it means to replace the
contents of the buffer (actually, just the accessible portion)
with the contents of the file.

This is better than simply deleting and inserting the whole thing
because (1) it preserves some marker positions and (2) it puts less
data in the undo list.

* If you set auto-save-list-file-name to a non-nil value, it specifies
a file; then auto-saving writes a list of all auto save file names of
all Emacs buffers into that file.

* The variable inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps specifies classes of
file names for which -*- on the first line should not be looked for.

* The variables before-change-functions and after-change-functions
hold lists of functions to call before and after a change in the
buffer's text.  They work much like before-change-function and
after-change-function, except that they hold a list of functions
instead of just one.

These variables will eventually make before-change-function and
after-change-function obsolete.

* The variable kill-buffer-query-functions holds a list of functions
to be called with no arguments when a buffer is about to be killed.
(That buffer is the current buffer when the function is called.)
If any of the functions returns nil, the buffer is not killed
(and the remaining functions in the list are not called).

* The variable kill-emacs-query-functions holds a list of functions
to be called with no arguments when you ask to exit Emacs.
If any of the functions returns nil, the exit is canceled
(and the remaining functions in the list are not called).

* The argument for buffer-disable-undo is now optional,
like the argument for buffer-enable-undo.

* The new variable system-configuration holds the canonical three-part
GNU configuration name for which Emacs was built.

* The function system-name now tries harder to return a fully qualified
domain name.

* The variable emacs-major-version holds the major version number
of Emacs.  (Currently 19.)

* The variable emacs-minor-version holds the minor version number
of Emacs.  (Currently 23.)

* The default value of comint-input-autoexpand is now nil.
However, Shell mode sets it from the value of shell-input-autoexpand,
whose default value is `history'.

* The new function set-process-window-size specifies the terminal window
size for a subprocess.  On some systems it sends the subprocess a signal
to let it know that the size has changed.

* %P is a new way to display a percentage in the mode line.  It
displays the percentage of the buffer text that is above the *bottom*
of the window (which includes the text visible, in the window as well
as the text above the top).  It dispays `Top' as well as the
percentage if the top of the buffer is visible on screen.

* %+ in the mode line specs displays `*' if the buffer is modified,
and otherwise `-'.  It never displays `%', as `%*' would do; whether the
buffer is read-only has no effect on %+.

* The new functions ffloor, fceil, fround and ftruncate take a
floating point argument and return a floating point result whose value
is a nearby integer.  ffloor returns the nearest integer below; fceil,
the nearest integer above; ftrucate, the nearest integer in the
direction towards zero; fround, the nearest integer.

* Setting `print-escape-newlines' to a non-nil value now also makes
formfeeds print as ``\f''.

* auto-mode-alist now has a new feature.  If an element has the form
(REGEXP FUNCTION t), and REGEXP matches the file name, then after calling
FUNCTION, Emacs deletes the part of the file name that matched REGEXP
and then searches auto-mode-alist again for a new match.

This is useful for uncompression packages.  An entry of this sort for
.gz can uncompress the file and then put the uncompressed file in the
proper mode according to the name sans .gz.

* The new function emacs-pid returns the process ID number of Emacs.

* user-login-name now consistently checks the LOGNAME environment
variable before USER.  user-original-login-name is obsolete, since it
provides the same functionality.  To ignore the environment variables,
use user-real-login-name.

* There is a more general way of handling the system-specific X
keysyms.  Set the variable system-key-alist to an alist containing
elements of the form (CODE . SYMBOL), where CODE is the numeric keysym
code minus the "vendor specific" bit, and symbol is the name for the
function key.

* You can use the variable command-line-functions to set up functions
to process unrecognized command line arguments.  The variable's value
should be a list of functions of no arguments.  The functions are
called successively until one of them returns non-nil.

Each function should access the free variables argi (the current
argument) and command-line-args-left (the remaining arguments).  The
function should return non-nil only if it recognizes and processes the
argument in argi.  If it does so, it may consume following arguments
as well by removing them from command-line-args-left.

* There's a new way for a magic file name handler to run a primitive
and inhibit handling of the file name.  Here is how to do it:

(let ((inhibit-file-name-handlers
       (cons 'ange-ftp-file-handler 
             (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation)
                      inhibit-file-name-handlers)))
      (inhibit-file-name-operation operation))
  (apply this-operation args))

The function find-file-name-handler now takes two arguments.  The
second argument is OPERATION, the operation for which the handler is
being sought.

People have suggested that the second argument should be optional, for
backward compatibility.  It would be nice if that were possible, but
it is not.  There is simply no way for find-file-name-handler to do
the right thing without receiving the proper value for its second
argument.

* The variable completion-regexp-list affects the completion
primitives try-completion and all-completions.  They consider
only the possible completions that match each regexp in the list.

* Case conversion in the function replace-match has been changed.

The old behavior was this: if any word in the old text was
capitalized, replace-match capitalized each word of the replacement
text.

The new behavior is this: if the first word in the old text is capitalized,
replace-match capitalizes the first word of the replacement text.

* You can now specify a case table with CANON non-nil and EQV nil.
Then the EQV part of the case table is deduced from CANON.

* The new function minibuffer-prompt takes no arguments and returns
the current minibuffer prompt string.

The new function minibuffer-prompt-width takes no arguments and
returns the display width of the minibuffer prompt string.

* The new function frame-first-window returns the window at the
upper left corner of a given frame.

* wholenump is a new alias for natnump.

* The variable installation-directory, if non-@@code{nil}, names a
directory within which to look for the `lib-src' and `etc'
subdirectories.  This is non-nil when Emacs can't find those
directories in their standard installed locations, but can find them
near where the Emacs executable was found.

* invocation-name and invocation-directory are now variables as well
as functions.  The variable values are the same values that the
functions return: the Emacs program name sans directories, and the
directory it was found in.  (invocation-directory may be nil, if Emacs
can't determine which directory it should be.)

* Installation change regarding version number counting.

The version number of an Emacs executable contains three numbers.
The first two describe the Emacs release and the third increments
each time you build Emacs.

Now the file version.el contains only the first two version numbers.
The third component is now determined on the basis of the names of the
existing executable files.  This means that version.el is not altered
by building Emacs.
d332 2
a333 1
  (let ((e (read-event)))
d2492 2
a2493 2
For older news, see the file ONEWS.  For Lisp changes in (the first
release of) Emacs 19, see the file LNEWS.
@


1.1.1.19
log
@import emacs-19.24
@
text
@a7 24
Changes in Emacs 19.24

Here is a list of new Lisp packages introduced since 19.22.

derived.el		Define new major modes based on old ones.
dired-x.el		Extra Dired features.
double.el		New mode for conveniently inputting non-beyond chars.
easymenu.el		Create menus easily.
ediff.el		Snazzy diff interface.
foldout.el		A kind of outline mode designed for editing programs.
gnus-uu.el		UUdecode in GNUS buffers.
ielm.el			Interactively evaluate Lisp.
iso-cvt.el		Conversion of beyond-ASCII characters between
			 various different representations.
jka-compr.el		Automatic compression/decompression.
mldrag.el		Drag modeline to change heights of windows.
mail-hist.el		Provides history for headers of outgoing mail.
rsz-mini.el		Automatically resizing minibuffers.
			 This is a replacement for Lisp Interaction Mode.
s-region.el		Set region by holding shift.
skeleton.el		Templates for statement insertion.
soundex.el		Classifying words by how they sound.
tempo.el		Template insertion with hotspots.

a9 9
* Emacs 19.23 uses Ispell version 3.

Previous Emacs 19 versions used Ispell version 4.  That version had
improvements in storing the dictionary compactly, but these are not
very important nowadays.  Meanwhile, in parallel to the work on Ispell
4, many useful features were added to Ispell 3.  Until a few months
ago, the terms on Ispell 3 did not let us use it; but they have now
been changed, so now we are using it.  We are dropping Ispell 4.

d85 6
a90 6
* The new command imenu shows you a menu of interesting places in the
current buffer and lets you select one; then it moves point there.
The definition of interesting places depends on the major mode, but
typically this includes function definitions and such.  Normally,
imenu displays the menu in a buffer; but if you bind it to a mouse
event, it shows a mouse popup menu.
@


1.1.1.20
log
@import emacs-19.25
@
text
@a7 5
Changes in Emacs 19.25

The variable x-cross-pointer-shape (which didn't really exist) has
been renamed to x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape, and now does exist.

a19 1
			 This is a replacement for Lisp Interaction Mode.
d26 1
@


1.1.1.21
log
@import emacs-19.26
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  7 Sep 1994
d8 1
a8 158
* User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.26

** In the X toolkit version, if you click on a menu bar item and
release the button quickly outside the menu, the menu remains visible
until you click or type something else.  If you click on the menu, you
select from the menu.  Any other mouse click makes the menu disappear.
Keyboard input gets rid of the menu and then is processed normally.

"Quickly" means within double-click-time milliseconds.

** The C-x 5 commands to select a buffer in "another frame" now use an
existing iconified frame, if any, deiconifying it.  They also raise
the frame.

** Region highlighting on a black-and-white-only display now uses
underlining.  Inverse-video had the problem that you couldn't see
the cursor.

** You can now change the height of a window by pressing mouse-1 on
the mode line and dragging it up and down.

** If you set the environment variable LC_CTYPE to iso_8859_1 or
iso-8859-1, Emacs automatically sets up for display and syntactic
handling of the ISO Latin-1 character set.

This does not automatically load any of the packages for input of
these characters, because it's not yet clear what is right to do.
You must still explicitly load either iso-transl or iso-acc.

** For a read-only buffer that is also modified, the mode line now displays
%* instead of %%.

** M-prior (scroll-other-window-down) is a new command that works like
M-next (and C-M-v) but scrolls in the opposite direction.

M-home moves to the beginning of the buffer, in the other window.
M-end moves to the end of the buffer, in the other window.  These two
commands, along with M-next and M-prior, form a series of commands for
moving around in the other window.

** In change logs, the mail address is now delimited with <...> instead
of (...).

This makes it a little more convenient to extract the mail address for
use in mailing a message.

** In Shell mode and other comint modes, C-a has now returned to
its ordinary meaning: move to the beginning of the line.
Use C-c C-a to move to the end of the prompt.

** If you set mail-signature to t to cause automatic insertion of
your .signature file, you now get a -- before the signature.

** Setting rmail-highlighted-headers to nil entirely turns off
highlighting in Rmail.  However, if your motivation for doing this is
that the highlighted text doesn't look good on your display, it might
be better to change the appearance of the `highlight' face.  Once
you've done that, you may find Rmail highlighting is useful.

** In the calendar, mouse-2 is now used only for commands that apply to a date.
If you click it when not on a date, it gives an immediate error.

Mouse-3 in the calendar now gives a menu of commands that do not apply
to a particular date.

** In the gnus-uu package, the binding for gnus-uu-threaded-decode-and-view
is now C-c C-v C-d, not C-c C-v C-h.  Thus, C-c C-v C-h is now available
for asking for a list of the subcommands of C-c C-v.

** You can now specify "who you are" for various Emacs packages by
setting just one variable, user-mail-address.  This currently applies
to posting news with GNUS and to making change log entries.  It may
apply to additional Emacs features in the future.

* Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.26:

** The function insert-char now takes an optional third argument
which, if non-nil, says the inserted characters should inherit sticky
text properties from the surrounding text.

** The `diary' library has been renamed to `diary-lib'.  If you refer
to this library in your Lisp code, you must update the references.

** Sending text to a subprocess can read input from subprocesses if it
has to wait because the destination subprocess's terminal input buffer
is full.

It was already possible in unusual occasions for this operation to
read subprocess input, but it did not happen very often.  It is now
more likely to happen.

** last-nonmenu-event is now bound to t around filter functions and sentinels.
This is to ensure that y-or-n-p and yes-or-no-p use the keyboard by default.

** In mode lines, %+ now displays as % for unmodified read-only
buffers.  It is now the same as %* except in the case of a modified
read-only buffer; in that case, %+ displays as *.

The old meaning of %+ is now available on %&.
It displays * for a modified buffer and - for an unmodified buffer,
regardless of read-only status.

** You can now use `underline' in the color list of a face.
It serves as a last resort, and says to underline the face
(if previous color list elements can't be used).

** The new function x-color-values returns the list of color values
for a given color name (a string).  The list contains three integers
which give the amounts of red, green and blue in the color: (R G B).

** In run-at-time, 0 as the repeat interval means "don't repeat".

** The variable trim-versions-without-asking has been renamed to
delete-old-versions.

** The new function other-window-for-scrolling returns the choice of
other window for C-M-v to scroll.

** Note that the function fceiling was mistakenly documented as fceil before.

* Changes in cc-mode.el in Emacs 19.26:

** A new syntactic symbol has been added: substatement-open.  It
  defines the open brace of a substatement block.  These used to get:
  ((block-open ...) (substatement . ...)).

  Non-block substatement lines still get just ((substatement . ...))

  Note that the custom indent function c-adaptive-block-open has been
  removed as obsolete.

** You can now specify the `hanginess' of closing braces.  See
  c-hanging-braces-alist.

** Recognizes try and catch blocks in C++.  They are given the
  substatement syntactic symbol.

** should be generally more forgiving about non-GNU standard top-level
  construct definition styles (i.e. where the function/class/struct
  opening brace does not start in column zero).

  If you hang the braces that open a top-level construct on the right
  edge, and you find you still need to define defun-open-prompt (Emacs
  19) please let me know.  Note that there may still be performance
  issues related to non-column zero opening braces.

** c-macro-expand is put on C-c C-e

** New style: "Default".  Resets indentation to those shipped with
  cc-mode.el.

** internal defun c-indent-via-language-element has been renamed
  c-indent-line for compatibility with c-mode.el and awk-mode.

** new buffer-local variable c-comment-start-regexp for (potential)
  flexibility in adding new modes based on cc-mode.el

* Changes in Emacs 19.25
d13 1
a13 1
* Changes in Emacs 19.24
d37 1
a37 1
* User Editing Changes in 19.23.
d39 1
a39 1
** Emacs 19.23 uses Ispell version 3.
d48 1
a48 1
** Emacs 19.23 can run on MS-DOG.  See the file MSDOS in the same
d51 1
a51 1
** Emacs 19.23 can work with an X toolkit.  You must specify toolkit
d56 1
a56 1
** Emacs now has dialog boxes; yes/no and y/n questions automatically
d60 1
a60 1
** Menus now display the keyboard equivalents (if any) of the menu
d63 1
a63 1
** Kill commands, used in a read-only buffer, now move point across
d67 1
a67 1
** There is now a global mark ring in addition to the mark ring that is local
d74 1
a74 1
** Query Replace is now available in the Edit menu.
d76 1
a76 1
** ESC no longer simply exits a Query Replace.  It now exits the Query
d82 1
a82 1
** M-mouse-2 now puts point at the end of the yanked secondary selection.
d84 1
a84 1
** Mouse-1 in the mode line now simply selects the window above that
d88 1
a88 1
** You can now use mouse-2 in a Dired buffer or Tar mode buffer to find
d99 1
a99 1
** In a completion list buffer, the command RET now chooses the completion
d102 1
a102 1
** If you specify the foreground color for the `mode-line' face, and
d106 1
a106 1
** revert-buffer now preserves markers pointing within the unchanged
d109 1
a109 1
** Version control checkin and checkout preserve all markers if the
d116 1
a116 1
** When a large deletion shuts off auto save temporarily in a buffer,
d121 1
a121 1
** C-x r d now runs the command delete-rectangle.
d123 1
a123 1
** The new command imenu shows you a menu of interesting places in the
d130 1
a130 1
** You can make certain chosen buffers, that normally appear in a
d146 1
a146 1
** If you set sentence-end-double-space to nil, the fill commands
d151 1
a151 1
** You can suppress the startup echo area message by adding text like
d165 1
a165 1
** Outline minor mode now uses C-c C-o as a prefix instead of just C-c.
d167 1
a167 1
** In Outline mode, hide-subtree is now C-c C-d.  (It was C-c C-h; but
d170 1
a170 1
** There are two additional commands in Outline mode.
d177 1
a177 1
** In iso-transl and iso-insert, the sequences for entering A-ring and
d182 1
a182 1
** iso-transl now defines convenient Alt keys as well as the C-x 8 prefix.
d187 1
a187 1
** CC mode is a greatly improved mode for C and C++.
d190 1
a190 1
** tcl mode is a new major mode.  It provides features for
d193 1
a193 1
** Compilation minor mode lets you parse error messages in any buffer,
d200 1
a200 1
** Comint and shell mode changes:
d202 1
a202 1
*** Comint modes (including Shell mode, GUD modes, etc.) now bind
d206 1
a206 1
*** Completion in Comint modes now truly operates on the string before
d209 1
a209 1
*** Comint mode file name completion ignores those files that end with a
d213 1
a213 1
*** Shell mode uses the variable shell-completion-fignore to set
d217 1
a217 1
*** The function `comint-watch-for-password-prompt' can be used to 
d221 2
a222 2
(add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions
	  'comint-watch-for-password-prompt)
d224 1
a224 1
*** You can use M-x shell-strip-ctrl-m to strip ^M characters from
d227 1
a227 1
*** In Shell mode, TAB now completes environment variables, if possible,
d230 1
a230 1
*** You can use M-x comint-run to execute any program of your choice in
d238 1
a238 1
** When you run GUD (M-x gdb, M-x dbx, and so on), you can use TAB
d243 1
a243 1
** GUD working with future versions of GDB will permit TAB for
d246 1
a246 1
** Rmail no longer gets new mail automatically when you visit an Rmail
d253 1
a253 1
** Rmail now highlights certain fields automatically, when you use X
d257 1
a257 1
** If you set rmail-summary-window-size to an integer, Rmail uses
d260 1
a260 1
** rmail-input-menu is a new command that visits an Rmail file letting
d266 1
a266 1
** The mh-e package has been changed substantially.
d269 1
a269 1
** The calendar and diary have new features.
d284 1
a284 1
** The appt package for displaying appointment reminders has new
d287 1
a287 1
*** The appt alarm window stays for the full duration of
d291 1
a291 1
*** You can change the way the appointment window is created/deleted by
d299 1
a299 1
** desktop.el can now save a list of buffer-local variables,
d302 1
a302 1
** Pascal mode has been completely rewritten.  It now features
d308 1
a308 1
** Edebug has a number of changes:
d310 1
a310 1
*** Edebug syntax error reporting is improved.
d312 1
a312 1
*** Top-level forms and defining forms other than defun and defmacro may
d315 1
a315 1
*** Edebug specifications may now contain body, &define, name, arg or
d318 1
a318 1
*** edebug-all-defuns is renamed to edebug-all-defs.
d322 1
a322 1
*** Frequency counts and coverage data may be displayed for functions being
d325 1
a325 1
*** A global break condition is now checked at every stop point.
d327 1
a327 1
*** The previous condition at a breakpoint may now be edited.
d329 1
a329 1
*** A new "next" mode stops only after expression evaluation.
d331 1
a331 1
*** A new command, top-level-nonstop, does not even stop for unwind-protect,
d334 1
a334 1
* Changes in CC mode in Emacs 19.23.
d388 1
a388 1
** New variables:
d455 1
a455 1
** There are two new minor-mode features in CC mode: auto-newline and
d463 1
a463 1
** Slash (`/') and star (`*') are now both electric characters.
d465 1
a465 1
** New commands:
d484 1
a484 1
** Command from c-mode.el that have been renamed in cc-mode.el:
d494 1
a494 1
** Variables from c-mode.el that are obsolete with cc-mode.el:
d504 1
a504 1
* Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.23.
d506 1
a506 1
** To pop up a dialog box, call x-popup-dialog.
d528 1
a528 1
** y-or-n-p, yes-or-no-p and map-y-or-n-p now use menus or dialog boxes
d538 1
a538 1
** The mouse-face property is now implemented, both in overlays and as
d542 1
a542 1
** When text has a non-nil `intangible' property, you cannot move point
d547 1
a547 1
** minibuffer-exit-hook is a new normal hook that is run when you
d550 1
a550 1
** The variable x-cross-pointer-shape specifies the cursor shape to use
d553 1
a553 1
** The new variable interpreter-mode-alist specifes major modes to use
d559 1
a559 1
** If you use a minibuffer-only frame, set the variable
d563 1
a563 1
** If pop-up-frames is t, display-buffer now looks for an existing
d567 1
a567 1
** In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
d572 1
a572 1
** Mouse events now give the X and Y coordinates in pixels, rather than
d576 1
a576 1
** The new functions mouse-pixel-position and set-mouse-pixel-position
d581 1
a581 1
** The new function compute-motion is useful for computing the width
d584 1
a584 1
** The function vertical-motion now takes an option second argument WINDOW
d592 1
a592 1
** An error no longer sets last-command to t; the value of last-command
d618 1
a618 1
** If you specify an explicit title for a new frame when you create it,
d623 1
a623 1
** The frame parameter user-position, if non-nil, says that the user
d628 1
a628 1
** Major modes can now set change-major-mode-hook to arrange for state
d634 1
a634 1
** The new variable overriding-local-map, if non-nil, specifies a keymap
d639 1
a639 1
** A key definition in a menu keymap can now have additional structure:
d655 1
a655 1
** When you specify coordinates for x-popup-menu as a list ((XOFFSET
d658 1
a658 1
** where-is-internal now takes just four arguments:
d676 1
a676 1
** Use the macro define-derived-mode to define a new major mode that
d692 1
a692 1
** A syntax table can now inherit the data for some characters from
d708 1
a708 1
** The new function transpose-regions swaps two regions of the buffer.
d712 1
a712 1
** revert-buffer now runs before-revert-hook at the beginning and
d716 1
a716 1
** The new function get-char-property is like get-text-property, but
d725 1
a725 1
** Overlays can have the `invisible' property.
d727 1
a727 1
** The function insert-file-contents now takes an optional fifth 
d736 1
a736 1
** If you set auto-save-list-file-name to a non-nil value, it specifies
d740 1
a740 1
** The variable inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps specifies classes of
d743 1
a743 1
** The variables before-change-functions and after-change-functions
d752 1
a752 1
** The variable kill-buffer-query-functions holds a list of functions
d758 1
a758 1
** The variable kill-emacs-query-functions holds a list of functions
d763 1
a763 1
** The argument for buffer-disable-undo is now optional,
d766 1
a766 1
** The new variable system-configuration holds the canonical three-part
d769 1
a769 1
** The function system-name now tries harder to return a fully qualified
d772 1
a772 1
** The variable emacs-major-version holds the major version number
d775 1
a775 1
** The variable emacs-minor-version holds the minor version number
d778 1
a778 1
** The default value of comint-input-autoexpand is now nil.
d782 1
a782 1
** The new function set-process-window-size specifies the terminal window
d786 1
a786 1
** %P is a new way to display a percentage in the mode line.  It
d792 1
a792 1
** %+ in the mode line specs displays `*' if the buffer is modified,
d796 1
a796 1
** The new functions ffloor, fceiling, fround and ftruncate take a
d802 1
a802 1
** Setting `print-escape-newlines' to a non-nil value now also makes
d805 1
a805 1
** auto-mode-alist now has a new feature.  If an element has the form
d814 1
a814 1
** The new function emacs-pid returns the process ID number of Emacs.
d816 1
a816 1
** user-login-name now consistently checks the LOGNAME environment
d821 1
a821 1
** There is a more general way of handling the system-specific X
d827 1
a827 1
** You can use the variable command-line-functions to set up functions
d838 1
a838 1
** There's a new way for a magic file name handler to run a primitive
d858 1
a858 1
** The variable completion-regexp-list affects the completion
d862 1
a862 1
** Case conversion in the function replace-match has been changed.
d871 1
a871 1
** You can now specify a case table with CANON non-nil and EQV nil.
d874 1
a874 1
** The new function minibuffer-prompt takes no arguments and returns
d880 1
a880 1
** The new function frame-first-window returns the window at the
d883 1
a883 1
** wholenump is a new alias for natnump.
d885 1
a885 1
** The variable installation-directory, if non-@@code{nil}, names a
d891 1
a891 1
** invocation-name and invocation-directory are now variables as well
d897 1
a897 1
** Installation change regarding version number counting.
d908 1
a908 1
* Changes in 19.22.
d910 1
a910 1
** The mouse click M-mouse-2 now inserts the current secondary
d921 1
a921 1
** New packages:
d923 1
a923 1
*** `icomplete' provides character-by-character information
d926 1
a926 1
*** `avoid' moves the mouse away from point so that it doesn't hide
d929 1
a929 1
*** `shadowfile' helps you update files that are supposed to be stored
d932 1
a932 1
** C-h p now knows about four additional keywords: data, faces, mouse,
d935 1
a935 1
** The key for starting an inferior Lisp process, in Lisp mode,
d938 1
a938 1
** When the VC commands ask whether to save the buffer, if you say no,
d942 1
a942 1
** ISO Accents mode now supports `"s' as a way of typing German sharp s.
d944 1
a944 1
** By default, comint buffers (including Shell mode and debuggers)
d948 1
a948 1
** Emacs now handles the window manager "delete window" operation.
d950 1
a950 1
** Display of buffers with text properties is much faster now.
d952 1
a952 1
** The feature previously announced whereby `insert' does not inherit
d957 1
a957 1
** The functions next-property-change, previous-property-change,
d970 1
a970 1
* User editing changes in version 19.21.
d972 1
a972 1
** ISO Accents mode supports four additional characters:
d976 1
a976 1
* User editing changes in version 19.20.
d983 1
a983 1
** Dragging with mouse button 1 now puts the selected region
d986 1
a986 1
** Double and triple clicks with button 1 now behave as in xterm,
d990 1
a990 1
** You can use button 3 to extend a mouse-selected region, as in xterm.
d1001 1
a1001 1
** The secondary selection commands, M-Mouse-1 and M-Mouse-3, have been
d1004 1
a1004 1
** You can now search for strings and regexps using the Edit menu bar menu.
d1006 1
a1006 1
** You can now access bookmarks using the Bookmark submenu in the File
d1009 1
a1009 1
** ISO Accents mode, a buffer-local minor mode, provides a convenient
d1032 1
a1032 1
** iso-transl.el is a new library that replaces iso-insert.el.
d1041 1
a1041 1
** M-TAB in Text mode now runs the command ispell-complete-word
d1049 1
a1049 1
** In incremental search, you can use M-y to yank the most recent kill
d1052 1
a1052 1
** The new function ispell-message checks the spelling of a message
d1060 1
a1060 1
** There is now a separate minibuffer history list for the names of
d1070 1
a1070 1
** You can use the new command C-x v ~ VERSION RET to examine a
d1073 1
a1073 1
** In Indented Text mode, only blank lines now separate paragraphs.
d1077 1
a1077 1
** Local variable specifications in files for variables whose names end
d1081 1
a1081 1
** C-x r j (jump-to-register) when restoring a frame configuration now
d1088 1
a1088 1
** You can customize the calendar to display weeks beginning on
d1091 1
a1091 1
** Rmail changes.
d1097 1
a1097 1
** Comint mode changes.
d1165 1
a1165 1
** Shell mode
d1196 1
a1196 1
* Emacs Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.20.
d1198 1
a1198 1
** A new function `remove-hook' is now used to remove a hook that you might
d1201 1
a1201 1
** There is now a Lisp pretty-printer in the library `pp'.
d1203 1
a1203 1
** The partial Common Lisp support has been entirely reimplemented.
d1205 1
a1205 1
** When you insert text using `insert', `insert-before-markers' or
d1214 1
a1214 1
** Frame creation hooks.
d1219 1
a1219 1
** You can now use function-key-map to make a key an alias for other
d1250 1
a1250 1
** Changes for reading and writing text properties.
d1302 1
a1302 1
** Comint completion.
d1313 1
a1313 1
** Comint history reference expansion
d1332 1
a1332 1
** Argument delimiters and Comint mode.
d1340 1
a1340 1
** Comint output hook.
d1354 1
a1354 1
** Comint scrolling.
d1363 1
a1363 1
** Comint history retrieval.
d1373 1
a1373 1
* Changes in version 19.19.
d1375 1
a1375 1
** The new package bookmark.el records named bookmarks: positions that
d1379 1
a1379 1
** Another simpler package saveplace.el records your position in each
d1385 1
a1385 1
** In Outline mode, you can now customize how to compute the level of a
d1390 1
a1390 1
** You can now specify the prefix key to use for Outline minor mode.
d1394 1
a1394 1
** In Bibtex mode, C-c e has been changed to C-c C-b.  This is because
d1397 1
a1397 1
** The `mod' function is no longer an alias for `%', but is a separate function
d1402 1
a1402 1
** `%' no longer allows floating point arguments, since the results were often
d1405 1
a1405 1
* Changes in version 19.18.
d1407 1
a1407 1
** Typing C-z in an iconified Emacs frame now deiconifies it.
d1409 1
a1409 1
** hilit19 is a new library for automatic highlighting of parts of the
d1412 1
a1412 1
** Killing no longer sends the killed text to the X clipboard.
d1417 1
a1417 1
** The new command C-x 5 o (other-frame) selects different frames,
d1421 1
a1421 1
** The command M-ESC (eval-expression) has its own command history.
d1423 1
a1423 1
** The commands M-! and M-| for running shell commands have their own
d1426 1
a1426 1
** If the directory containing the Emacs executable has a sibling named
d1432 1
a1432 1
** M-x validate-tex-buffer now records the locations of mismatches
d1436 1
a1436 1
** There are new commands in Shell mode.
d1442 1
a1442 1
** Changes to calendar/diary.
d1463 1
a1463 1
** The functions x-rebind-key and x-rebind-keys have been deleted,
d1467 1
a1467 1
** Emacs now distinguishes double and triple drag events and double and
d1477 1
a1477 1
** The new function event-click-count returns the number of clicks,
d1482 1
a1482 1
** The new function previous-frame is like next-frame, but moves
d1485 1
a1485 1
** The post-command-hook now runs even after commands that get an error
d1492 1
a1492 1
** You can turn off the text property hooks that run when point moves
d1496 1
a1496 1
** Inserting a string with no text properties into the buffer normally
d1527 1
a1527 1
** If you give a character a non-nil `invisible' text property, the
d1534 1
a1534 1
** In Info, when you go to a node, it runs the normal hook
d1537 1
a1537 1
** You can use the new function `invocation-directory' to get the name
d1540 1
a1540 1
** Entry to the minibuffer runs the normal hook minibuffer-setup-hook.
d1542 1
a1542 1
** The new function minibuffer-window-active-p takes one argument, a
d1545 1
a1545 1
* Changes in version 19.17.
d1547 1
a1547 1
** When Emacs displays a list of completions in a buffer, 
d1551 1
a1551 1
** Use the command `list-faces-display' to display a list of 
d1554 1
a1554 1
** Menu bar items from local maps now come after the usual items.
d1556 1
a1556 1
** The Help menu bar item always comes last in the menu bar.
d1558 1
a1558 1
** If you enable Font-Lock mode on a buffer containing a program
d1564 1
a1564 1
** Dunnet, an adventure game, is now available.
d1566 1
a1566 1
** Several major modes now have their own menu bar items, 
d1570 1
a1570 1
** The key binding C-x a C-h has been eliminated.
d1575 1
a1575 1
** If you set the variable `rmail-mail-new-frame' to a non-nil value,
d1580 1
a1580 1
** In Rmail, the o and C-o commands are now almost interchangeable.
d1586 1
a1586 1
** The function `copy-face' now takes an optional fourth argument
d1590 1
a1590 1
** A local map can now cancel out one of the global map's menu items.
d1597 1
a1597 1
** To put global items at the end of the menu bar, use the new variable
d1602 1
a1602 1
** The list returned by `buffer-local-variables' now contains cons-cell
d1607 1
a1607 1
** The `modification-hooks' property of a character no longer affects
d1616 1
a1616 1
** Buffer modification now runs hooks belonging to overlays as well as
d1629 1
a1629 1
** The new `-name NAME' option directs Emacs to search for its X
d1633 1
a1633 1
** The new `-xrm DATABASE' option tells Emacs to treat the string
d1638 1
a1638 1
** Emacs now searches for X resources in the files specified by the
d1707 1
a1707 1
** The new function `text-property-any' scans the region of text from
d1715 1
a1715 1
** The new function `text-property-not-all' scans the region of text from
d1723 1
a1723 1
** The function `delete-windows-on' now takes an optional second
d1733 1
a1733 1
* Changes in version 19.16.
d1735 1
a1735 1
** When dragging the mouse to select a region, Emacs now highlights the
d1741 1
a1741 1
** RET now exits `query-replace' and `query-replace-regexp'; this makes it
d1745 1
a1745 1
** In C mode, C-c C-u now runs c-up-conditional.
d1750 1
a1750 1
** The Edit entry in the menu bar has a new alternative:
d1755 1
a1755 1
** If you enable Transient Mark mode and set `mark-even-if-inactive' to
d1761 1
a1761 1
** If you type C-h after a prefix key, it displays the bindings
d1764 1
a1764 1
** The VC package now searches for version control commands in the
d1768 1
a1768 1
** If you are visiting a file that has locks registered under RCS,
d1773 1
a1773 1
** When using X, if you load the `paren' library, Emacs automatically
d1779 1
a1779 1
** The new function `define-key-after' is like `define-key',
d1783 1
a1783 1
** `accessible-keymaps' now takes an optional second argument, PREFIX.
d1790 1
a1790 1
** The variable `prefix-help-command' hold a command to run to display help
d1794 1
a1794 1
** Emacs now detects double- and triple-mouse clicks.  A single mouse
d1829 1
a1829 1
** The way Emacs reports positions of mouse events has changed
d1859 1
a1859 1
* Changes in version 19.15.
d1861 1
a1861 1
** `make-frame-visible', which uniconified frames, is now a command,
d1865 1
a1865 1
** You can now use Meta mouse clicks to set and use the "secondary
d1882 1
a1882 1
** There's a new way to request use of Supercite (sc.el).  Do this:
d1891 1
a1891 1
** When a regular expression contains `\(...\)' inside a repetition
d1905 1
a1905 1
* Changes in version 19.14.
d1907 1
a1907 1
** To modify read-only text, bind the variable `inhibit-read-only'
d1913 1
a1913 1
** If you call `get-buffer-window' passing t as its second argument, it
d1918 1
a1918 1
** If you call `other-buffer' with a nil or omitted second argument, it
d1922 1
a1922 1
** You can specify a window or a frame for C-x # to use when
d1926 1
a1926 1
** The command M-( now inserts spaces outside the open-parentheses in
d1931 1
a1931 1
** The GUD package now supports the debugger known as xdb on HP/UX
d1935 1
a1935 1
** If you are using the mailabbrev package, you should note that its
d1940 1
a1940 1
** Inserted characters now inherit the properties of the text before
d1943 1
a1943 1
** The function `insert-file-contents' now takes optional arguments BEG
d1949 1
a1949 1
* Changes in version 19.13.
d1951 1
a1951 1
** Magic file names can now handle the `load' operation.
d1953 1
a1953 1
** Bibtex mode now sets up special entries in the menu bar.
d1955 1
a1955 1
** The incremental search commands C-w and C-y, which copy text from
d1960 1
a1960 1
** GNUS now knows your time zone automatically if Emacs does.
d1962 1
a1962 1
** Hide-ifdef mode no longer defines keys of the form
d1967 1
a1967 1
* Changes in version 19.12.
d1969 1
a1969 1
** You can now make many of the sort commands ignore case by setting
d1972 1
a1972 1
* Changes in version 19.11.
d1974 1
a1974 1
** Supercite is installed.
d1976 1
a1976 1
** `write-file-hooks' functions that return non-nil are responsible
d1989 1
a1989 1
* Changes in version 19.10.
d1991 1
a1991 1
** The command `repeat-complex-command' is now on C-x ESC ESC.
d1996 1
a1996 1
** The variable `highlight-nonselected-windows' now controls whether
d2001 1
a2001 1
* Changes in version 19.8.
d2003 1
a2003 1
** It is now simpler to tell Emacs to display accented characters under
d2009 1
a2009 1
** The `-i' command-line argument tells Emacs to use a picture of the
d2014 1
a2014 1
** The `configure' script now supports `--prefix' and `--exec-prefix'
d2036 1
a2036 1
** When running under X Windows, the new lisp function `x-list-fonts'
d2047 1
a2047 1
* Changes in version 19.
d2049 1
a2049 1
** When you kill buffers, Emacs now returns memory to the operating system,
d2054 1
a2054 1
** Emacs now does garbage collection and auto saving while it is waiting
d2062 1
a2062 1
** If auto saving detects that a buffer has shrunk greatly, it refrains
d2070 1
a2070 1
** A new minor mode called Line Number mode displays the current line
d2079 1
a2079 1
** You can quit while Emacs is waiting to read or write files.
d2081 1
a2081 1
** The arrow keys now have default bindings to move in the appropriate
d2084 1
a2084 1
** You can suppress next-line's habit of inserting a newline when
d2088 1
a2088 1
** You can now get back recent minibuffer inputs conveniently.  While
d2106 1
a2106 1
** You can now display text in a mixture of fonts and colors, using the
d2111 1
a2111 1
** You can refer to files on other machines using special file name syntax:
d2121 1
a2121 1
** Some C-x key bindings have been moved onto new prefix keys.
d2156 1
a2156 1
** You can put a file name in a register to be able to visit the file
d2167 1
a2167 1
** The keys M-g (fill-region) and C-x a (append-to-buffer)
d2170 1
a2170 1
** The new command `string-rectangle' inserts a specified string on
d2173 1
a2173 1
** C-x 4 r is now `find-file-read-only-other-window'.
d2175 1
a2175 1
** C-x 4 C-o is now `display-buffer', which displays a specified buffer
d2178 1
a2178 1
** Picture mode has been substantially improved.  The picture editing commands
d2185 1
a2185 1
** If you enable Transient Mark mode, then the mark becomes "inactive"
d2192 1
a2192 1
** Outline mode is now available as a minor mode.  This minor mode can
d2200 1
a2200 1
** The default setting of `version-control' comes from the environment
d2203 1
a2203 1
** The user option for controlling whether files can set local
d2212 1
a2212 1
** X Window System changes:
d2232 1
a2232 1
** Undoing a deletion now puts point back where it was before the
d2235 1
a2235 1
** The variables that control how much undo information to save have
d2239 1
a2239 1
** You can now use kill commands in read-only buffers.  They don't
d2244 1
a2244 1
** C-o inserts the fill-prefix on the newly created line.  The command
d2248 1
a2248 1
** C-M-l now runs the command `reposition-window'.  It scrolls the
d2252 1
a2252 1
** C-M-r is now reverse incremental regexp search.
d2254 1
a2254 1
** M-z now kills through the target character.  In version 18, it
d2257 1
a2257 1
** M-! now runs the specified shell command asynchronously if it
d2260 1
a2260 1
** C-h C-f and C-h C-k are new help commands that display the Info
d2263 1
a2263 1
** The C-h p command system lets you find Emacs Lisp packages by
d2295 1
a2295 1
** The command to split a window into two side-by-side windows is now
d2298 1
a2298 1
** M-. (find-tag) no longer has any effect on what M-, will do
d2305 1
a2305 1
** C-x s (`save-some-buffers') now gives you more options when it asks
d2312 1
a2312 1
** M-x make-symbolic-link does not expand its first argument.
d2315 1
a2315 1
** M-x add-change-log-entry and C-x 4 a now automatically insert the
d2324 1
a2324 1
** The `comment-region' command adds comment delimiters to the lines that
d2336 1
a2336 1
** If `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil, C-x 2 tries to avoid
d2342 1
a2342 1
** M-x super-apropos is like M-x apropos except that it searches both
d2354 1
a2354 1
** M-x revert-buffer no longer offers to revert from a recent auto-save
d2360 1
a2360 1
** M-x recover-file no longer turns off Auto Save mode when it reads
d2363 1
a2363 1
** M-x rename-buffer, if you give it a prefix argument,
d2366 1
a2366 1
** M-x rename-uniquely renames the current buffer to a similar name
d2375 1
a2375 1
** M-x compare-windows with a prefix argument ignores changes in whitespace.
d2379 1
a2379 1
** `backward-paragraph' is now bound to M-{ by default, and `forward-paragraph'
d2385 1
a2385 1
** C-x C-u (upcase-region) and C-x C-l (downcase-region) are now disabled by
d2389 1
a2389 1
** The function `erase-buffer' is now interactive, but disabled by default.
d2391 1
a2391 1
** When visiting a new file, Emacs attempts to abbreviate the file's
d2394 1
a2394 1
** When you visit the same file in under two names that translate into
d2398 1
a2398 1
** If you wish to avoid visiting the same file in two buffers under
d2403 1
a2403 1
** If you set `find-file-visit-truename' non-nil, then the file name
d2409 1
a2409 1
** C-x C-v now inserts the entire current file name in the minibuffer.
d2415 1
a2415 1
** Commands such as C-M-f in Lisp mode now ignore parentheses within comments.
d2417 1
a2417 1
** C-x q now uses ESC to terminate all iterations of the keyboard
d2420 1
a2420 1
** Use the command `setenv' to set an individual environment variable
d2425 1
a2425 1
** Use `rot13-other-window' to examine a buffer with rot13.
d2431 1
a2431 1
** The command `M-x version' now prints the current Emacs version; The
d2434 1
a2434 1
** More complex changes in existing packages.
d2436 1
a2436 1
*** `fill-nonuniform-paragraphs' is a new command, much like
d2442 1
a2442 1
*** Filling is now partially controlled by a new minor mode, Adaptive
d2453 1
a2453 1
*** M-q in C mode now runs `c-fill-paragraph', which is designed
d2457 1
a2457 1
*** M-$ now runs the Ispell program instead of the Unix spell program.
d2487 1
a2487 1
** Changes in existing modes.
d2489 1
a2489 1
*** gdb-mode has been replaced by gud-mode.
d2523 1
a2523 1
*** The old TeX mode bindings of M-{ and M-} have been moved to C-c {
d2528 1
a2528 1
*** Changes in Mail mode.
d2555 1
a2555 1
*** Changes in Rmail.
d2608 1
a2608 1
*** `mail-extract-address-components' unpacks mail addresses.
d2613 1
a2613 1
*** Changes in C mode and C-related commands.
d2615 1
a2615 1
**** M-x c-up-conditional
d2626 1
a2626 1
**** In C mode, M-a and M-e are now defined as
d2629 1
a2629 1
**** In C mode, M-x c-backslash-region is a new command to insert or
d2637 1
a2637 1
*** New features in info.
d2674 1
a2674 1
*** Changes in M-x compile.
d2695 1
a2695 1
*** M-x diff and M-x diff-backup.
d2712 1
a2712 1
*** The View commands (such as M-x view-buffer and M-x view-file) no
d2717 1
a2717 1
*** Changes in incremental search.
d2719 1
a2719 1
**** The character to terminate an incremental search is now RET.
d2725 1
a2725 1
**** Incremental search now maintains a ring of previous search
d2731 1
a2731 1
**** If you type an upper case letter in incremental search, that turns
d2734 1
a2734 1
**** If you type a space during regexp incremental search, it matches
d2738 1
a2738 1
**** Incremental search is now implemented as a major mode.  When you
d2749 1
a2749 1
*** New commands in Buffer Menu mode.
d2761 1
a2761 1
** New major modes and packages.
d2763 1
a2763 1
*** The news reader GNUS is now installed.
d2765 1
a2765 1
*** There is a new interface for version control systems, called VC.
d2795 1
a2795 1
*** A new Calendar mode has been added, the work of Edward M. Reingold.
d2800 1
a2800 1
*** There is a new major mode for editing binary files: Hexl mode.
d2823 1
a2823 1
*** Miscellaneous new major modes include Awk mode, Icon mode, Makefile
d2826 1
a2826 1
*** Edebug, a new source-level debugger for Emacs Lisp functions.
d2843 1
a2843 1
*** C++ mode is like C mode, except that it understands C++ comment syntax
d2850 1
a2850 1
*** A new package for merging two variants of the same text.
d2939 1
a2939 1
*** Asm mode is a new major mode for editing files of assembler code.
d2948 1
a2948 1
*** Two-column mode lets you conveniently edit two side-by-side columns
d2991 1
a2991 1
*** You can supply command arguments such as files to visit to an Emacs
d2998 1
a2998 1
*** Shell mode has been completely replaced.
d3044 1
a3044 1
*** There is now a convenient way to enable flow control on terminals
d3055 1
a3055 1
** Changes in Dired
d3066 1
a3066 1
*** Setting and Clearing Marks
d3077 1
a3077 1
**** `m' marks the current file with `*', for an operation other than
d3080 1
a3080 1
**** `*' marks all executable files.  With a prefix argument, it
d3083 1
a3083 1
**** `@@' marks all symbolic links.  With a prefix argument, it unmarks
d3086 1
a3086 1
**** `/' marks all directory files except `.' and `..'.  With a prefix
d3089 1
a3089 1
**** M-DEL removes a specific or all marks from every file.  With an
d3093 1
a3093 1
**** `c' replaces all marks that use the character OLD with marks that
d3099 1
a3099 1
*** Operating on Multiple Files
d3118 1
a3118 1
**** `C' copies the specified files.  You must specify a directory to
d3125 1
a3125 1
**** `R' renames the specified files.  You must specify a directory to
d3131 1
a3131 1
**** `H' makes hard links to the specified files.  You must specify a
d3135 1
a3135 1
**** `S' makes symbolic links to the specified files.  You must specify
d3139 1
a3139 1
**** `M' changes the mode of the specified files.  This calls the
d3143 1
a3143 1
**** `G' changes the group of the specified files.
d3145 1
a3145 1
**** `O' changes the owner of the specified files.  (On normal systems,
d3152 1
a3152 1
**** `Z' compresses or uncompresses the specified files.
d3154 1
a3154 1
**** `L' loads the specified Emacs Lisp files.
d3156 1
a3156 1
**** `B' byte compiles the specified Emacs Lisp files.
d3158 1
a3158 1
**** `P' prints the specified files.  It uses the variables
d3161 1
a3161 1
*** Shell Commands in Dired
d3188 1
a3188 1
*** Regular Expression File Name Substitution
d3190 1
a3190 1
**** `% m REGEXP RET' marks all files whose names match the regular
d3196 1
a3196 1
**** `% d REGEXP RET' flags for deletion all files whose names match
d3199 1
a3199 1
**** `% R', `% C', `% H', `% S'
d3224 1
a3224 1
*** Dired Case Conversion
d3226 1
a3226 1
**** `% u' renames each of the selected files to an upper case name.
d3228 1
a3228 1
**** `% l' renames each of the selected files to a lower case name.
d3230 1
a3230 1
*** File Comparison with Dired
d3232 1
a3232 1
**** `=' compares the current file with another file (the file at the
d3236 1
a3236 1
**** `M-=' compares the current file with its backup file.  If there
d3242 1
a3242 1
*** Subdirectories in Dired
d3265 1
a3265 1
**** C-M-u  Go up to the parent directory's headerline.
d3267 1
a3267 1
**** C-M-d  Go down in the tree, to the first subdirectory's
d3270 1
a3270 1
**** C-M-n  Go to next subdirectory headerline, regardless of level.
d3272 1
a3272 1
**** C-M-p  Go to previous subdirectory headerline, regardless of
d3275 1
a3275 1
*** Hiding Subdirectories
d3282 1
a3282 1
**** `$' hides or unhides the current subdirectory and move to next
d3285 1
a3285 1
**** `M-$' hides all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
d3291 1
a3291 1
*** Editing the Dired Buffer
d3293 1
a3293 1
**** `l' updates the specified files in a Dired buffer.  This means
d3300 1
a3300 1
**** `g' updates the entire contents of the Dired buffer.  It preserves
d3304 1
a3304 1
**** `k' kills all marked lines (not the files).  With a prefix
d3315 1
a3315 1
*** `find' and Dired.
d3338 1
a3338 1
** New amusements and novelties.
d3340 1
a3340 1
*** `M-x mpuz' displays a multiplication puzzle, in which each letter
d3344 1
a3344 1
*** `M-x gomoku' plays the game Gomoku with you.  It needs more work.
d3346 1
a3346 1
*** `M-x spook' adds a line of randomly chosen keywords to an outgoing
d3357 1
a3357 1
** Installation changes
d3359 1
a3359 1
*** The configure script has been provided to help with the
d3365 1
a3365 1
*** If you create a Lisp file named `site-start.el', Emacs loads the file
d3368 1
a3368 1
*** A new Lisp variable, `data-directory', indicates the directory
d3377 1
a3377 1
*** The PURESIZE definition has been moved from config.h to its own
d3383 1
a3383 1
*** The makefile at the top of the Emacs source tree now supports a
d3390 2
a3391 2
* For older news, see the file ONEWS.  For Lisp changes in (the first
* release of) Emacs 19, see the file LNEWS.
@


1.1.1.22
log
@import emacs-19.27
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  10 Sep 1994
a7 15
* Changes in Emacs 19.27

There are no changes; however, here is one bug fix made in 19.26
that users think should be documented here.

** SPC and DEL in Info now handle menus consistently.

SPC and DEL scroll through an entire subtree an Info manual.  Once you
scroll through a node far enough to reach a menu, SPC begins moving
into the subnodes of the menu, starting with the first one.  When you
reach the end of a subnode, SPC moves into the next subnode, and so
on.

DEL more or less scrolls through the same text in reverse order.

@


1.1.1.23
log
@import emacs-19.28
@
text
@a6 2

Emacs 19.28 has no changes except bug fixes.
@


1.1.1.24
log
@import emacs-19.29
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1 May 1995
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
a6 419

* User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.29

** If you run out of memory.

If you get the error message "Virtual memory exhausted", type C-x s.
That way of saving files has the least additional memory needs.  Emacs
19.29 keeps a reserve of memory which it makes available when this
error happens; that is to ensure that C-x s can complete its work.

Once you have saved your data, you can exit and restart Emacs, or use
M-x kill-some-buffers to free up space.  If you kill buffers
containing a substantial amount of text, you can go on editing.

Do not use M-x buffer-menu to save or kill buffers when you are out of
memory, because that needs a fair amount memory itself and you may not
have enough to get it started.

** The format of compiled files has changed incompatibly.

Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19.29 normally use a new format
that will not work in older Emacs versions.  You can compile files
in the old format if you wish; see "Changes in compilation," below.

** Emacs 19.29 supports the DEC Alpha.

** Emacs runs on Windows NT.

This port does not yet support windowing features.  It works like a
text-only terminal, but it does support a mouse.

In general, support for non-GNU-like operating systems is not a high
priority for the GNU project.  We merged in the support for Windows NT
because that system is expected to be very widely used.

** Emacs supports Motif widgets.

You can build Emacs with Motif widgets by specifying --with-x-toolkit=motif
when you run configure.

Motif defines collections of windows called "tab groups", and uses the
tab key and the cursor keys to move between windows in a tab group.
Emacs naturally does not support this--it has other uses for the tab
key and cursor keys.  Emacs does not support Motif accelerators either,
because it uses its normal keymap event binding features.

We give higher priority to operation with a free widget set than to
operation with a proprietary one.

** If Emacs or the computer crashes, you can recover all the files you
were editing from their auto save files by typing M-x recover-session.
This first shows you a list of recorded interrupted sessions.  Move
point to the one you choose, and type C-c C-c.

Then recover-session asks about each of the files that were being
edited during that session, asking whether to recover that file.  If
you answer y, it calls recover-file, which works in its normal
fashion.  It shows the dates of the original file and its auto-save
file and asks once again whether to recover that file.

When recover-session is done, the files you've chosen to recover
are present in Emacs buffers.  You should then save them.
Only this--saving them--updates the files themselves.

** Menu bar menus now stay up if you click on the menu bar item and
release the mouse button within a certain amount of time.  This is in
the X Toolkit version.

** The menu bar menus have been rearranged and split up to make for a
better organization.  Two new menu bar menus, Tools and Search,
contain items that were formerly in the Files and Edit menus, as well
as some that did not exist in the menu bar menus before.

** Emacs can now display on more than one X display at the same time.
Use the command make-frame-on-display to create a frame, specifying
which display to use.

** M-x talk-connect sets up a multi-user talk connection
via Emacs.  Specify the X display of the person you want to talk to.
You can talk to any number of people (within reason) by using
this command repeatedly to specify different people.

** The range of integer values is now at least 2**28 on all machines.
This means the maximum size of a buffer is at least 2**27-1,
or 134,217,727.

** When you start Emacs, you can now specify option names in
long GNU form (starting with `--') and you can abbreviate the names.

You can now specify the options in any order.
The previous requirements about the order of options
have been eliminated.

The -L or --directory option lets you specify an additional
directory to search for Lisp libraries (including libraries
that you specify with the -l or --load options).

** Incremental search in Transient Mark mode, if the mark is already
active, now leaves the mark active and does not change its position.
You can make incremental search deactivate the mark once again with
this expression.

    (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'deactivate-mark)

** C-delete now deletes a word backwards.  This is for compatibility
with some editors in the PC world.  (This key is not available on
ordinary ASCII terminals, because C-delete is not a distinct character
on those terminals.)

** ESC ESC ESC is now a command to escape from various temporary modes
and states.

** M-x pc-bindings-mode sets up bindings compatible with many PC editors.
In particular, Delete and its variants delete forward instead of backward.
Use Backspace to delete backward.

C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
M-Backspace does undo.
Home and End move to beginning and end of line
C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.

** The key sequence for evaluating a Lisp expression using the minibuffer
is now ESC :.  It used to be ESC ESC, but we moved it to make way for
the ESC ESC ESC feature, on the grounds that people who evaluate Lisp
expressions are experienced users and can cope with a change.

** The f1 function key is now equivalent to the help key.  This is
done with key-translation-map; delete the binding for f1 in that map
if you want to use f1 for something else.

** Mouse-3, in the simplest case, still sets the region.  But now, it
places the mark where point was, and sets point where you click.
(It used to set the mark where you click and leave point alone.)

If you position point with Mouse-1, then scroll with the scroll bar
and use Mouse-3, Mouse-3 uses the position you specified with Mouse-1
even if it has scrolled off the screen (and point is no longer there).
This makes it easier to select a region with the mouse which is bigger
than a screenfull.

Any editing of the buffer, and any cursor motion or scrolling for any
reason other than the scroll bar, cancels the special state set up by
Mouse-1--so that a subsequent Mouse-3 click will use the actual value
of point.

** C-mouse-3 now pops up a mode-specific menu of commands--normally
the same ones available in the mode's own menu bar menus.

** C-mouse-2 now pops up a menu of faces, indentation, justification,
and certain other text properties.  This menu is also available
through the menu-bar Edit menu.  It is meant for use with Enriched
mode.

*** You can use this menu to change the face of the region.
You can also set the face of the region with the new M-g command.

*** The menu also includes commands for indenting the region, 
which locally changes the values of left-margin and fill-column that
are used.

*** All fill functions now indent every line to the left-margin.  If
there is also a fill-prefix, that goes after the margin indentation.

*** Open-line and newline also make sure that the lines they create
are indented to the left margin.

*** It also allows you to set the "justification" of the region:
whether it should be centered, flush right, and so forth.  The fill
functions (including auto-fill-mode) will maintain the justification
and indentation that you request.

*** The new function `list-colors-display' shows you what colors are
available.  This is also accessible from the C-mouse-2 menu.

** You can now save and load files including their faces and other
text-properties by using Enriched-mode.  Files are saved in an
extended version of the MIME text/enriched format.  You can use the
menus described above, or M-g and other keyboard commands, to
alter the formatting information.

** C-mouse-1 now pops up the menu for changing the frame's default font.

** You can input Hyper, Super, Meta, and Alt characters, as well as
non-ASCII control characters, on an ASCII-only terminal.
To do this, use

  C-x @@ h  --  hyper
  C-x @@ s  --  super
  C-x @@ m  --  meta
  C-x @@ a  --  alt
  C-x @@ S  --  shift
  C-x @@ c  --  control

These are not ordinary key sequences; they operate through
function-key-map, which means they can be used even in the
middle of an ordinary key sequence.

** Outline minor mode and Hideif mode now use C-c @@ as their prefix
character.

** Echo area messages are now logged in the "*Messages*" buffer.  The
size of this buffer is limited to message-log-max lines.

** RET in various special modes for read-only buffers that contain
lists of items now selects the item point is on.  These modes include
Dired, Compilation buffers, Buffer-menu, Tar mode, and Occur mode.
(In Info, RET follows the reference near point; in completion list
buffers, RET chooses the completion around point.)

** set-background-color now updates the modeline face in a special
way.  If that face was previously set up to be reverse video, the
reverse of the default face, then set-background-color updates it so
that it remains the reverse of the default face.

** The functions raise-frame and lower-frame are now commands.
When used interactively, they apply to the selected frame.

** M-x buffer-menu now displays the buffer list in the selected window.
Use M-x buffer-menu-other-window to display it in another window.

** M-w followed by a kill command now *does not* append the text in
the kill ring.  In consequence, M-w followed by C-w works as you would
expect: it leaves the top of the kill ring matching the region that
you killed.

** In Lisp mode, the C-M-x command now executes defvar forms in a
special way: it unconditionally sets the variable to the specified
default value, if there is one.  Normal execution of defvar does not
alter the variable if it already has a non-void value.

** In completion list buffers, the left and right arrow keys run the
new commands previous-completion and next-completion.  They move one
completion at a time.

** While doing completion in the minibuffer, the `prior' or `pageup'
key switches to the completion list window.

** When you exit the minibuffer with empty contents, the empty string
is not put in the minibuffer history.

** The default buffer for insert-buffer is now the "first" buffer
other than the current one.  If you have more than one window, this
is a buffer visible in another window.  (Usually it is the buffer
that C-M-v would scroll.)

** The etags program is now capable of recording tags based on regular
expressions provided on the command line.

This new feature allows easy support for constructs not normally
handled by etags, such as the macros frequently used in big C/C++
projects to define project-specific structures.  It also enables the
use of etags and TAGS files for languages not supported by etags.

The Emacs manual section on Tags contains explanations and examples
for Emacs's DEFVAR, VHDL, Cobol, Postscript and TCL.

** Various mode-specific commands that used to be bound to C-c LETTER
have been moved.

*** In gnus-uu mode, gnus-uu-interactive-scan-directory is now on C-c C-d,
and gnus-uu-interactive-save-current-file is on C-c C-z.

*** In Scribe mode, scribe-insert-environment is now on C-c C-v,
scribe-chapter is on C-c C-c, scribe-subsection is on C-c C-s,
scribe-section is on C-c C-t, scribe-bracket-region-be is on C-c C-e,
scribe-italicize-word is on C-c C-i, scribe-bold-word is on C-c C-b,
and scribe-underline-word is on C-c C-u.

*** In Gomoku mode, gomoku-human-takes-back is now on C-c C-b,
gomoku-human-plays is on C-c C-p, gomoku-human-resigns is on C-c C-r,
and gomoku-emacs-plays is on C-c C-e.

*** In the Outline mode defined in allout.el,
outline-rebullet-current-heading is now on C-c *.

** M-s in Info now searches through the nodes of the Info file,
just like s.  The alias M-s was added so that you can use the same
command for searches in both Info and Rmail.

** iso-acc.el now lets you enter inverted-! and inverted-?
with the sequences ~! and ~?.

** M-x compare-windows now pushes mark in both windows before
it starts moving point.

** There are two new commands in Dired, A (dired-do-search)
and Q (dired-do-query-replace).  These are similar to tags-search and
tags-query-replace, but instead of searching the list of files that
appears in a tags table, they search all the files marked in Dired.

** Changes to dabbrev.

A new function, `dabbrev-completion' (bound to M-C-/), expands the
unique part of an abbreviation.

Dabbrev now looks for expansions in other buffers, looks for symbols
instead of words and it works in the minibuffer.

Dabbrev can be customized to work for shell scripts, with variables
that sometimes have and sometimes haven't a leading "$".  See the
variable 'dabbrev-abbrev-skip-leading-regexp'.

** In Rmail, the command rmail-input-menu has been eliminated.  The
feature of selecting an Rmail file from a menu is now implemented in
another way.

** Bookmarks changes.

*** It now works to set bookmarks in Info nodes.

*** Bookmarks can have annotations; type "C-h m" after doing 
"M-x list-bookmarks", for more information on annotations.

*** The bookmark-jump popup menu function is now `bookmark-menu-jump', for
those who bind it to a mouse click.

*** The default bookmarks file name is now "~/.emacs.bmk".  If you
already have a bookmarks file, it will be renamed automagically when
you next load it.

** New package, ps-print.

The ps-print package generates PostScript printouts of buffers or
regions, and includes face attributes such as color, underlining,
boldface and italics in the printed output.

** New package, msb.

The msb package provides a buffer-menu in the menubar with separate
menus for different types of buffers.

** `cpp.el' is a new library that can highlight or hide parts of a C
file according to C preprocessor conditionals.  To try it, run the
command M-x cpp-highlight-buffer.

** Changes in CC mode.

*** c-set-offset and related functions and variables can now accept
variable symbols.  Also ++ and -- which mean 2* positive and negative
c-basic-offset respectively.

*** New variable, c-recognize-knr-p, which controls whether K&R C
contructs will be recognized.  Trying to recognize K&R constructs is a
time hog so if you're programming strictly in ANSI C, set this
variable to nil (it should already be nil in c++-mode).

*** New variable, c-hanging-comment-ender-p for controlling
c-fill-paragraph's behavior.

*** New syntactic symbol: statement-case-open.  This is assigned to lines
containing an open brace just after a case/default label.

*** New variable, c-progress-interval, which controls minibuffer update
message displays during long re-indention.  This is a new feature
which prints percentage complete messages at specified intervals.

** Makefile mode changes. 

*** The electric keys are not enabled by default.

*** There is now a mode-specific menu bar menu.

*** The mode supports font-lock, add-log, and imenu.

*** The command M-TAB does completion of target names and variable names.

** icomplete.el now works more like a minor mode.  Use M-x icomplete-mode
to turn it on and off.

Icomplete now supports an `icomplete-minibuffer-setup-hook', which is
run on minibuffer setup whenever icompletion will be occurring.  This
hook can be used to customize interoperation of icomplete with other
minibuffer-specific packages, eg rsz-mini.  See the doc string for
more info.

** Ediff change.

Use ediff-revision instead of vc-ediff.  It also replaces rcs-ediff,
for those who use that; if you want to use a version control package
other than vc.el, you must set the variable
ediff-version-control-package to specify which package.

** VC now supports branches with RCS.

You can use C-u C-x C-q to select any branch or version by number.
It reads the version number or branch number with the minibuffer,
then checks out the file unlocked.

Type C-x C-q again to lock the selected branch or version.
When you check in changes to that branch or version, there are two
possibilities:

-- If you've selected a branch, or a version at the tip of a branch,
then the new version adds to that branch.  If you wish to create a
new branch, use C-u C-x C-q to specify a version number when you check
in the new version.

-- If you've selected an inner version which is not the latest in its
branch, then the new version automatically creates a new branch.

** VC now supports CVS as well as RCS and SCCS.

Since there are no locks in CVS, some things behave slightly
different when the backend is CVS.  When vc-next-action is invoked
in a directory handled by CVS, it does the following:

   If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
control.  This does a "cvs add", but no "cvs commit".
   If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
   If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
   If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when you
finish the log message with C-c C-c, that checks in the resulting
changes along with the log message as change commentary.  A writable
file remains in existence.

   If vc-next-action changes the repository file, it asks you
whether to merge in the changes into your working copy.
d8 1
a8 1043
vc-directory, when started in a CVS file hierarchy, reports
all files that are modified (and thus need to be committed).
(When the backend is RCS or SCCS vc-directory reports all
locked files).

VC has no support for running the initial "cvs checkout" to get a
working copy of a module.  You can only use VC in a working copy of
a module.

You can disable the CVS support as follows:

  (setq vc-master-templates (delq 'vc-find-cvs-master vc-master-templates))

or by setting vc-handle-cvs to nil.

This may be desirable if you run a non-standard version of CVS, or
if CVS was compiled with FORCE_USE_EDITOR or (possibly)
RELATIVE_REPOS.

** Comint and shell mode changes:

*** Completion works with file names containing quoted characters.

File names containing special characters (such as " ", "!", etc.) that are
quoted with a "\" character are recognised during completion.  Special
characters are quoted when they are inserted during completion.

*** You can use M-x comint-truncate-buffer to truncate the buffer.

When this command is run, the buffer is truncated to a maximum number
of lines, specified by the variable comint-buffer-maximum-size.  Just
like the command comint-strip-ctrl-m, this can be run automatically
during process output by doing this:

(add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions
	  'comint-truncate-buffer)

** Telnet mode buffer name changed.

The buffer name for a Telnet buffer is now *telnet-HOST*, not
 *HOST-telnet*.  This is for consistency with other Emacs packages.

** M-x man (man) is now faster and more robust.  On systems where the
entire man page is indented, the indentation is removed.

The user option names that used to end in -p now end in -flag.  The
new names are: Man-reuse-okay-flag, Man-downcase-section-letters-flag,
Man-circular-pages-flag.  The Man-notify user option has been renamed to
Man-notify-method and accepts one more value, `pushy', that just
switches the current buffer to the manpage buffer, without switching
frames nor changing your windows configuration.

A new user option Man-fontify-manpage-flag disables fontification
(thus speeding up man) when set to nil.  Default is to fontify if a
window system is used.  Two new user options Man-overstrike-face
(default 'bold) and Man-underline-face (default 'underline) can be set
to the preferred faces to be used for the words that man overstrikes
and underlines.  Useful for those who like coloured man pages.

Two new interactive functions are provided: Man-cleanup-manpage and
Man-fontify-manpage.  Both can be used on a buffer that contains the
output of a `rsh host man manpage' command, or the output of an
`nroff -man -Tman manpage' command to make them readable.
Man-cleanup-manpage is faster, but does not fontify.

** The new function modify-face makes it easy to specify
all the attributes of a face, all at once.

** Faces now support background stippling.

Use the command set-face-stipple to specify the stipple-pattern for a
face.  Use face-stipple to access the specified stipple pattern.  The
existing face functions now handle the stipple pattern when
appropriate.

If you specify one of the standard gray colors as a face background
color, and your display doesn't handle gray, Emacs automatically uses
stipple instead to get the same effect.

** Changes in Font Lock mode.

*** Fontification

Two new default faces are provided; `font-lock-variable-name-face' and
`font-lock-reference-face'.  The face `font-lock-doc-string-face' has
been removed since it is the same as the existing
`font-lock-string-face'.  Where appropriate, fontification
automatically uses these new faces.

Fontification via commands `font-lock-mode' and
`font-lock-fontify-buffer' is now cleanly interruptible (i.e., with
C-g).  If you interrupt during the fontification process, the buffer
remains in its previous modified state and all highlighting is removed
from the buffer.

For C/C++ modes, Font Lock mode is much faster but highlights much
more.  Other modes are faster/more extensive/more discriminatory, or a
combination of these.

To enable Font Lock mode, add the new function `turn-on-font-lock' in
one of the following ways:

 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)

Or for any visited file with:

 (add-hook 'find-file-hooks 'turn-on-font-lock)

*** Supports color and grayscale displays

Font Lock mode supports different ways of highlighting, depending on
the type of display and background shade.  Attributes (face color,
bold, italic and underline, and display type and background mode) can
be controlled either from Emacs Lisp or X resources.

See the new variables `font-lock-display-type' and
`font-lock-face-attributes'.

*** Supports more modes

The following modes are directly supported:

ada-mode, asm-mode, bibtex-mode, c++-c-mode, c++-mode, c-mode,
change-log-mode, compilation-mode, dired-mode, emacs-lisp-mode,
fortran-mode, latex-mode, lisp-mode, mail-mode, makefile-mode,
outline-mode, pascal-mode, perl-mode, plain-tex-mode, rmail-mode,
rmail-summary-mode, scheme-mode, shell-mode, slitex-mode, tex-mode,
texinfo-mode.

See the new variables `font-lock-defaults-alist' and
`font-lock-defaults'.

Some modes support different levels of fontification.  You can choose
to use the minimum or maximum available decoration by changing the
value of the new variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration'.

Programmers are urged to make available to the community their own
keywords for modes not yet supported.  See font-lock.el for
information about efficiency.

*** fast-lock

The fast-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by saving font choices
in associated cache files.  When you visit a file with Font Lock mode
and Fast Lock mode turned on for the first time, the file's buffer is
fontified as normal.  When certain events occur (such as exiting
Emacs), Fast Lock saves the highlighting in a cache file.  When you
subsequently visit this file, its cache is used to restore the
highlighting.

To use this package, put in your `~/.emacs':

 (add-hook 'font-lock-mode-hook 'turn-on-fast-lock)

To control the use of caches, see the documentation for `fast-lock-mode'.

*** New extension fast-lock.

The fast-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by saving (and reading)
a file's highlighting to (and from) associated cache files.  When you
visit a file with Font Lock mode and Fast Lock mode turned on for the
first time, the file's buffer is fontified as normal.  When certain
events occur (such as exiting Emacs), Fast Lock saves the highlighting
in a cache file.  When you subsequently visit that file with Font Lock
mode and Fast Lock mode turned on, its cache is used to restore the
highlighting.

To use this package, put in your `~/.emacs':

 (add-hook 'font-lock-mode-hook 'turn-on-fast-lock)

To control the use of caches, see the documentation for `fast-lock-mode'.

** You can tell pop-to-buffer to display certain buffers in the selected
window rather than finding some other window to display them in.
There are two variables you can use to specify these buffers.

same-window-buffer-names holds a list of buffer names; if a buffer's
name appears in this list, pop-to-buffer puts it in the selected window.

same-window-regexps holds a list of regexps--if any one of them
matches a buffer's name, then pop-to-buffer puts that buffer in the
selected window.

The default values of these variables are not nil: they list various
buffers that normally appear, when you as for them, in the selected
window.  These include shell buffers, mail buffers, telnet buffers,
and others.  By removing elements from these variables, you can ask
Emacs to display those buffers in separate windows.

** The special-display-buffer-names and special-display-regexps lists
have been generalized.  An element may now be a list.  The car of the list
is the buffer name or regular expression for matching buffer names.

The cdr of the list can be an alist specifying additional frame
parameters for use in constructing the special display frame.

Alternatively, the cdr can have this form:

  (FUNCTION ARGS...)

where FUNCTION is a symbol.  Then the frame is constructed by calling
FUNCTION; its first argument is the buffer, and its remaining
arguments are ARGS.

** If the environment variable REPLYTO is set, its value is the default
for mail-default-reply-to.

** When you send a message in Emacs, if you specify an Rmail file with
the FCC: header field, Emacs converts the message to Rmail format
before writing it.  Thus, the file never contains anything but Rmail
format messages.

** The new variable mail-from-style controls whether the From: header
should include the sender's full name, and if so, which format to use.

** The new variable mail-personal-alias-file specifies the name of the
user's personal aliases.  This defaults to the file ~/.mailrc.
mailabbrev.el used to have its own variable for this purpose
(mail-abbrev-mailrc-file).  That variable is no longer used.

** In Buffer-Menu mode, the d and C-d commands (which mark buffers for
deletion) now accept a prefix argument which serves as a repeat count.

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** Reference keys can now be entered with TAB completion.  All
reference keys defined in that buffer and all labels that appear in
crossreference entries are object to completion.

*** Braces are supported as field delimiters in addition to quotes.
BibTeX entries may have brace-delimited and quote-delimited fields
intermixed.  The delimiters generated for new entries are specified by
the variables bibtex-field-left-delimiter and
bibtex-field-right-delimiter on a buffer-local basis. Those variables
default to braces, since it is easier to put quote accented characters
(as the german umlauts) into a brace-delimited entry.

*** The function bibtex-clean-entry can now be invoked with a prefix
argument.  In this case, a label is automatically generated from
various fields in the record.  If bibtex-clean-entry is invoked on a
record without label, a label is also generated automatically.
Various variables (all beginning with `bibtex-autokey-') control the
creation of that key.  The variable bibtex-autokey-edit-before-use
determines, if the user is allowed to edit auto-generated reference
keys before they are used.

*** A New function bibtex-complete-string completes strings with
respect to the strings defined in this buffer and a set of predefined
strings (initialized to the string macros defined in the standard
BibTeX style files) in the same way in which ispell-complete-word
works with respect to words in a dictionary.  Candidates for
bibtex-complete-string are initialized from variable
bibtex-predefined-strings and by parsing the files found in
bibtex-string-files for @@String definitions.

*** Every reference/field pair has now attached a comment which
appears in the echo area when this field is edited.  These comments
should provide useful hints for BibTeX usage, especially for BibTeX
beginners.  New variable bibtex-help-message determines if these help
messages are to appear in the minibuffer when moving to a text entry.

*** Inscriptions of menu bar changed from "Entry Types" to
"Entry-Types" and "Bibtex Edit" to "BibTeX-Edit".

*** The variable bibtex-include-OPTcrossref is now not longer a binary
switch but a list of reference names which should contain a crossref
field.  E.g., you can tell bibtex-mode you want a crossref field for
@@InProceedings and @@InBook entries but for no other.

*** The function validate-bibtex-buffer was completely rewritten to
validate if a buffer is syntactically correct.  find-bibtex-duplicates
is no longer a function itself but was moved into
validate-bibtex-buffer.

*** Cleaning a BibTeX entry tests, if necessary fields are there.
E.g., if you tell bibtex-mode to include a crossref entry, some fields
are optional which would be required without the crossref entry.  If
you now leave the crossref entry empty and do a bibtex-clean-entry
with some now required fields left empty, version 2.0 of bibtex.el
complains about the absence of these fields, whereas version 1.3
didn't.

*** Default value for variables bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries and
bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries is now t.

*** All interactive functions are renamed to begin with `bibtex-'.

*** Keybindings with \C-c\C-e entry changed for unification.  Often
used reference types are now on control-modified keys, mediocre used
types are on unmodified keys, seldom used types are on shift-modified
keys and almost never used types on meta-modified keys.

* Configuration Changes in Emacs 19.29

** Emacs now uses directory /usr/local/share for most of its installed
files.  This follows a GNU convention for directory usage.

** The option --with-x11 is no longer supported.
X11 is the only version of X that Emacs 19.29 supports;
use --with-x if you need to request X support explicitly.
(Normally this should not be necessary, since configure should
automatically enable X support if X is installed on your machine.)

** If you use the site-init.el file to set the variable
mail-host-address to a string in the dumped Emacs, that string becomes
the default host address for initializing user-mail-address.
It is used instead of the value of (system-name).

Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.29

* Basic Lisp

** The range of integer values is now at least 2**28 on all machines.
This means the maximum size of a buffer is at least 2**27-1,
or 134,217,727.

** You can now use Common Lisp syntax for the backquote and comma
macros.  Thus, you can now write `(x ,y z) instead of (` (x (, y) z)).

The old syntax is still accepted.

** The new function rassoc is like assoc, except that it compares the
key against the cdr of each alist element, where assoc would compare
it against the car of each alist element.

** The new function unintern deletes a symbol from an obarray.  The
first argument can be the symbol to delete, or a string giving its
name.  The second argument specifies the obarray (nil means the
current default obarray).

If the specified symbol is not in the obarray, or if there's no symbol
in the obarray matching the specified string, unintern does nothing
and returns nil.  If it does delete a symbol, it returns t.

** You can specify an alternative read function for use by load and
eval-region by binding the variable load-read-function to some other
function.  This function should accept one argument just like read.
If load-read-function is nil, load and eval-region use ordinary read.

** The new function `type-of' takes any object as argument, and
returns a symbol identifying the type of that object--one of `symbol',
`integer', `float', `string', `cons', `vector', `marker', `overlay',
`window', `buffer', `subr', `compiled-function',
`window-configuration', `process'.

** When you use eval-after-load for a file that is already loaded, it
executes the FORM right away.  As before, if the file is not yet
loaded, it arranges to execute FORM if and when the file is loaded
later.  The result is: if you have called eval-after-load for a file,
and if that file has been loaded, then regardless of the order of
these two events, the specified form has been evaluated.

** The Lisp construct #@@NUMBER now skips the next NUMBER characters,
treating them as a comment.

You would not want to use this in a file you edit by hand, but it is
useful for commenting out parts of machine-generated files.

** Two new functions, `plist-get' and `plist-put',
allow you to modify and retrieve values from lists formatted as property-lists.
They work like `get' and `put', but operate on any list.
`plist-put' returns the modified property-list; you must store it
back where you got it.

** The new function add-to-list is called with two elements,
a variable that holds a list and a new element.
It adds the element to the list unless it is already present.
It compares elements using `equal'.  Here is an example:

(setq foo '(a b)) => (a b)

(add-to-list 'foo 'c) => (c a b)

(add-to-list 'foo 'b) => (c a b)

foo => (c a b)

* Changes in compilation.

Functions and variables loaded from a byte-compiled file
now refer to the file for their doc strings.

This has a few consequences:

-- Loading the file is faster and uses less memory.
-- Reference to doc strings is a little slower (the same speed
   as reference to the doc strings of primitive and preloaded functions).
-- The compiled files will not work in old versions of Emacs.
-- If you move the compiled file after loading it, Emacs can no longer
   find these doc strings.
-- If you alter the compiled file (such as by compiling a new
   version), then further access to documentation strings will get
   nonsense results.

The byte compiler now optionally supports lazy loading of compiled
functions' definitions.  If you enable this feature when you compile,
loading the compiled file does not actually bring the function
definitions into core.  Instead it creates references to the compiled
file, and brings each function's definition into core the first time
you call that function, or when you force it with the new function
`fetch-bytecode'.

Using the lazy loading feature has a few consequences:

-- Loading the file is faster and uses less memory.
-- Calling any function in the file for the first time is slower.
-- If you move the compiled file after loading it, Emacs can no longer
   find the function definitions.
-- If you alter the compiled file (such as by compiling a new
   version), then further access to functions not already loaded
   will get nonsense results.

To enable the lazy loading feature, set up a non-nil file local
variable binding for the variable `byte-compile-dynamic' in the Lisp
source file.  For example, put this on the first line:

    -*-byte-compile-dynamic: t;-*-

It's a good idea to use the lazy loading feature for a file that
contains many functions, most of which are not actually used by a
given user in a given session.

To turn off the basic feature of referring to the file for doc
strings, set byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings to nil.  You can do this
globally, or for one source file by adding this to the first line:

    -*-byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings: nil;-*-

* Strings

** Do not pass integer arguments to `concat' (or `vconcat' or
`append').  We are phasing out the old unrecommended support for
integers as arguments to these functions, in preparation for treating
numbers as single characters in a future release.  To concatenate
numbers in string form, use `number-to-string' first, or rewrite the
call to use `format' instead of `concat'.

** The new function match-string returns the string of text matched at
the given parenthesized expression by the last regexp search, or nil
if there was no match.  If the last match was by `string-match' on a
string, the string must be given.  Therefore, this function can be
used in place of `buffer-substring' and `substring', when using
`match-beginning' and `match-end' to find match positions.

   (match-string N)   or   (match-string N STRING)

** The function replace-match now accepts an optional fourth argument,
STRING.  Use this after performing string-match on STRING, to replace
the portion of STRING that was matched.  When used in this way,
replace-match returns a newly created string which is the same as
STRING except for the matched portion.

** The new function buffer-substring-no-properties
is like buffer-substring except that the string it returns
has no text properties.

** The function `equal' now considers two strings to be different
if they don't have the same text properties.

* Completion

** all-completions now takes an optional fourth argument.
If that argument is non-nil, completions that start with a space
are ignored unless the initial string also starts with a space.
(This used to happen unconditionally.)

* Local Variables

** Local hook variables.

There is now a clean way to give a hook variable a buffer-local value.
Call the function `make-local-hook' to do this.

Once a hook variable is buffer-local, you can add hooks to it either
globally or locally.  run-hooks runs the local hook functions
of the current buffer, then all the global hook functions.

The functions add-hook and remove-hook take an additional optional
argument LOCAL which says whether to add (or remove) a local hook
function or a global one.

Local hooks use t as an element of the (local) value of the hook
variable as a flag meaning to use the global value also.

** The new function local-variable-p tells you whether a particular
variable is buffer-local in the current buffer or a specified buffer.

* Editing Facilities

** The function copy-region-as-kill no longer sets this-command;
as a result, a following kill command will not normally append
to the text saved by copy-region-as-kill.

** Regular expression searching and matching no longer performs full
Posix backtracking by default.  They now stop with the first match found
instead of looking for the longest match--just as they did in Emacs 18.
The reason for this change is to get higher speed.

There are new functions you can use if you really want to search or
match with Posix behavior: posix-search-forward,
posix-search-backward, posix-looking-at, and posix-string-match.  Call
these just like re-search-forward, re-search-backward, looking-at, and
string-match.

* Files

** The new variable `format-alist' defines file formats,
which are ways of translating between the data in a file and things
(text, text-properties, and possibly other information) in a buffer.

`format-alist' has one element for each format.  Each element is a
list like this:
  (NAME DOC-STRING REGEXP FROM-FN TO-FN MODIFY MODE-FN)
containing the name of the format, a documentation string, a regular
expression which is used to recognize files in that format, a decoding
function, an encoding function, a flag that indicates whether the
encoding function modifies the buffer, and a mode function.

FROM-FN is called to decode files in that format; it gets two args, BEGIN 
        and END, and can make any modifications it likes, returning the new
        end position.  It must make sure that the beginning of the file no
	longer matches REGEXP, or else it will get called again.
TO-FN   is called to encode a region into that format; it is also passed BEGIN
        and END, and either returns a list of annotations as in
        `write-region-annotate-functions', or modifies the region and returns
        the new end position.
MODIFY, if non-nil, means the TO-FN modifies the region.  If nil, TO-FN may
        not make any changes and should return a list of annotations.

`insert-file-contents' checks the beginning of the file that it is
inserting to see if it matches one of the regexps.  If so, then it
calls the decoding function, and then looks for another match.  When
visiting a file, it also calls the mode function, and sets the
variable `buffer-file-format' to the list of formats that the file
used.

`write-region' calls the encoding functions for each format in
`buffer-file-format' before it writes the file.  To save a file in a
different format, either set `buffer-file-format' to a different
value, or call the new function `format-write-file'.

Since some encoding functions may be slow, you can request that
auto-save use a format different from the buffer's default by setting
the variable `auto-save-file-format' to the desired format.  This will
determine the format of all auto-save files.

** The new function file-ownership-preserved-p tells you whether
deleting a file and recreating it would keep the file's owner
unchanged.

** The new function file-regular-p returns t if a file
is a "regular" file (not a directory, symlink, named pipe,
terminal, or other I/O device).

** The new function file-name-sans-extension discards the extension
of a file name.  You call it with a file name, and returns a string
lacking the extension.

** The variable path-separator is a string which says which
character separates directories in a search path.  It is ":"
for Unix and GNU systems, ";" for MSDOG and Windows NT.

* Commands and Key Sequences

** Key sequences consisting of C-c followed by {, }, <, >, : or ; are
now reserved for major modes.  Sequences consisting of C-c followed by
any other punctuation character are now meant for minor modes.  We don't
plan to convert all existing major modes to stop using those sequences,
but we hope to keep them to a minimum.

** When the post-command-hook or the pre-command-hook gets an error, the error
is silently ignored.  Emacs no longer sets the hook variable to nil when this
happens.  Meanwhile, the hook functions can now alter the hook variable in
a normal fashion; there is no need to do anything special.

** define-key, lookup-key, and various other functions for changing or
looking up key bindings now let you write an event type with a list
like (ctrl meta newline) or (meta ?d), as in XEmacs.  (ctrl meta newline)
is equivalent to the event type symbol C-M-newline, and (meta ?d)
is equivalent to the character ?\M-d.

** The function event-convert-list converts a list such as
(meta ?d) into the corresponding event type (a symbol or integer).

** In an interactive spec, `k' means to read a key sequence.  In this
key sequence, upper case characters and shifted function keys which
have no bindings are converted to lower case if that makes them
defined.

The new interactive code `K' reads a key sequence similarly, but does
not convert the last event.  `K' is useful for reading a key sequence
to be given a binding.

** The variable overriding-local-map now has no effect on the menu bar
display unless overriding-local-map-menu-flag is non-nil.  This is why
incremental search no longer temporarily changes the menu bars.

Note that overriding-local-map does still affect the execution of key
sequences entered using the menu bar.  So if you use
overriding-local-map, and a menu bar key sequence comes in, you should
make sure to clear overriding-local-map before that key sequence gets
looked up and executed.  But this is what you'd normally do anyway:
programs that use overriding-local-map normally exit and "put back"
any event such as menu-bar that they do not handle specially.

** The new variable `overriding-terminal-local-map' is like
overriding-local-map, but is specific to a single terminal.

** delete-frame events.

When you use the X window manager's "delete window" command, this now
generates a delete-frame event.  The standard definition of this event
is a command that deletes the frame that received the event, and kills
Emacs when the last visible or iconified frame is deleted.  You can
rebind the event to some other command if you wish.

** Two new types of events, iconify-frame and make-frame-visible,
indicate that the user iconified or deiconified a frame with the
window manager.  Since the window manager has already done the work,
the default definition for both event types in Emacs is to do nothing.

* Frames and X

** Certain Lisp variables are now local to an X terminal (in other
words, all the screens of a single X server).  The value in effect, at
any given time, is the one that belongs to the terminal of the
selected frame.  The terminal-local variables are
default-minibuffer-frame, system-key-alist, defining-kbd-macro, and
last-kbd-macro.  There is no way for Lisp programs to create others.

The terminal-local variables cannot be buffer-local.

** When you create an X Window frame, for the `top' and `left' frame
parameters, you can now use values of the form (+ N) or (- N), where N
is an integer.  (+ N) means N pixels to the right of the left edge of
the screen and (- N) means N pixels to the left of the right edge.  In
both cases, N may be zero (exactly at the edge) or negative (putting
the window partly off the screen).

The function x-parse-geometry can return values of these forms
for certain inputs.

** The variable menu-bar-file-menu has been renamed to
menu-bar-files-menu to match the actual item that appears in the menu.
(All the other such variable names do match.)

** The new function active-minibuffer-window returns the minibuffer window
currently active, or nil if none is now active.

** In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
previous-frame, get-buffer-window, get-lru-window, get-largest-window
and delete-windows-on, if you specify 0 for the last argument,
it means to consider all visible and iconified frames.

** When you set a frame's cursor type with modify-frame-parameters,
you can now specify (bar . INTEGER) as the cursor type.  This stands
for a bar cursor of width INTEGER.

** The new function facep returns t if its argument is a face name
(or if it is a vector such as is used internally by the Lisp code
to represent a face).

** Each frame can now have a buffer-predicate function,
which is the `buffer-predicate' frame parameter.
When `other-buffer' looks for an alternative buffer, it considers
only the buffers that fit the selected frame's buffer predicate (if it
has one).  This is useful for applications that make their own frames.

** When you create an X frame, you can now specify the frame parameter
`display'.  This says which display to put the frame on.  The value
should be a display name--a string of the form
"HOST:DPYNUMBER.SCREENNUMBER".

The functions x-server-... and x-display-... now take an optional
argument which specifies the display to ask about.  You can use either
a display name string or a frame.  A value of nil stands for the
selected frame.

To close the connection to an X display, use the function
x-close-connection.  Specify which display with a display name.  You
cannot close the connection if Emacs still has frames open on that
display.

x-display-list returns a list indicating which displays Emacs has
connections to.  Its elements are display names (strings).

** The icon-type frame parameter may now be a file name.
Then the contents of that file specify the icon bitmap to use
for that frame.

** The title of an Emacs frame, displayed by most window managers, is
set from frame-title-format or icon-title-format.  These have the same
structure as mode-line-format.

** x-display-grayscale-p is a new function that returns non-nil if
your X server can display shades of gray.  Currently it returns
non-nil for color displays (because they can display shades of gray);
we may change it in the next version to return nil for color displays.

** The frame parameter scroll-bar-width specifies the width of the
scrollbar in pixels.

* Buffers

** Creating a buffer with get-buffer-create does not obey
default-major-mode.  That variable is now handled in a separate
function, set-buffer-major-mode.  get-buffer-create and generate-new-buffer
always leave the newly created buffer in Fundamental mode.

Creating a new buffer by visiting a file or with switch-to-buffer,
pop-to-buffer, and similar functions does call set-buffer-major-mode
to select the default major mode specified with default-major-mode.

** You can now create an "indirect buffer".  An indirect buffer shares
its text, including text properties, with another buffer (the "base
buffer"), but has its own major mode, local variables, overlays, and
narrowing.  An indirect buffer has a name of its own, distinct from
those of the base buffer and all other buffers.  An indirect buffer
cannot itself be visiting a file (though its base buffer can be).
The base buffer cannot itself be indirect.

Use (make-indirect-buffer BASE-BUFFER NAME) to make an indirect buffer
named NAME whose base is BASE-BUFFER.  If BASE-BUFFER is an indirect
buffer, its base buffer is used as the base for the new buffer.

You can make an indirect buffer current, or switch to it in a window,
just as you would a non-indirect buffer.

The function buffer-base-buffer, given an indirect buffer, returns its
base buffer.  It returns nil when given an ordinary buffer (not
indirect).

The library `noutline' has versions of Outline mode and Outline minor
mode which let you display different parts of the outline in different
indirect buffers.

* Subprocesses

** The functions call-process and call-process-region now allow
you to direct error message output from the subprocess into a
separate destination, instead of mixing it with ordinary output.
To do this, specify for the third argument, BUFFER, a list of the form
  (BUFFER-OR-NAME ERROR-DESTINATION)
BUFFER-OR-NAME specifies where to put ordinary output; it should
be a buffer or buffer name, or t, nil or 0.  This is what would
have been the BUFFER argument, ordinarily.

ERROR-DESTINATION specifies where to put the error output.
nil means discard it, t means mix it with the ordinary output,
and a string specifies a file name to write this output into.

You can't specify a buffer to put the error output in; that is not
easy to implement directly.  You can put the error output into a
buffer by sending it to a temporary file and then inserting the file
into a buffer.

** Comint mode changes:

*** The variable comint-completion-addsuffix can also be a cons pair
of the form (DIRSUFFIX . FILESUFFIX), where DIRSUFFIX and FILESUFFIX are
strings added on unambiguous or exact completion of directories and file
names, respectively.

* Text properties

** You can now specify which values of the `invisible' property
make text invisible in a given buffer.  The variable
`buffer-invisibility-spec', which is always local in all buffers,
controls this.

If its value is t, then any non-nil `invisible' property makes
a character invisible.

If its value is a list, then a character is invisible if its
`invisible' propery value appears as a member of the list, or if it
appears as the car of a member of the list.

When the `invisible' property value appears as the car of a member of
the `buffer-invisibility-spec' list, then the cdr of that member has
an effect.  If it is non-nil, then an ellipsis appears in place of the
character.  (This happens only for the *last* invisible character in a
series of consecutive invisible characters, and only at the end of a
line.)

If a character's `invisible' property is a list, then Emacs checks each
element of the list against `buffer-invisibility-spec'.  If any element
matches, the character is invisible.

** The command `list-text-properties-at' shows what text properties
are in effect at point.

** Frame objects now exist in Emacs even on systems that don't support
X Windows.  You can create multiple frames, and switch between them
using select-frame.  The selected frame is actually displayed on your
terminal; other frames are not displayed at all.  The selected frame
number appears in the mode line after `Emacs', except for frame 1.

Switching frames on ASCII terminals is therefore more or less
equivalent to switching between different window configurations.

** The new variable window-size-change-functions holds a list of
functions to be called if window sizes change (or if windows are
created or deleted).  The functions are called once for each frame on
which changes have occurred, with the frame as the sole argument.
This takes place shortly before redisplay.

** The modification hook functions of overlays now work differently.
They are called both before and after each change.  This makes it
possible for the functions to determine exactly what the change was.

This change affects three overlay properties: the modification-hooks
property, a list of functions called for deletions overlapping the
overlay's range and for insertions inside it; the
insert-in-front-hooks, a list of functions called for insertions at
the beginning of the overlay; and the insert-behind-hooks, a list of
functions called for insertions at the end of the overlay.

Each function is called both before and after each change that it
applies to.  Before the change, it is called with four arguments:
    (funcall FUNCTION OVERLAY nil START END)
START and END are the same arguments that the before-change-functions
receive.

After the change, each function is called with five arguments:
    (funcall FUNCTION OVERLAY t START END OLDSIZE)
The last arguments, START and END and OLDSIZE,
are the same arguments that the after-change-functions receive.

This means the function must accept either four or five arguments.

** You can set defaults for text-properties with the new variable
`default-text-properties'.  Its value is a property list; the values
specified there are used whenever a character (or its category) does
not specify a value.

** The `face' property of a character or an overlay can now be a list
of face names.  Formerly it had to be just one face name.

** Changes in handling the `intangible' text property.

*** If inhibit-point-motion-hooks is non-nil, then `intangible' properties
are ignored.

*** Moving to just before a stretch of intangible text
is no longer special in any way.  Point stays at that place.

*** When you move point backwards into the midst of intangible text,
point moves back to the beginning of that text.  (It used to move
forward to the end of that text, which was not very useful.)

*** When moving across intangible text, Emacs stops wherever the
property value changes.  So if you have two stretches of intangible
text, with different non-nil intangible properties, it is possible to
place point between them.

* Overlays

** Overlay changes.

*** The new function previous-overlay-change returns the position of
the previous overlay start or end, before a specified position.  This
is the backwards-moving counterpart of next-overlay-change.

*** overlay-get now supports category properties on an overlay
the same way get-text-property supports them as text properties.

Specifically, if an overlay does not have the property PROP that you
ask for, but it does have a `category' property which is a symbol,
then that symbol's PROP property is used.

*** If an overlay has a non-nil `evaporate' property, it will be
deleted if it ever becomes empty (i.e., when it spans no characters).

*** If an overlay has a `before-string' and/or `after-string' property,
these strings are displayed at the overlay's endpoints.

* Filling

** The new variable fill-paragraph-function provides a way for major
modes to override the filling of paragraphs.  If this is non-nil,
fill-paragraph calls it as a function, passing along its sole
argument.  If the function returns non-nil, fill-paragraph assumes it
has done the job and simply passes on whatever value it returned.

The usual use of this feature is to fill comments in programming
language modes.

** Text filling and justification changes:

*** The new variable use-hard-newlines can be used to make a
distinction between "hard" and "soft" newlines; the fill functions
will then never remove a newline that was manually inserted.  Hard
newlines are marked with a non-nil `hard' text-property.

*** The fill-column and left-margin can now be modified by text-properties.
Most lisp programs should use the new functions (current-fill-column) and
(current-left-margin), which return the proper values to use for the
current line.

*** There are new functions for dealing with margins: 

**** Set-left-margin and set-right-margin (set the value for a region
and re-fill).  These functions take three arguments: two to specify
a region, and the desired margin value.

**** Increase-left-margin, decrease-left-margin, increase-right-margin, and
decrease-right-margin (change settings relative to current values, and
re-fill).

**** move-to-left-margin moves point there, optionally adding
indentation or changing tabs to spaces in order to make that possible.
beginning-of-line-text also moves past the fill-prefix and any
indentation added to center or right-justify a line, to the beginning
of the text that the user actually typed.

**** delete-to-left-margin removes any left-margin indentation, but
does not change the property.

*** The paragraph-movement functions look for the paragraph-start and
paragraph-separate regexps at the current left margin, not at the
beginning of the line.  This means that those regexps should NOT use ^
to anchor the search.  However, for backwards compatibility, a ^ at
the beginning of the regexp will be ignored, so most packages won't break.

*** justify-current-line is now capable of doing left, center, or
right justification as well as full justification.

*** The fill functions can do any kind of justification based on the new
`justification' text-property and `default-justification' variable,
or arguments to the functions.  They also have a new option which
defeats the normal removal of extra whitespace.

*** The new function `current-justification' returns the kind of
justification used for the current line.  The new function
`set-justification' can be used to change it, including re-justifying
the text of the region according to the new value.

*** Filling and auto-fill are disabled if justification is `none'.

*** The auto-fill-function is now called regardless of whether 
the fill-column has been exceeded; the function can determine on its
own whether filling (or justification) is necessary.

* Processes

** process-tty-name is a new function that returns the name of the
terminal that the process itself reads and writes on (not the name of
the pty that Emacs uses to talk with that terminal).

** Errors in process filters and sentinels are now normally caught
automatically, so that they don't abort other Lisp programs.

Setting debug-on-error non-nil turns off this feature; then errors in
filters and sentinels are not caught.  As a result, they can invoke
the debugger, under the control of debug-on-error.

** Emacs now preserves the match data around the execution of process
filters and sentinels.  You can use search and match functions freely
in filters and sentinels without explicitly bothering to save the
match data.

* Display

** The variable message-log-max controls how messages are logged in the
"*Messages*" buffer.  An integer value means to keep that many lines;
t means to log with no limit; nil means disable message logging.  Lisp
code that calls `message' excessively (e.g. isearch.el) should probably
bind this variable to nil.

** Display tables now have a new element, at index 261, specifying the
glyph to use for the separator between two side-by-side windows.  By
default, this is the vertical bar character `|'.  Probably the only
other useful character to store for this element is a space, to make
less visual separation between two side-by-side windows displaying
related information.

** The new mode-line-format spec %c displays the current column number.

** The new variable blink-matching-delay specifies how long to keep
the cursor at the matching open-paren, after you insert a close-paren.
This is useful mainly on systems which can wait for a fraction of a
second--you can then specify fractional values such as 0.5.

** Faster processing of buffers with long lines

The new variable cache-long-line-scans determines whether Emacs
should use caches to handle long lines more quickly.  This variable is
buffer-local, in all buffers.

Normally, the line-motion functions work by scanning the buffer for
newlines.  Columnar operations (like `move-to-column' and
`compute-motion') also work by scanning the buffer, summing character
widths as they go.  This works well for ordinary text, but if the
buffer's lines are very long (say, more than 500 characters), these
motion functions will take longer to execute.  Emacs may also take
longer to update the display.

If cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, these motion functions cache
the results of their scans, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning
regions of the buffer until the text is modified.  The caches are most
beneficial when they prevent the most searching---that is, when the
buffer contains long lines and large regions of characters with the
same, fixed screen width.

When cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, processing short lines will
become slightly slower (because of the overhead of consulting the
cache), and the caches will use memory roughly proportional to the
number of newlines and characters whose screen width varies.

The caches require no explicit maintenance; their accuracy is
maintained internally by the Emacs primitives.  Enabling or disabling
the cache should not affect the behavior of any of the motion functions;
it should only affect their performance.

* System Interface

** The function user-login-name now accepts an optional
argument uid.  If the argument is non-nil, user-login-name
returns the login name for that user id.

** system-name, user-name, user-full-name and user-real-name are now
variables as well as functions.  The variables hold the same values
that the functions would return.  The new variable multiple-frames
is non-nil if at least two non-minibuffer frames are visible.  These
variables may be useful in constructing the value of frame-title-format
or icon-title-format.

** Changes in time-conversion functions.

*** The new function format-time-string takes a format string and a
time value.  It converts the time to a string, according to the format
specified.  You can specify what kind of conversion to use with
%-specifications.

*** The new function decode-time converts a time value into a list of
specific items of information, such as the year, month, day of week,
day of month, hour, minute and second.  (A time value is a list
of two or three integers.)

*** The new function encode-time converts a list of specific items of
information, such as the year, month, day of week, day of month, hour,
minute and second into a time value.
d12 2
a13 2
There are no changes; however, here is one bug fix made in 19.26 that users
think should be documented here.
a89 3
The D command displays diary entries from a specified diary file (not
your standard diary file).

d910 4
d3570 1
a3570 1
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
a3584 1

@


1.1.1.25
log
@import emacs-19.30
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  24 Nov 1995
a7 673
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.30.

** Be sure to recompile your byte-compiled Emacs Lisp files
if you last compiled them with Emacs 19.28 or earlier.
You can use M-x byte-force-recompile to recompile all the .elc files
in a specified directory.

** Emacs now provides multiple-frame support on Windows NT
and Windows 95.

** M-x column-number-mode toggles a minor mode which displays
the current column number in the mode line.

** Line Number mode is now enabled by default.

** M-x what-line now displays the line number in the accessible
portion of the buffer as well as the line number in the full buffer,
when narrowing is in effect.

** If you type a M-x command that has an equivalent key binding,
the equivalent is shown in the minibuffer before the command executes.
This feature is enabled by default for the sake of beginning users.
You can turn the feature off by setting suggest-key-bindings to nil.

** The menu bar is now visible on text-only terminals.  To choose a
command from the menu bar when you have no mouse, type M-`
(Meta-Backquote) or F10.

** Whenever you invoke a minibuffer, it appears in the minibuffer
window that the current frame uses.

Emacs can only use one minibuffer window at a time.  If you activate
the minibuffer while a minibuffer window is active in some other
frame, the outer minibuffer window disappears while the inner one is
active.

** Echo area messages always appear in the minibuffer window that the
current frame uses.  If a minibuffer is active in some other frame,
the echo area message does not hide it even temporarily.

** The minibuffer now has a menu-bar menu.  You can use it to exit or
abort the minibuffer, or to ask for completion.

** Dead-key and composite character processing is done in the standard
X11R6 manner (through the default "input method" using the
/usr/lib/X11/locale/*/Compose databases of key combinations).  I.e. if
it works in xterm, it should also work in emacs now.

** Mouse changes

*** You can now use the mouse when running Emacs in an xterm.
Use M-x xterm-mouse-mode to let emacs take control over the mouse.

*** C-mouse-1 now once again provides a menu of buffers to select.
S-mouse-1 is now the way to select a default font for the frame.

*** There is a new mouse-scroll-min-lines variable to control the
minimum number of lines scrolled by dragging the mouse outside a
window's edge.

*** Dragging mouse-1 on a vertical line that separates windows
now moves the line, thus changing the widths of the two windows.
(This feature is available only if you don't have vertical scroll bars.
If you do use them, a scroll bar separates two side-by-side windows.)

*** Double-click mouse-1 on a character with "symbol" syntax (such as
underscore, in C mode) selects the entire symbol surrounding that
character.  (Double-click mouse-1 on a letter selects a whole word.)

** When incremental search wraps around to the beginning (or end) of
the buffer, if you keep on searching until you go past the original
starting point of the search, the echo area changes from "Wrapped" to
"Overwrapped".  That tells you that you are revisiting matches that
you have already seen.

** Filling changes.

*** If the variable colon-double-space is non-nil, the explicit fill
commands put two spaces after a colon.

*** Auto-Fill mode now supports Adaptive Fill mode just as the
explicit fill commands do.  The variable adaptive-fill-regexp
specifies a regular expression to match text at the beginning of
a line that should be the fill prefix.

*** Adaptive Fill mode can take a fill prefix from the first line of a
paragraph, *provided* that line is not a paragraph-starter line.

Paragraph-starter lines are indented lines that start a new
paragraph because they are indented.  This indentation shouldn't
be copied to additional lines.

Whether indented lines are paragraph lines depends on the value of the
variable paragraph-start.  Some major modes set this; you can set it
by hand or in mode hooks as well.  For editing text in which paragraph
first lines are not indented, and which contains paragraphs in which
all lines are indented, you should use Indented Text mode or arrange
for paragraph-start not to match these lines.

*** You can specify more complex ways of choosing a fill prefix
automatically by setting `adaptive-fill-function'.  This function
is called with point after the left margin of a line, and it should
return the appropriate fill prefix based on that line.
If it returns nil, that means it sees no fill prefix in that line.

** Gnus changes.

Gnus, the Emacs newsreader, has been rewritten and expanded.  Most
things that worked with the old version should still work with the new
version.  Code that relies heavily on Gnus internals is likely to
fail, though.

*** Incompatabilities with the old GNUS.

**** All interactive commands have kept their names, but many internal
functions have changed names.

**** The summary mode gnus-uu commands have been moved from the `C-c
C-v' keymap to the `X' keymap.

**** There can now be several summary buffers active at once.
Variables that are relevant to each summary buffer are buffer-local to
that buffer.

**** Old hilit code doesn't work at all.  Gnus performs its own
highlighting based not only on what's visible in the buffer, but on
other data structures.

**** Old packages like `expire-kill' will no longer work.  

**** `C-c C-l' in the group buffer no longer switches to a different
buffer, but instead lists killed groups in the group buffer.

*** New features.

**** The look of all buffers can be changed by setting format-like
variables.
 
**** Local spool and several NNTP servers can be used at once.

**** Groups can be combined into virtual groups.

**** Different mail formats can be read much the same way as one would
read newsgroups.  All the mail backends implement mail expiry schemes.

**** Gnus can use various strategies for gathering threads that have
lost their roots (thereby gathering loose sub-threads into one thread)
or it can go back and retrieve enough headers to build a complete
thread.

**** Killed groups can be read.

**** Gnus can do partial group updates - you do not have to retrieve
the entire active file just to check for new articles in a few groups.

**** Gnus implements a sliding scale of subscribedness to groups.

**** You can score articles according to any number of criteria.  You
can get Gnus to score articles for you using adaptive scoring.

**** Gnus maintains a dribble buffer that is auto-saved the normal
Emacs manner, so it should be difficult to lose much data on what you
have read if your machine should go down.

**** Gnus now has its own startup file (`.gnus.el') to avoid
cluttering up the `.emacs' file.

**** You can set the process mark on both groups and articles and
perform operations on all the marked items.

**** You can grep through a subset of groups and create a group from
the results.

**** You can list subsets of groups using matches on group names or
group descriptions.

**** You can browse foreign servers and subscribe to groups from those
servers.

**** Gnus can pre-fetch articles asynchronously on a second connection
to the servers.

**** You can cache articles locally.

**** Gnus can fetch FAQs to and descriptions of groups.

**** Digests (and other files) can be used as the basis for groups.

**** Articles can be highlighted and customized.

** Changes to Version Control (VC)

*** General changes (all backends).

VC directory listings (C-x v d) are now kept up to date when you do a
vc-next-action (C-x v v) on the marked files.  The `g' command updates
the buffer properly.  `=' in a VC dired buffer produces a version
control diff, not an ordinary diff.

*** CVS changes.

Under CVS, you no longer need to type C-x C-q before you can edit a
file.  VC doesn't write-protect unmodified buffers anymore; you can
freely change them at any time.  The mode line keeps track of the
file status.

If you do want unmodified files to be write-protected, set your
CVSREAD environment variable.  VC sees this and behaves accordingly;
that will give you the behaviour of Emacs 19.29, similar to that under
RCS and SCCS.  In this mode, if the variable vc-mistrust-permissions
is nil, VC learns the modification state from the file permissions.
When setting CVSREAD for the first time, you should check out the
whole module anew, so that the file permissions are set correctly.

VC also works with remote repositories now.  When you visit a file, it
doesn't run "cvs status" anymore, so there shouldn't be any long delays.

Directory listings under VC/CVS have been enhanced.  Type C-x v d, and
you get a list of all files in or below the current directory that are
not up-to-date.  The actual status (modified, merge, conflict, ...) is
displayed for each file.  If you give a prefix argument (C-u C-x v d),
up-to-date files are also listed.  You can mark any number of files,
and execute the next logical version control command on them (C-x v v).

*** Starting a new branch.

If you try to lock a version that is not the latest on its branch, 
VC asks for confirmation in the minibuffer.  If you say no, it offers
to lock the latest version instead.

*** RCS non-strict locking.

VC can now handle RCS non-strict locking, too.  In this mode, working
files are always writable and you needn't lock the file before making
changes, similar to the default mode under CVS.  To enable non-strict
locking for a file, use the "rcs -U" command.

*** Sharing RCS master files.

If you share RCS subdirs with other users (through symbolic links),
and you always want to work on the latest version, set
vc-consult-headers to nil and vc-mistrust-permissions to `t'.
Then you see the state of the *latest* version on the mode line, not
that of your working file.  When you do a check out, VC overwrites
your working file with the latest version from the master.

*** RCS customization.

There is a new variable vc-consult-headers.  If it is t (the default),
VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id$') and
determines the state of the file from them, not from the master file.
This is fast and more reliable when you use branches.  (The variable
was already present in Emacs 19.29, but didn't get mentioned in the
NEWS.)

** Calendar changes.

*** New calendars supported: Chinese, Coptic, Ethiopic

Here are the commands for converting to and from these calendars:

   gC: calendar-goto-chinese-date
   gk: calendar-goto-coptic-date
   ge: calendar-goto-ethiopic-date

   pC: calendar-print-chinese-date
   pk: calendar-print-coptic-date
   pe: calendar-print-ethiopic-date

*** Printed calendars

Calendar mode now has commands to produce fancy printed calendars via
LaTeX.  You can ask for a calendar for one or more days, weeks, months
or years.  The commands all start with `t'; see the manual for a list
of them.

*** New sexp diary entry type

Reminders that apply in the days leading up to an event. 

** The CC-mode package now provides the default C and C++ modes.
See the manual for documentation of its features.

** The uniquify package chooses buffer names differently when you
visit multiple files with the same name (in different directories).

** RMAIL now always uses the movemail program when it renames an
inbox file, so that it can interlock properly with the mailer
no matter where it is delivering mail.

** tex-start-of-header and tex-end-of-header are now regular expressions,
not strings.

** To enable automatic uncompression of compressed files,
type M-x auto-compression-mode.  (This command used to be called
toggle-auto-compression, but was not documented before.)  In Lisp,
you can do

   (auto-compression-mode 1)

to turn the mode on.

** The new pc-select package emulates the key bindings for cutting and
pasting, and selection of regions, found in Windows, Motif, and the
Macintosh.

** Help buffers now use a special major mode, Help mode.  This mode
normally turns on View mode; it also provides a hook, help-mode-hook,
which you can use for other customization.

** Apropos now uses faces for enhanced legibility.  It now describes
symbol properties as well as their function definitions and variable
values.  You can use Mouse-2 or RET to get more information about a
function definition, variable, or property.

** Font Lock mode

*** Supports Scheme, TCL and Help modes

For example, to automatically turn on Font Lock mode in the *Help*
buffer, put:

 (add-hook 'help-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)

in your ~/.emacs.

*** Enhanced fontification

The structure of font-lock-keywords is extended to allow "anchored" keywords.
Typically, a keyword item of font-lock-keywords comprises a regexp to search
for and information to specify how the regexp should be highlighted.  However,
the highlighting information is extended so that it can be another keyword
item.  This keyword item, its regexp and highlighting information, is processed
before resuming with the keyword item of which it is part.

For example, a typical keyword item might be:

 ("\\<anchor\\>" (0 anchor-face))

which fontifies each occurrence of the discrete word "anchor" in the value of
the variable anchor-face.  However, the highlighting information can be used to
fontify text that is anchored to the word "anchor".  For example:

 ("\\<anchor\\>" (0 anchor-face) ("\\=[ ,]*\\(item\\)" nil nil (1 item-face)))

which fontifies each occurrence of "anchor" as above, but for each occurrence
of "anchor", each occurrence of "item", in any following comma separated list,
is fontified in the value of the variable item-face.  Thus the "item" text is
anchored to the "anchor" text.  See the variable documentation for further
information.

This feature is used to extend the level and quality of fontification in a
number of modes.  For example, C/C++ modes now have level 3 decoration that
includes the fontification of variable and function names in declaration lists.
In this instance, the "anchor" described in the above example is a type or
class name, and an "item" is a variable or function name.

*** Fontification levels

The variables font-lock-maximum-decoration and font-lock-maximum-size are
extended to specify levels and sizes for specific modes.  The variable
font-lock-maximum-decoration specifies the preferred level of fontification for
modes that provide multiple levels (typically from "subdued" to "gaudy").  The
variable font-lock-maximum-size specifies the buffer size for which buffer
fontification is suppressed when Font Lock mode is turned on (typically because
it would take too long).

These variables can now specify values for individual modes, by supplying
lists of mode names and values.  For example, to use the above mentioned level
3 decoration for buffers in C/C++ modes, and default decoration otherwise, put:

 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration '((c-mode . 3) (c++-mode . 3)))

in your ~/.emacs.  Maximum buffer size values for individual modes are
specified in the same way with the variable font-lock-maximum-size.

*** Font Lock configuration

The mechanism to provide default settings for Font Lock mode are the variables
font-lock-defaults and font-lock-maximum-decoration.  Typically, you should
only need to change the value of font-lock-maximum-decoration.  However, to
support Font Lock mode for buffers in modes that currently do not support Font
Lock mode, you should set a buffer local value of font-lock-defaults for that
mode, typically via its mode hook.

These variables are used by Font Lock mode to set the values of the variables
font-lock-keywords, font-lock-keywords-only, font-lock-syntax-table,
font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function and font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search.

You need not set these variables directly, and should not set them yourself
since the underlining mechanism may change in future.

** Archive mode is now the default mode for various sorts of
archive files (files whose names end with .arc, .lzh, .zip, and .zoo).

** You can automatically update the years in copyright notice by
means of (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'copyright-update).
Optionally it can update the GPL version as well.

** Scripts of various languages (Shell, AWK, Perl, makefiles ...) can
be automatically provided with a magic number and be made executable
by their respective modes under control of various user variables.
The mode must call (executable-set-magic "perl") or
(executable-set-magic "make" "-f").  The latter for example has no
effect on [Mm]akefile.

** Shell script mode now supports over 15 different shells.  The new
command C-c ! executes the region, and optionally beginning of script
as well, by passing them to the shell.

Cases such as `sh' being a `bash' are now accounted for.
Fontification now also does variables, the magic number and all
builtin commands.  Shell script mode no longer mingles `tab-width' and
indentation style.  The variable `sh-tab-width' has been renamed to
`sh-indentation'.  Empty lines are now indented like previous
non-empty line, rather than just previous line.

The annoying $ variable prompting has been eliminated.  Instead, shell
script mode uses `comint-dynamic-completion' for commands, variables
and filenames.

** Two-column mode now automatically scrolls both buffers together,
which makes it possible to eliminate the special scrolling commands
that used to do so.

The commands that operate in two-column mode are no longer bound to
keys outside that mode.  f2 o will now position at the same point in
associated buffer.

the new command f2 RET inserts a newline in both buffers, at point and
at the corresponding position in the associated buffer.

** Skeleton commands now work smoothly as abbrev definitions.  The
element < no longer exists, ' is a new element.

** The autoinsert insert facility for prefilling empty files as soon
as they are found has been extended to accomodate skeletons or calling
functions.  See the function auto-insert.

** TPU-edt Changes

Loading tpu-edt no longer turns on tpu-edt mode.  In fact, it is no
longer necessary to explicitly load tpu-edt.  All you need to do to
turn on tpu-edt is run the tpu-edt function.  Here's how to run
tpu-edt instead of loading the file:
  
  Running Emacs:   Type      emacs -f tpu-edt
                    not      emacs -l tpu-edt

  Within Emacs:    Type      M-x tpu-edt <ret>
                    not      M-x load-library <ret> tpu-edt <ret>
  
  In .emacs:       Use       (tpu-edt)
                   not       (load "tpu-edt")
  
The default name of the tpu-edt X key definition file has changed from
~/.tpu-gnu-keys to ~/.tpu-keys.  If you don't rename the file yourself,
tpu-edt will offer to rename it the first time you invoke it under
x-windows.

** MS-DOS Enhancements:

*** Better mouse control by adding the following functions [in dosfns.c]
msdos-mouse-enable, msdos-mouse-disable, msdos-mouse-init.

*** If another foreground/background color than the default is setup in
your ~/_emacs, then the screen briefly flickers with the default
colors before changing to the colors you have specified.  To avoid
this, the EMACSCOLORS environment variable exists.  It shall be
defined as a string with the following elements:
  
    set EMACSCOLORS=fb;fb
  
The first set of "fb" defines the initial foreground and background
colors using standard dos color numbers (0=black,.., 7=white).
If specified, the second set of "fb" defines the colors which are
restored when you leave emacs.
  
*** The new SUSPEND environment variable can now be set as the shell to
use when suspending emacs.  This can be used to override the stupid
limitation on the environment of sub-shells in MS-DOS (they are just
large enough to hold the currently defined variables, not leaving
room for more); to overcome this limitation, add this to autoexec.bat:
  
    set SUSPEND=%COMSPEC% /E:2000

** The escape character can now be displayed (as a tiny left arrow)
on X window frames.  Try this:
    (aset standard-display-table 27 (vector 27))
after first creating a display table.

** The new command-line option --eval specifies an expression to evaluate
from the command line.

** etags has now the ability to tag Perl files.  They are recognised
either by the .pm and .pl suffixes or by a first line which starts
with `#!' and specifies a Perl interpreter.  The tagged lines are
those beginning with the `sub' keyword.

New suffixes recognised are .hpp for C++; .f90 for Fortran; .bib,
.ltx, .TeX for TeX (.bbl, .dtx removed); .ml for Lisp; .prolog for
prolog (.pl is now Perl).

** The files etc/termcap.dat and etc/termcap.ucb have been replaced
with a new, merged, and much more comprehensive termcap file.  The
new file should include all the special entries from the old one.
This new file is under active development as part of the ncurses
project.  If you have any questions about this file, or problems with
an entry in it, email terminfo@@ccil.org.

* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.30.

** New Data Types

*** There is a new data type called a char-table which is an array
indexed by a character.  Currently this is mostly equivalent to a
vector of length 256, but in the future, when a wider character set is
in use, it will be different.  To create one, call
   (make-char-table SUBTYPE INITIAL-VALUE)

SUBTYPE is a symbol that identifies the specific use of this
character table.  It can be any of these values:

  syntax-table
  display-table
  keyboard-translate-table
  case-table

The function `char-table-subtype' returns the subtype of a char-table.
You cannot alter the subtype of an existing char-table.

A char-table has an element for each character code.  It also has some
"extra slots".  The number of extra slots depends on the subtype and
their use depends on the subtype.  (Each subtype symbol has a
`char-table-extra-slots' property that says how many extra slots to
make.)  Use (char-table-extra-slot TABLE N) to access extra slot N and
(set-char-table-extra-slot TABLE N VALUE) to store VALUE in slot N.

A char-table T can have a parent, which should be another char-table
P.  If you look for the value in T for character C, and the table T
actually holds nil, P's element for character C is used instead.
The functions `char-table-parent' and `set-char-table-parent'
let you read or set the parent of a char-table.

To scan all the values in a char-table, do not try to loop through all
possible character codes.  That would work for now, but will not work
in the future.  Instead, call map-char-table.  (map-char-table
FUNCTION TABLE) calls FUNCTION once for each character or character
set that has a distinct value in TABLE.  FUNCTION gets two arguments,
RANGE and VALUE.  RANGE specifies a range of TABLE that has one
uniform value, and VALUE is the value in TABLE for that range.

Currently, RANGE is always a vector containing a single character
and it refers to that character alone.  In the future, other kinds
of ranges will occur.  You can set the value for a given range
with (set-char-table-range TABLE RANGE VALUE) and examine the value
for a range with (char-table-range TABLE RANGE).

*** Syntax tables are now represented as char-tables.
All syntax tables other than the standard syntax table
normally have the standard syntax table as their parent.
Their subtype is `syntax-table'.

*** Display tables are now represented as char-tables.
Their subtype is `display-table'.

*** Case tables are now represented as char-tables.
Their subtype is `case-table'.

*** The value of keyboard-translate-table may now be a char-table
instead of a string.  Normally the char-tables used for this purpose
have the subtype `keyboard-translate-table', but that is not required.

*** A new data type called a bool-vector is a vector of values
that are either t or nil.  To create one, do
   (make-bool-vector LENGTH INITIAL-VALUE)

** You can now specify, for each marker, how it should relocate when
text is inserted at the place where the marker points.  This is called
the "insertion type" of the marker.

To set the insertion type, do (set-marker-insertion-type MARKER TYPE).
If TYPE is t, it means the marker advances when text is inserted.  If
TYPE is nil, it means the marker does not advance.  (In Emacs 19.29,
markers did not advance.)

The function marker-insertion-type reports the insertion type of a
given marker.  The function copy-marker takes a second argument TYPE
which specifies the insertion type of the new copied marker.

** When you create an overlay, you can specify the insertion type of
the beginning and of the end.  To do this, you can use two new
arguments to make-overlay: front-advance and rear-advance.

** The new function overlays-in returns a list of the overlays that
overlap a specified range of the buffer.  The returned list includes
empty overlays at the beginning of this range, as well as within the
range.

** The new hook window-scroll-functions is run when a window has been
scrolled.  The functions in this list are called just before
redisplay, after the new window-start has been computed.  Each function
is called with two arguments--the window that has been scrolled, and its
new window-start position.

This hook is useful for on-the-fly fontification and other features
that affect how the redisplayed text will look when it is displayed.

The window-end value of the window is not valid when these functions
are called.  The computation of window-end is byproduct of actual
redisplay of the window contents, which means it has not yet happened
when the hook is run.  Computing window-end specially in advance for
the sake of these functions would cause a slowdown.

The hook functions can determine where the text on the window will end
by calling vertical-motion starting with the window-start position.

** The new hook redisplay-end-trigger-functions is run whenever
redisplay in window uses text that extends past a specified end
trigger position.  You set the end trigger position with the function
set-window-redisplay-end-trigger.  The functions are called with two
arguments: the window, and the end trigger position.  Storing nil for
the end trigger position turns off the feature, and the trigger value
is automatically reset to nil just after the hook is run.

You can use the function window-redisplay-end-trigger to read a
window's current end trigger value.

** The new function insert-file-contents-literally inserts the
contents of a file without any character set translation or decoding.

** The new function safe-length computes the length of a list.
It never gets an error--it treats any non-list like nil.
If given a circular list, it returns an upper bound for the number
of elements before the circularity.

** replace-match now takes a fifth argument, SUBEXP.  If SUBEXP is
non-nil, that says to replace just subexpression number SUBEXP of the
regexp that was matched, not the entire match.  For example, after
matching `foo \(ba*r\)' calling replace-match with 1 as SUBEXP means
to replace just the text that matched `\(ba*r\)'.

** The new keymap special-event-map defines bindings for certain
events that should be handled at a very low level--as soon as they
are read.  The read-event function processes these events itself,
and never returns them.

Events that are handled in this way do not echo, they are never
grouped into key sequences, and they never appear in the value of
last-command-event or (this-command-keys).  They do not discard a
numeric argument, they cannot be unread with unread-command-events,
they may not appear in a keyboard macro, and they are not recorded
in a keyboard macro while you are defining one.

These events do, however, appear in last-input-event immediately after
they are read, and this is the way for the event's definition to find
the actual event.

The events types iconify-frame, make-frame-visible and delete-frame
are normally handled in this way.

** encode-time now supports simple date arithmetic by means of
out-of-range values for its SEC, MINUTE, HOUR, DAY, and MONTH
arguments; for example, day 0 means the day preceding the given month.
Also, the ZONE argument can now be a TZ-style string.

** command-execute and call-interactively now accept an optional third
argument KEYS.  If specified and non-nil, this specifies the key
sequence containing the events that were used to invoke the command.

** The environment variable NAME, if set, now specifies the value of
(user-full-name), when Emacs starts up.

a88 4
Emacs does not make a fuss about security; the people who you talk to
can use all Emacs features, including visiting and editing files.  If
this frightens you, don't use M-x talk-connect.

a131 3
If you prefer the old ESC ESC binding, put in your `~/.emacs':

	(global-set-key "\e\e" 'eval-expression)
d583 17
d1463 7
a1469 7
specific items of information: the year, month, day of week, day of
month, hour, minute and second.  (A time value is a list of two or
three integers.)

*** The new function encode-time converts specific items of time
information--the second, minute, hour, day, month, year, and time
zone--into a time value.
@


1.1.1.26
log
@import emacs-19.31
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  15 May 1996
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
a7 489
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31

** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.

Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
This includes removing some features of the doctor program.  That law
was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
far more than that.  The Emacs distribution has never contained any
pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.

For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
`http://www.vtw.org/'.

** A note about C mode indentation customization.

The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
much more powerful than the old C mode.  See the Editing Programs
chapter of the manual for details.

However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
customization variables take effect.

** Marking with the mouse.

When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
using M-x transient-mark-mode.

** Improved Windows NT/95 support.

*** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.

*** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95.  (Subprocesses used
to work on NT only and not on 95.)

*** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs.  They work fine as long as
you run Windows applications.  The problems arise when you run a DOS
application in a subprocesses.  Since current shells run as DOS
applications, these problems are significant.

If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
will work ok as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
other DOS application as a subprocess.

Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.

If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
separate DOS subprocesses.  Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.

** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.

This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
minibuffer contains.

** `title' frame parameter and resource.

The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
It works by setting the new `title' frame paramaeter, which likewise
affects just the displayed title of the frame.

The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
and also serves as the default for the displayed title
when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.

** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).

** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
F10 key by activating the menu bar.  To avoid confusion, the usual
Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.

If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
menubar to some other key which you don't use.  To do so, add
something like this to your X resources file.  This example rebinds
the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:

   Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings:  osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12

** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
to replace the characters it "deletes".

** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.

** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it.  To use it,
select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
immediately after the selected one.

This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.

** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.

Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file.  If
Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
recover-session.

You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
auto-save-list-file-name to nil.  If you do this, M-x recover-session
will not work.

Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
normal exit.  This is fixed now.  If you are thinking of turning off
this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
now that the bug is fixed.

** Changes to Version Control (VC)

There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks.  It indicates what to do
when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
which is dangerous and probably not what you want.

If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
telling you about it in the echo area.  If it is `ask' (the default),
VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link.  If nil,
the link is visited and a warning displayed.

** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).

There are also choices for specific human languages such as french and
portuguese.  These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
remain normal.

** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).

Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
known to your news reader.  Completion in the Followup-To header
offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
Followup-To usually just holds one of those.

Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
of local users plus your aliases.  Additionally, if your site provides
a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also.  (See the
documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
`mail-directory-stream'.)

** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s

Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
- to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).

The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
less HTML3ish.  It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys').  Edit /
Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line due
to a limitation in font-lock).

External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.

** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
buffer only.  If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
this example:

    (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
	      '(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.

*** Font Lock mode is now supported.

*** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.

*** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
entries is now done with a faster algorithm.  However, inserting
will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
(bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.

*** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
does the same job.

*** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
"Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.

*** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
text.

** Font Lock mode

*** Global Font Lock mode

Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
new command global-font-lock-mode.  You can use the new variable
font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
turned on.  By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
on globally where the buffer mode supports it.

For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:

 (global-font-lock-mode t)

in your ~/.emacs.

*** Local Refontification

In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
those lines remain incorrectly fontified.  To refontify them, use the new
command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).

In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
(The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
current function.)  In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
above and below point.

With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.

** Follow mode

Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
buffer into one tall "virtual window".  The windows are typically two
side-by-side windows.  Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
they were a unit.  To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
follow-mode.

M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.

To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.

** hide-show changes.

The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook. to follow the convention for
normal hooks.

** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.

** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang.  Files are
recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl.  The tagged lines are
those that begin a function, record, or macro.

** MSDOS Changes

*** It works now to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.

*** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.

*** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.

*** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
pressing both mouse buttons.

*** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work.  The most important ones
are: 

**** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
now works.

**** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).

**** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
implementation of Emacs timers, see below).

**** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.

**** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.

**** `M-x recover-session' works.

**** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.

**** The `TPU-EDT' package works.

* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.

** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
remote Unix filesystem.  No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
this case.  Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t actives this
behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.

** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.

The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
not `linux'.  This means that some programs which use `system-type'
need to be changed.  The value of `system-configuration' will also
be different.

It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
than `system-type'.

See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.

** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.

** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
that pointed into or next to the deleted text.

** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
no longer use a separate process.  Therefore, they now work more
reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.

The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
to run a specified amount of time after the present.  A call looks
like this:

  (run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)

SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the timer
becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.

REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
seconds).  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  nil or 0
means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.

*** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
up if too much time passes.

  (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)

This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
of the last one of them.  Normally it returns the value of the last
form in BODY.

*** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
a certain length of time.  To do this, call run-with-idle-timer.  A
call looks like this:

  (run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)

SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
happens.  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the
timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
ARGS.

REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
time Emacs becomes idle.  If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once,
the first time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.

*** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism.  If your
programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
instead.

*** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
there is no answer within a certain time.

  (y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)

asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p).  If the user answers
within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.

** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
arguments.  If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
arguments in between are ignored.

This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
the list of arguments for `encode-time'.

** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp.  You can use this new directory for
site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
version.

It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
version to cause trouble in another.  Sometimes packages need updating
for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
and the installed version should be used.  Whatever the reason for the
problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.

** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
.abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
systems with limited file name syntax.

Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
for each operating system.  Here is an example of use, from the file
completions.el:

(defvar save-completions-file-name
        (convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
  "*The filename to save completions to.")

This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
depends on the operating system, because the definition of
convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system.  On
Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged.  On
MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.

** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
rather than the raw prefix argument.  (It still reads a number using the
minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)

** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
marker from its buffer position.

** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.

** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
that should not enter the debugger.  Its value is a list of error
condition symbols and/or regular expressions.  If the error has any
of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
regardless of the value of debug-on-error.

This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
errors that happen often during editing.

** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
into its error message.  The error datum is what condition-case
puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.

** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.

** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
a buffer.  The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
to search.  Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
and not get-buffer-window.

** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
being accessed.  buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.

If you use this feature, you should set the variable
buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
property name.  Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
are not called.  When called, these functions should put a non-nil
property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
over and over for the same text.

** Changes in lisp-mnt.el

*** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:

;; @@(#) HEADER: text
;; $HEADER: text $

in addition to the normal

;; HEADER: text

*** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive.  lm-verify
checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.

d34 1
a34 2
(Meta-Backquote) or F10.  To turn off menu bar display,
do (menu-bar-mode -1).
d120 1
a120 1
*** Incompatibilities with the old GNUS.
d444 1
a444 1
as they are found has been extended to accommodate skeletons or calling
d494 2
a495 2
** The escape character can now be displayed on X frames.  Try
this:
d497 1
a497 2
after first creating a display table (you can do that by loading
the disp-table library).
d825 1
a825 1
than a screenful.
d1029 1
a1029 1
constructs will be recognized.  Trying to recognize K&R constructs is a
d1399 1
a1399 1
* Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.29
d1401 1
a1401 1
** Basic Lisp
d1403 1
a1403 1
*** The range of integer values is now at least 2**28 on all machines.
d1407 1
a1407 1
*** You can now use Common Lisp syntax for the backquote and comma
d1412 1
a1412 1
*** The new function rassoc is like assoc, except that it compares the
d1416 1
a1416 1
*** The new function unintern deletes a symbol from an obarray.  The
d1425 1
a1425 1
*** You can specify an alternative read function for use by load and
d1430 1
a1430 1
*** The new function `type-of' takes any object as argument, and
d1436 1
a1436 1
*** When you use eval-after-load for a file that is already loaded, it
d1443 1
a1443 1
*** The Lisp construct #@@NUMBER now skips the next NUMBER characters,
d1449 1
a1449 1
*** Two new functions, `plist-get' and `plist-put',
d1455 1
a1455 1
*** The new function add-to-list is called with two elements,
d1468 1
a1468 1
** Changes in compilation.
d1519 1
a1519 1
** Strings
d1521 1
a1521 1
*** Do not pass integer arguments to `concat' (or `vconcat' or
d1528 1
a1528 1
*** The new function match-string returns the string of text matched at
d1537 1
a1537 1
*** The function replace-match now accepts an optional fourth argument,
d1543 1
a1543 1
*** The new function buffer-substring-no-properties
d1547 1
a1547 1
*** The function `equal' now considers two strings to be different
d1550 1
a1550 1
** Completion
d1552 1
a1552 1
*** all-completions now takes an optional fourth argument.
d1557 1
a1557 1
** Local Variables
d1559 1
a1559 1
*** Local hook variables.
d1575 1
a1575 1
*** The new function local-variable-p tells you whether a particular
d1578 1
a1578 1
** Editing Facilities
d1580 1
a1580 1
*** The function copy-region-as-kill no longer sets this-command;
d1584 1
a1584 1
*** Regular expression searching and matching no longer performs full
d1595 1
a1595 1
** Files
d1597 1
a1597 1
*** The new variable `format-alist' defines file formats,
d1637 1
a1637 1
*** The new function file-ownership-preserved-p tells you whether
d1641 1
a1641 1
*** The new function file-regular-p returns t if a file
d1645 1
a1645 1
*** The new function file-name-sans-extension discards the extension
d1649 1
a1649 1
*** The variable path-separator is a string which says which
d1653 1
a1653 1
** Commands and Key Sequences
d1655 1
a1655 1
*** Key sequences consisting of C-c followed by {, }, <, >, : or ; are
d1661 1
a1661 1
*** When the post-command-hook or the pre-command-hook gets an error, the error
d1666 1
a1666 1
*** define-key, lookup-key, and various other functions for changing or
d1672 1
a1672 1
*** The function event-convert-list converts a list such as
d1675 1
a1675 1
*** In an interactive spec, `k' means to read a key sequence.  In this
d1684 1
a1684 1
*** The variable overriding-local-map now has no effect on the menu bar
d1696 1
a1696 1
*** The new variable `overriding-terminal-local-map' is like
d1699 1
a1699 1
*** delete-frame events.
d1707 1
a1707 1
*** Two new types of events, iconify-frame and make-frame-visible,
d1712 1
a1712 1
** Frames and X
d1714 1
a1714 1
*** Certain Lisp variables are now local to an X terminal (in other
d1723 1
a1723 1
*** When you create an X frame, for the `top' and `left' frame
d1733 1
a1733 1
*** The variable menu-bar-file-menu has been renamed to
d1737 1
a1737 1
*** The new function active-minibuffer-window returns the minibuffer window
d1740 1
a1740 1
*** In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
d1745 1
a1745 1
*** When you set a frame's cursor type with modify-frame-parameters,
d1749 1
a1749 1
*** The new function facep returns t if its argument is a face name
d1753 1
a1753 1
*** Each frame can now have a buffer-predicate function,
d1759 1
a1759 1
*** When you create an X frame, you can now specify the frame parameter
d1777 1
a1777 1
*** The icon-type frame parameter may now be a file name.
d1781 1
a1781 1
*** The title of an Emacs frame, displayed by most window managers, is
d1785 1
a1785 1
*** x-display-grayscale-p is a new function that returns non-nil if
d1790 1
a1790 1
*** The frame parameter scroll-bar-width specifies the width of the
d1793 1
a1793 1
** Buffers
d1795 1
a1795 1
*** Creating a buffer with get-buffer-create does not obey
d1804 1
a1804 1
*** You can now create an "indirect buffer".  An indirect buffer shares
d1827 1
a1827 1
** Subprocesses
d1829 1
a1829 1
*** The functions call-process and call-process-region now allow
d1847 1
a1847 1
*** Comint mode changes:
d1849 1
a1849 1
**** The variable comint-completion-addsuffix can also be a cons pair
d1854 1
a1854 1
** Text properties
d1856 1
a1856 1
*** You can now specify which values of the `invisible' property
d1865 1
a1865 1
`invisible' property value appears as a member of the list, or if it
d1879 1
a1879 1
*** The command `list-text-properties-at' shows what text properties
d1882 1
a1882 1
*** Frame objects now exist in Emacs even on systems that don't support
d1891 1
a1891 1
*** The new variable window-size-change-functions holds a list of
d1897 1
a1897 1
*** The modification hook functions of overlays now work differently.
d1921 1
a1921 1
*** You can set defaults for text-properties with the new variable
d1926 1
a1926 1
*** The `face' property of a character or an overlay can now be a list
d1929 1
a1929 1
*** Changes in handling the `intangible' text property.
d1931 1
a1931 1
**** If inhibit-point-motion-hooks is non-nil, then `intangible' properties
d1934 1
a1934 1
**** Moving to just before a stretch of intangible text
d1937 1
a1937 1
**** When you move point backwards into the midst of intangible text,
d1941 1
a1941 1
**** When moving across intangible text, Emacs stops wherever the
d1946 1
a1946 1
** Overlays
d1948 1
a1948 1
*** Overlay changes.
d1950 1
a1950 1
**** The new function previous-overlay-change returns the position of
d1954 1
a1954 1
**** overlay-get now supports category properties on an overlay
d1961 1
a1961 1
**** If an overlay has a non-nil `evaporate' property, it will be
d1964 1
a1964 1
**** If an overlay has a `before-string' and/or `after-string' property,
d1967 1
a1967 1
** Filling
d1969 1
a1969 1
*** The new variable fill-paragraph-function provides a way for major
d1978 1
a1978 1
*** Text filling and justification changes:
d1980 1
a1980 1
**** The new variable use-hard-newlines can be used to make a
d1985 1
a1985 1
**** The fill-column and left-margin can now be modified by text-properties.
d1990 1
a1990 1
**** There are new functions for dealing with margins: 
d1992 1
a1992 1
***** Set-left-margin and set-right-margin (set the value for a region
d1996 1
a1996 1
***** Increase-left-margin, decrease-left-margin, increase-right-margin, and
d2000 1
a2000 1
***** move-to-left-margin moves point there, optionally adding
d2006 1
a2006 1
***** delete-to-left-margin removes any left-margin indentation, but
d2009 1
a2009 1
**** The paragraph-movement functions look for the paragraph-start and
d2015 1
a2015 1
**** justify-current-line is now capable of doing left, center, or
d2018 1
a2018 1
**** The fill functions can do any kind of justification based on the new
d2023 1
a2023 1
**** The new function `current-justification' returns the kind of
d2028 1
a2028 1
**** Filling and auto-fill are disabled if justification is `none'.
d2030 1
a2030 1
**** The auto-fill-function is now called regardless of whether 
d2034 1
a2034 1
** Processes
d2036 1
a2036 1
*** process-tty-name is a new function that returns the name of the
d2040 1
a2040 1
*** Errors in process filters and sentinels are now normally caught
d2047 1
a2047 1
*** Emacs now preserves the match data around the execution of process
d2052 1
a2052 1
** Display
d2054 1
a2054 1
*** The variable message-log-max controls how messages are logged in the
d2060 1
a2060 1
*** Display tables now have a new element, at index 261, specifying the
d2067 1
a2067 1
*** The new mode-line-format spec %c displays the current column number.
d2069 1
a2069 1
*** The new variable blink-matching-delay specifies how long to keep
d2074 1
a2074 1
*** Faster processing of buffers with long lines
d2105 1
a2105 1
** System Interface
d2107 1
a2107 1
*** The function user-login-name now accepts an optional
d2111 1
a2111 1
*** system-name, user-name, user-full-name and user-real-name are now
d2118 1
a2118 1
*** Changes in time-conversion functions.
d2120 1
a2120 1
**** The new function format-time-string takes a format string and a
d2125 1
a2125 1
**** The new function decode-time converts a time value into a list of
d2130 1
a2130 1
**** The new function encode-time converts specific items of time
d2854 1
a2854 1
** The new variable interpreter-mode-alist specifies major modes to use
d3086 1
a3086 1
as the text above the top).  It displays `Top' as well as the
d3095 2
a3096 2
is a nearby integer.  ffloor returns the nearest integer below; fceiling,
the nearest integer above; ftruncate, the nearest integer in the
d3309 1
a3309 1
add accents, " adds an umlaut or dieresis, ^ adds a circumflex, ~
d3326 2
a3327 2
~< => left guillemot
~> => right guillemot
d3642 1
a3642 1
highlighting, etc.
d3795 1
a3795 1
control this inheritance by setting the front-sticky and
d4140 1
a4140 1
Normally, `read-key-sequence' prefixes mouse events occurring over
d4333 1
a4333 1
** When running under X, the new lisp function `x-list-fonts'
d5081 1
a5081 1
operation needed to change the file's writability) but it will also
@


1.1.1.27
log
@import emacs-19.32
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1 Aug 1996
a7 265
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32

** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.

** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
conversion.  If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
expansion is copied verbatim.  Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
all caps.

** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.

When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
does make the frame visible, but does not select it.  This is the same
as in previous Emacs versions.

** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
non-X terminal on Unix.  Of course, only one frame is visible at any
time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
frames.

** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
accident.

** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
line and then executing the macro.

This command is not new, but was never documented before.

** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
(something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of delimiting
characters.

** Font Lock mode

*** Font Lock support modes

Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
below) in a flexible way.  Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
Font Lock mode is enabled.

For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:

 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)

in your ~/.emacs.

*** lazy-lock

The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
becomes visible in a window.  When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified.  When certain events
occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
buffer are fontified.  Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.

To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:

 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)

To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
paren and key.

*** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
supported.

** Gnus changes.

Gnus, the Emacs newsreader, has undergone further rewriting.  Many new
commands and variables have been added.  There should be no
significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
previously released version, except in the message composition area.

Below is a list of the more user-visible changes.  Coding changes
between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.

*** A new message composition mode is used.  All old customization 
variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
obsolete.

*** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
missing articles are represented by empty nodes.

    (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)

*** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.

    To disable this:  (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)

*** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
referred. 

*** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:

    (setq gnus-use-grouplens t)

*** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.

    (setq gnus-use-trees t)

*** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
buffers. 

    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)

*** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:

    `M-x gnus-binary-mode'

*** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.

    (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)

*** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.

    Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.

*** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
is possible.

    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)

*** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
groups of groups.

*** Caching is possible in virtual groups.

*** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else. 

*** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.

*** The Gnus cache is much faster.

*** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.

    For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)

*** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
expiry times.

*** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.

*** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
process marked articles on the `M P' submap.

*** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
articles based on a wide range of criteria.  These commands have been
bound to keys on the `/' submap.

*** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
articles with the `*' command.

*** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.

*** Article headers can be buttonized.

    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)

*** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.

*** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly.  See the 
`nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.

*** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
buffer. 

*** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.

*** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.

*** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.

    (setq gnus-use-nocem t)

*** Groups can be made permanently visible. 

    (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")

*** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier. 

*** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.

*** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header. 

    (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function 
          'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)

*** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
refetching.  

    (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)

*** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
buffer to allow easier treatment.

*** Gnus can suggest where to save articles.  See `gnus-split-methods'.

*** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.

    (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)

*** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
articles. 

    (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)

*** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text. 

*** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
cited text to hide is now customizable.

    (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)

*** Boring headers can be hidden.

    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)

*** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.

*** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.

The Gnus manual has been expanded.  It explains all these new features
in greater detail.

* Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32

** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
second argument NO-QUERY.  If it is non-nil, then the user is not
asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
exists.

** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
as well as lists.

** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
of a given keymap.

** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
given keymap.  The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT.  PARENT must be a
keymap or nil.

** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
name.  In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
menu-alias property.  That property tells the menu system to look for
equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
alias.

d172 1
a172 1
with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.
d183 1
a183 1
fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
d267 1
a267 1
to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
d373 1
a373 1
runs.  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the
a376 4
Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
command.  It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
command.

d378 2
a379 6
time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
each time Emacs becomes idle.

If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
idle for SECS seconds.
d6184 1
a6184 1
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d6197 1
a6197 2
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[ 	]*$"
@


1.1.1.28
log
@import emacs-19.33
@
text
@a7 9
* Changes in Emacs 19.33.

** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically.  (No major
mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)

** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
use for auto-fill-functyion, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.

@


1.1.1.29
log
@import emacs-19.34
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  19 Aug 1996
a7 2
* Emacs 19.34 has no user-visible changes, just bug fixes.

d14 1
a14 1
use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
@


1.1.1.30
log
@import emacs-20.1
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1 Sep 1997
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d8 3
a10 1
* Changes in Emacs 20.1
d12 2
a13 1
** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
d15 5
a19 2
** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
d21 2
a22 331
** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
options.  It is called M-x customize.  With this facility you can look
at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
tree structure.

M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.

With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
session or permanently.  (Permanent settings are stored automatically
in your .emacs file.)

** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
immediately afterward.  At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
kills the region.

The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
delete the character before point, as usual.

** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
on terminals which support this.  (You can disable this feature
by setting search-highlight to nil.)

** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
insert the default value into the minibuffer as text.  In effect,
the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
onto the history "in the future".  (The more normal use of the
history list is to use M-p insert minibuffer input used in the
past.)

** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.

As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
and is an alias for it.

If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.

** Scrolling changes

*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.

In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
where it started.

*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.

*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
top or bottom of a window.  It is a number of screen lines; if point
comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
recenters the window.

** International character set support (MULE)

Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts.  These
features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")

Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
coding systems for storing files.  Emacs uses a single multibyte
character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
into any of these coding systems when saving a file.

Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
generally don't have keys for all the characters in them.  So Emacs
supports various "input methods", typicaly one for each script or
language, to make it possible to type them.

The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
character a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.

The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.

You can disable multibyte character support as follows:

  (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)

Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
argument, AUTO.  This provides compatibility for people who are
already using standard-display-european to continue using single-byte
characters for their work until they want to change.

*** Input methods

An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
specifically for interactive input.  In Emacs, typically each language
has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
the same characters can share one input method).  Some languages
support several input methods.

The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
another alphabet.  This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
work.

A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
characters into one letter.  Many European input methods use
composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
consists of a letter followed by diacritics.  For example, a' is one
sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
letter.

The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
by conversion.  The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".

None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
they are handled specially.  First you input a whole word using
phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.

Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
the first guess is wrong.

*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.

If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
they did in Emacs 19.34.  This includes the features for support for
the European character, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.

However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
translate automatically to and from either one.

*** Visiting a file in single-byte mode.

Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte.  This is probably not
what you want.

If you want to edit a file of single-byte characters (Latin-1, for
example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
system when reading the file.  This coding system also turns off
multibyte characters in that buffer.

If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
character conversion as well.

*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.

A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
requires using many fonts.

Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets".  Each fontset is a
collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.

A fontset has a name, like a font.  Individual fonts are defined by
the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself.  But once you
have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
you would use a font.

If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
display that character.  It will display an empty box instead.

The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
characters).  If another font in the fontset has a different height,
or the wrong width, then characters assigned to that font are clipped,
and displayed within a box if highlight-wrong-size-font is non-nil.

*** Defining fontsets.

Emacs does not use any fontset by default.  Its default font is still
chosen as in previous versions.  You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.

Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
of standard-fontset-spec.  This fontset's short name is
`fontset-standard'.  Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
standard fontset are created automatically.

If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
argument, a fontset is generated from it.  This works by replacing the
FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
with `*' then using this to specify a fontset.  This fontset's short
name is `fontset-startup'.

Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
The resource value should have this form:
	FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
	* most fields should be just the wild card "*".
	* the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
	* the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
CHARSET-NAME should be the name name of a character set, and
FONT-NAME should specify an actual font to use for that character set.

Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.

For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME.  For instance, with the
following resource,
	Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
the font for ASCII is generated as below:
	-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
Here is the substitution rule:
    Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
    defined in the variable x-charset-registries.  For instance, ASCII has
    the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable.  Then, reduce
    sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
    (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)

The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec.  You can also call
that function explicitly to create a fontset.

With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
like an actual font name.  But be careful not to specify a fontset
name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
fontsets.

*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
defaults for a particular choice of language.

Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
visiting files.  However, it does not try to reread files you have
already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected.  The
language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
system for new files that you create.

It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
whole Emacs session.

*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
specifies the file coding system for the current buffer.  This
specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
the file.  As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
coding systems that Emacs supports.

*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
is used for *the immediately following command*.

So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.

If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.

For example,  C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.

*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
construct.  Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM.  You can also
specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
of the file.

*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
the coding system for terminal output.  If you specify a character
code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
translated into that characters code.

This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
various countries to support the languages of those countries.

By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.

*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
the coding system for keyboard input.

Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.

By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.

Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
translate into single characters.  However, input methods are designed
to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
designed to work with terminals.

*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
in the corresponding buffer.

By default, process input and output are not translated at all.

*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.

*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or inactivates
an input method.  If no input method has been selected before, the
command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
want to use.

C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) descriibes the current input nethod.

*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
layouts commonly used for particular scripts.  How to do this
remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout.  To specify
which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
d24 6
a29 3
*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
related information.
d31 2
a32 338
*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
scripts.

*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
information about the support for a particular language.
You specify the language as an argument.

*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
the coding system used in the visited file.  It normally follows the
first dash.

A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion,
(except CRLF => newline if appropriate).  `=' means no conversion
whatsoever.  The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
1 through 9.  Other coding systems are represented by letters:

    A alternativnyj (Russian)
    B big5 (Chinese)
    C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
    C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
    D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
    E euc-japan (Japanese)
    I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
    J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv)  (Japanese)
    K euc-korea (Korean)
    R koi8 (Russian)
    Q tibetan
    S shift_jis (Japanese)
    T lao
    T tis620 (Thai)
    V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
    i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
    k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
    v viqr (Vietnamese)
    z hz (Chinese)

When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
coding system.  These two characters describe the coding system for
keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.

*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
conversion to use for RMAIL files.  The default value is nil.

When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
into Emacs' internal format.  This has nothing to do with
rmail-file-coding-system.  That variable controls reading and writing
Rmail files themselves.

*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
conversion for outgoing mail.  The default value is nil.

Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
for sending mail:

- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
  if that is non-nil.  That comes from your language environment.
- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.

*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
to specify the language for the tutorial file.  Currently, English,
Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported.  We welcome additional
translations.

** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally.  There is also a command
insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
without any conversion.

** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
You can now specify any number of octal digits.
RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.

** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
functions, variables and file names used in your programs.

Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.

Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
mode.  For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.

** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
complete-symbol.  This command performs completion on the symbol name
in the buffer before point.

With a numeric argument, it performs completion  based on the set of
symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
you are using.

With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).

** File locking works with NFS now.

The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
in the same directory as FILENAME.

This means that collision detection between two different machines now
works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
can become a bottleneck.

The new method does have drawbacks.  It means that collision detection
does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
create new files.  Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
file server does not support symbolic links.  But these conditions are
rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
so useful that the change is worth while.

When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
are stale.  So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
collisions.  When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.

** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el.  Instead you must call
show-paren-mode.

** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
delsel.el.  Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.

** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
complete.el.  Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.

** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el.  You must also
set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.

** Changes in View mode.

*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
Do H in view mode for a list of commands.

*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.

*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
previous state.

*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.

*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows.  If
non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
not just the selected window.

*** New customization variable view-read-only.  If non-nil, visiting a
read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
turns View mode on or off.

*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.

** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.

** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
has a new feature.  If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
which version to compare with.

** When using hideshow.el incremental search can temporary show hidden
blocks if a match is inside the block. 

The block is hided again if the search is continued and the next match
is outside the block. By customizing the variable
isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporary
shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.

By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
of blocks to temporary show during isearch: comment blocks, code
blocks, all of them or none.

** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
current buffer and deletes the selected window.  It asks for
confirmation first.

** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
now changes the major mode according to that file name.
However, the mode will not be changed if
(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
    not suitable for ordinary files, or
(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.

This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.

However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
these commands do not change the major mode.

** M-x occur changes.

*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
it performs a case-sensitive search.

*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
if you type g or M-x revert buffer, this repeats the search
using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.

** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
in just one window at a time.  At first, it is highlighted in the
window where you set the mark.  The buffer's highlighting remains in
that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.

** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
after the command finishes.  The message suggesting key bindings
appears temporarily in the echo area.  The previous echo area contents
come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.

** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
buffers recently selected in the selected frame.

** Outline mode changes.

*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).

*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.

** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
was already active.

The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
get confused by it.

If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.

** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.

*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
conversion.  If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.

The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
mixed case.  And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.

*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
are no longer Lisp expressions.  They have simply three possible
values.

`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).

** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
certain length.  The variable history-length specifies how long they
can be.  The default value is 30.

** Changes in Mail mode.

*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
`mail-user-agent'.  The default choice of user agent is
`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
behavior.

C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
compose-mail-other-frame.

*** While composing a reply to a mail message, you can use the command
C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are replying to.
This copies the text which is the selected region in the buffer that
shows the original message.

*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
with separator lines around the contents.

*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
in suitable mail headers.  Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc).  You do not
need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.

*** New features in the mail-complete command.

**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
for local users or if that is known.  The variable mail-complete-style
controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
Its values are like those of mail-from-style.

**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
/etc/passwd.

**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
to get the list of user ids.  By default, one file is used:
/etc/passwd.

** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning.  Thus, if you have a
directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.

Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
be taken to be magic.

** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
files to search through, and grep to scan them.  The output is
available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.

M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)

** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.

In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.

new key		dired.el binding		old key
-------		----------------		-------
  * c		dired-change-marks		c
  * m		dired-mark			m
  * *		dired-mark-executables		*  (binding deleted)
  * /		dired-mark-directories		/  (binding deleted)
  * @@		dired-mark-symlinks		@@  (binding deleted)
  * u		dired-unmark			u
  * DEL		dired-unmark-backward		DEL
  * ?		dired-unmark-all-files		M-C-?
  * !		dired-unmark-all-marks
  * %		dired-mark-files-regexp		% m
  * C-n		dired-next-marked-file		M-}
  * C-p		dired-prev-marked-file		M-{
d34 3
a36 1
** Rmail changes.
d38 4
a41 20
*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
chosen to make a unique name.  This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
each time you run it.

*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
whether to include the line count in the summary.  Non-nil means yes.

*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
messages) now take repeat counts as arguments.  A negative argument
means to move in the opposite direction.

*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.

*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
for output.
d43 5
a47 1
** Gnus changes.
d49 4
a52 1
*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
d54 1
a54 2
*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into 
Gnus.  
d56 4
a59 2
*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like 
`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
d61 1
a61 2
*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
article mode line.
d63 1
a63 1
*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
d65 5
a69 1
*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
d71 1
a71 1
(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
d73 1
a73 3
*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
are to be considered home score and adapt files.  See
`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
d75 1
a75 1
*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
d77 1
a77 1
*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
d79 7
a85 2
*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
d87 1
a87 3
*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
used to pick articles.
d89 1
a89 2
*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
another have been added.
d91 1
a91 1
    `M-x gnus-change-server'
d93 1
a93 2
*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
generating lines in buffers.
d95 2
a96 2
*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
`M-C-_'.
d98 2
a99 1
*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
d101 1
a101 1
*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
d103 4
a106 1
    (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
d108 2
a109 3
*** Scores can be decayed.
 
    (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
d111 3
a113 2
*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
d115 2
a116 2
*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
the native server.
d118 1
a118 1
   `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
d120 1
a120 2
*** A new command for reading collections of documents
(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `M-C-d'.
d122 1
a122 1
*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
d124 2
a125 2
*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
d127 1
a127 2
*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
d129 1
a129 2
    Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
    a group.
d131 1
a131 2
*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
d133 1
a133 1
    See the commands under the `T S' submap.
d135 2
a136 1
*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
d138 1
a138 1
    See the commands under the `G P' submap.
d140 1
a140 3
*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
  
    Use the `Y c' command.
d142 1
a142 1
*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
d144 1
a144 1
*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
d146 1
a146 1
    `M-x nnmail-split-history'
d148 1
a148 4
*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
from incoming mail before saving the mail.
 
    See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
d150 1
a150 1
*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
d152 2
a153 2
*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
d155 1
a155 1
	(add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
d157 2
a158 5
Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
and show appropriate characters.  (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
this issue.)
d160 1
a160 3
Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
particular news group.  This can be done by:
d162 2
a163 1
	(gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
d165 1
a165 5
Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
of newsgroups.  If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
system.  CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
for reading and posting.
d167 1
a167 5
CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
  (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
there.
d169 1
a169 2
Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
default.  Here are some of these default settings:
d171 1
a171 5
	(gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
	(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
	(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
	(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
	(gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
d173 2
a174 2
When you replay by mail to an articles, these settings are ignored;
the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
d176 1
a176 1
** CC mode changes.
d178 2
a179 6
*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file.  To do
this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
loaded.
d181 3
a183 6
If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode 
style variables have buffer local values.  By default, all buffers
share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set 
c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you 
must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
d185 2
a186 2
*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
of the current buffer.
d188 1
a188 3
*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
it is no longer necessary.  C mode now handles all the supported styles
of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
d190 1
a190 2
*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
style that the Python developers like.
d192 1
a192 3
*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
d194 1
a194 1
** VC Changes [new]
d196 2
a197 3
** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
d199 2
a200 3
This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
developers.
d202 1
a202 2
You can do the same thing for an individual file ty typing C-u C-x C-q
RET in a buffer visiting that file.
d204 1
a204 4
*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
other developers.  Such files are made read-only by CVS.  To get a
writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file.  VC then
calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
d206 1
a206 2
*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
d208 1
a208 1
** Calendar changes.
d210 1
a210 3
A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or subclasses
of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow you do this
for the year of the selected date, or the following/previous years.
d212 1
a212 1
** ps-print changes
d214 1
a214 1
There are some new user variables for customizing the page layout.  
d216 1
a216 1
*** Paper size, paper orientation, columns
d218 1
a218 6
The variable `ps-paper-type' determines the size of paper ps-print
formats for; it should contain one of the symbols:
`a4' `a3' `letter' `legal' `letter-small' `tabloid'
`ledger' `statement' `executive' `a4small' `b4' `b5'
It defaults to `letter'.
If you need other sizes, see the variable `ps-page-dimensions-database'.
d220 2
a221 3
The variable `ps-landscape-mode' determines the orientation
of the printing on the page.  nil, the default, means "portrait" mode, 
non-nil means "landscape" mode.
d223 2
a224 3
The variable `ps-number-of-columns' must be a positive integer.
It determines the number of columns both in landscape and portrait mode.
It defaults to 1. 
d226 1
a226 1
*** Horizontal layout
d228 2
a229 3
The horizontal layout is determined by the variables
`ps-left-margin', `ps-inter-column', and `ps-right-margin'.
All are measured in points.
d231 1
a231 1
*** Vertical layout
d233 1
a233 3
The vertical layout is determined by the variables
`ps-bottom-margin', `ps-top-margin', and `ps-header-offset'.
All are measured in points.
d235 1
a235 1
*** Headers
d237 2
a238 3
If the variable `ps-print-header' is nil, no header is printed.  Then
`ps-header-offset' is not relevant and `ps-top-margin' represents the
margin above the text.
d240 1
a240 2
If the variable `ps-print-header-frame' is non-nil, a gaudy 
framing box is printed around the header.
d242 1
a242 2
The contents of the header are determined by `ps-header-lines',
`ps-show-n-of-n', `ps-left-header' and `ps-right-header'.
d244 2
a245 3
The height of the header is determined by `ps-header-line-pad', 
`ps-header-font-family', `ps-header-title-font-size' and 
`ps-header-font-size'.
d247 1
a247 1
*** Font managing
d249 1
a249 4
The variable `ps-font-family' determines which font family is to be
used for ordinary text.  Its value must be a key symbol in the alist
`ps-font-info-database'.  You can add other font families by adding
elements to this alist.
d251 1
a251 2
The variable `ps-font-size' determines the size of the font 
for ordinary text.  It defaults to 8.5 points.
d253 1
a253 1
** hideshow changes.
d255 1
a255 2
*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
C++, ; for lisp). 
d257 4
a260 1
*** Support for java-mode added.
d262 4
a265 2
*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
d267 2
a268 3
*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the the comments at
the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
d270 2
a271 2
*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
robust and a lot faster.
d273 3
a275 1
*** A block beginning can span multiple lines. 
d277 8
a284 3
*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, determine hideshow
to show only the beggining of a block in when it is hidden. See the
documentation for more details.
d286 1
a286 1
** Changes in Enriched mode.
d288 5
a292 5
*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
filled to the current fill-column.  This behavior is now independent
of the size of the window.  When you save the file, the fill-column in
use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
the next time unless the fill-column is different.
d294 3
a296 4
*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode.  When it is enabled, Emacs
distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
as paragraph boundaries.  Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
d298 1
a298 1
** Font Lock mode
d300 5
a304 1
*** Custom support
d306 2
a307 6
The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
group font-lock-highlighting-faces.  If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value.  However, you should
consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
d309 1
a309 1
You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
d311 3
a313 1
*** Maximum decoration
d315 1
a315 5
Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
default.  Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
supported.  You can set font-long-maximum-decoration to nil
to get the old behavior.
d317 1
a317 1
*** New support
d319 2
a320 1
Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
d322 5
a326 2
Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
d328 5
a332 1
*** Configurable support
d334 2
a335 7
Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
java-font-lock-extra-types.  These value of each of these variables should be a
list of regexps matching the extra type names.  For example, the default value
of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
convention that C type names end in _t.  This results in slower fontification.
d337 6
a342 3
Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
way you wish, typically by adding regexps.  However, these new variables make
it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
d344 1
a344 1
*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
d346 3
a348 3
You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific contructs,
for any mode.
d350 1
a350 1
For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
d352 4
a355 1
 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
d357 4
a360 1
in your ~/.emacs.
d362 2
a363 1
*** New faces
d365 3
a367 161
Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
font-lock-warning-face.  These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
to user attention, respectively.  Various modes now use these new faces.

*** Changes to fast-lock support mode

The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
cache files silently.  You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.

*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode

The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines.  You can use
the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature.  If
non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time.  If nil, then only
the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode.

This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
refontified to reflect their new syntactic context.  Previously, only the line
containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.

As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:

Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.

If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
settings.

** Ada mode changes.

*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
procedure (modulo overloading).  If a spec has no body file yet, but
you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
stubs.

*** There are two new commands:
 - `ada-make-local'   : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
 - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.

The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands. 

*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode.  The outline level
is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic contructs.
Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.

*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
formatting used in GNAT.  It places two blanks after a comment start,
places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
space between a comma and the beginning of a word.

** Scheme mode changes.

*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'.  The variables
with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
have any effect.

If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
variables as buffer-local variables.

*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
Use M-x dsssl-mode.

** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
buffer in Emacs.

** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).

** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
the current defun.

** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.

** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
necessary).

** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
these register values no longer become completely useless.
If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
asked whether to visit the file again.  If you say yes,
it visits the file and then goes to the same position.

** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.

You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions.  If a
file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.

** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
since it applies only to the current frame.

** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
file for tex-file to run TeX on.  (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)

This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
multiple files.  In each of the included files, you can set up a local
variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
tex-main-file.  Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
instead of just the file you are editing.

** RefTeX mode

RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
and \cite macros in LaTeX documents.  RefTeX distinguishes labels of
different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
multifile documents.  To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode.  Here are the main user commands:

C-c (    reftex-label        
   Creates a label semi-automatically.  RefTeX is context sensitive and
   knows which kind of label is needed.

C-c )    reftex-reference
   Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
   label definition.  The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.

C-c [    reftex-citation
   Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
   database entries.  The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.

C-c &    reftex-view-crossref
   Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.

C-c =    reftex-toc
   Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document.  From there you
   can quickly jump to every section.
 
Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
commands.  Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
reftex.el.  You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
d369 4
a372 1
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
d374 1
a374 1
*** Info documentation is now available.
d376 2
a377 2
*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
both, the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
d379 1
a379 2
*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
bibtex-user-optional-fields.
d381 5
a385 2
*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
d387 2
a388 3
*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
appropriate functions.
d390 1
a390 2
*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
entries. They are bound by default to M-C-l and M-C-h.
d392 5
a396 2
*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
been cleaned.
d398 3
a400 2
*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
d402 5
a406 2
*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
shall be delimited.
d408 1
a408 3
*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
d410 4
a413 3
*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
prefixed with `ALT'.
d415 4
a418 4
*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
documentation).
d420 3
a422 3
*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
d424 5
a428 2
*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
comma should be inserted at end of last field.
d430 2
a431 3
*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
d433 4
a436 1
*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
d438 6
a443 1
*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
d445 4
a448 2
*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
from alien sources.
d450 3
a452 3
*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
crossref entries.
d454 7
a460 2
*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
region.
d462 1
a462 1
*** Added support for imenu.
d464 4
a467 4
*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
d469 2
a470 2
*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
d472 1
a472 1
** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
d474 1
a474 4
** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
as an argument.
d476 1
a476 2
When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
d478 1
a478 1
** browse-url changes
d480 6
a485 5
*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
customization variables.
d487 2
a488 1
*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
d490 2
a491 3
*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
lines.  Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
d493 2
a494 1
** Changes in Ediff
d496 1
a496 2
*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel pops up
the Info file for this command.
d498 1
a498 4
*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether the
result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when merge
is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different 
directories).
d500 5
a504 3
*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare and
merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of files
in the same directory.
d506 1
a506 3
*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
d508 5
a512 1
** Changes in Viper
d514 4
a517 13
*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
*** All viariable/function names have been changed to start with viper- 
    instead of vip-.
*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next 
Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
*** The variable vip-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
color when Viper is in insert state.
*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
vip-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
d519 4
a522 1
** Etags changes.
d524 1
a524 5
*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
default.  The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
Use --no-globals to turn this feature off.  Etags can also tag
variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
not by default.  Use --members to turn this feature on.
d526 1
a526 1
*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
d528 17
a544 2
*** Java is tagged like C++.  In addition, "extends" and "implements"
constructs are tagged.  Files are recognised by the extension .java.
d546 2
a547 3
*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript.  Files are
recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
d549 3
a551 4
*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code.  The usual C and
C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
methods and protocols.
d553 1
a553 4
*** Etags also handles Cobol.  Files are recognised by the extension
.cobol.  The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
paragraph name.
d555 2
a556 3
*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep.  The syntax of
an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
at least M times and as many as N times.
d558 2
a559 2
** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
in files has changed slightly.
d561 1
a561 4
With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
with old time-stamp-format values.
d563 2
a564 4
In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibilty
reasons.
d566 3
a568 6
In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
natural width.  (With format-time-string, each format has a
fixed-width default.)  In this version, you can specify the colon
(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
time-stamp-format width default."  Do not use colon if you are
specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
d570 2
a571 3
Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year.  Digit
truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
d573 1
a573 4
The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs.  New formats are
being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
future to be compatible with format-time-string.  The new forms being
recommended now will continue to work then.
d575 2
a576 2
See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
details.
d578 1
a578 1
** There are some additional major modes:
d580 1
a580 3
dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
d582 1
a582 3
** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
into Emacs.
d584 1
a584 1
** New Lisp packages include:
d586 3
a588 1
*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
d590 5
a594 2
*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
d596 1
a596 1
*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
d598 4
a601 2
*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
in shell buffers.
d603 2
a604 3
*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
and `elint-defun'.
d606 1
a606 4
*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
meant for programming constructs.  These abbrevs expand like ordinary
ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
strings or comments.
d608 2
a609 5
These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
abbrev for insertion of additional text.  Once you expand the abbrev,
you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
insertion points.  Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
at these points.
d611 2
a612 2
*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
can visit them by short forms of their names.
d614 3
a616 2
*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
Emacs Lisp function at point.
d618 3
a620 1
*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
d622 1
a622 2
*** M-x iswitch-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
d624 3
a626 1
*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
d628 3
a630 1
*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
d632 2
a633 1
*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
d635 1
a635 2
*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are neeed.
d637 4
a640 4
*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
inserted at point.  M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
original place after inserting the copy.
d642 3
a644 2
*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
on the buffer.
d646 1
a646 3
You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
(with mouse-drag-drag).  Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
d648 4
a651 4
Enable mouse-drag with:
    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
-or-
    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
d653 3
a655 2
*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
mail waiting to be read in them.  It works with procmail.
d657 4
a660 2
*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
d662 2
a663 1
*** ogonek
d665 4
a668 7
The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
Polish diacritic characters in buffers.  Codings known from various
platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
TeX.  For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
ISO8859-2.  Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
instance) and vice versa.
d670 2
a671 7
To use this package load it using
    M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
    M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish  
    M-x ogonek-how        -- in English
The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
ways of customization in `.emacs'.
d673 1
a673 1
*** Interface to ph.
d675 3
a677 1
Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
d679 4
a682 3
The CCSO nameserver is used in more than 300 organisations around the
world (mostly universities) to provide directory services about
people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to these servers.
d684 2
a685 1
*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
d687 5
a691 3
*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
while the real cursor does not move.
d693 6
a698 2
*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
for visiting your favorite web sites.
d700 3
a702 2
*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
d704 4
a707 2
*** M-x word-help uses Info to display the description
of the word at the cursor.
d709 3
a711 1
** movemail change
d713 5
a717 4
Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
mail retrieval to function properly.  This is because it no longer
supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
d719 61
a779 1
This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
d781 117
a897 1
Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
d899 2
a900 1
** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
d902 3
a904 5
Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
Macintosh).  Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
d906 386
a1291 6
To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
coding system for the buffer.  Then, when you save the file, the newly
specified coding system will take effect.  For example, to save with
LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
d1293 1
a1293 1
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
d1295 1
a1295 4
** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19.  And
vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
d1297 155
a1451 2
** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
to start with w32- instead of win32-.
d1453 4
a1456 3
In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise.  We
don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
"win".
d1458 1
a1458 1
** Basic Lisp changes
d1460 4
a1463 2
*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
evaluates to itself.  Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
d1465 3
a1467 3
*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed.  It should now
be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
or by the user.
d1469 3
a1471 1
The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
d1473 1
a1473 1
*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
d1475 3
a1477 2
(when CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
(unless CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
d1479 1
a1479 3
*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
usual Lisp meanings.  For example, caar returns the car of the car of
its argument.
d1481 1
a1481 1
*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
d1483 2
a1484 1
*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
d1486 3
a1488 1
*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
d1490 1
a1490 4
*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
error if the integer is not a valid character code.  These primitives
include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
`format' function.
d1492 2
a1493 3
*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
or .elc, to the file name.  Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
whose name is just foo.  It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
d1495 5
a1499 3
*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
adding one of these suffixes.
d1501 2
a1502 3
*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used. 
d1504 4
a1507 2
We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
d1509 5
a1513 1
*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
d1515 3
a1517 2
*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
You must load the `cl' library to define it.
d1519 3
a1521 2
*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
conveniently with a different current buffer.  It looks like this:
d1523 4
a1526 1
  (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
d1528 3
a1530 2
BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
d1532 4
a1535 4
*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
restoring the value of point or the mark.  `with-current-buffer'
works using `save-current-buffer'.
d1537 3
a1539 3
*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
write the output to a specified file.  Like `progn', it returns the value
of the last form.
d1541 3
a1543 4
*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
which is discarded after use.  Like `progn', it returns the value of the
last form.  If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
as the last form.
d1545 2
a1546 3
*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
matches.
d1548 3
a1550 1
For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
d1552 3
a1554 3
*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
Then it returns that string.
d1556 4
a1559 1
For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
d1561 1
a1561 3
(with-output-to-string
  (princ "The buffer is ")
  (princ (buffer-name)))
d1563 4
a1566 1
returns "The buffer is foo".
d1568 2
a1569 2
** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
is non-nil.
d1571 3
a1573 3
These characters have character codes above 256.  When inserted in the
buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
d1575 4
a1578 2
*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
d1580 5
a1584 6
Buffers and strings are still made up of single-byte elements;
character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
position by 2, 3 or 4.  The function forward-char moves by whole
characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
  (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
d1586 1
a1586 4
ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
non-ASCII characters.  These sequences are called "multibyte
characters".
d1588 3
a1590 5
The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237).  These values are called
"leading codes".  The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377).  The first byte, the
leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
d1592 3
a1594 4
*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
multibyte character.  Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
character, which may be more than one buffer position.
d1596 5
a1600 2
This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
always one buffer position, need to be changed.
d1602 4
a1605 7
However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
 
*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377.  However,
the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
guaranteed.
d1607 2
a1608 3
*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
character).
d1610 4
a1613 1
When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
d1615 2
a1616 5
 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
d1618 3
a1620 1
*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
d1622 2
a1623 3
*** Strings can contain multibyte characters.  The function
`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
more than the number of characters.
d1625 2
a1626 6
You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
it literally.  You can also represent it with a hex escape,
\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary.  Any character which
is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct.  If you want to
follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
d1628 4
a1631 2
*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
and returns a string containing those characters.
d1633 2
a1634 4
*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX.  INDEX
counts from zero.  If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
character, sref signals an error.
d1636 5
a1640 3
*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
in a string.  This is less than the length of the string, if the
string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
d1642 1
a1642 3
*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
in a region from BEG to END.  This is less than (- END BEG) if the
region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
d1644 3
a1646 3
*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
the characters in it.  string-to-vector converts a string
to a vector of the characters in it.
d1648 6
a1653 2
*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
of a string.  You call it as follows:
d1655 3
a1657 1
   (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
d1659 2
a1660 5
This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
STRING.  OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
d1662 2
a1663 2
*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
d1665 5
a1669 2
*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
d1671 4
a1674 4
*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
to fit within a certain number of columns.  (Of course, it does
not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
d1676 2
a1677 1
(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
d1679 2
a1680 1
This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
d1682 4
a1685 3
The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
are not included in the resulting value.
d1687 4
a1690 4
The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
WIDTH columns.  If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
d1692 3
a1694 6
If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
character extends across that column), then the padding character
PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
column START-COLUMN.
d1696 2
a1697 5
*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
necessarily the number of characters.  It is, in effect, the
difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
changed text, before the change.
d1699 2
a1700 3
*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol.  In general there is
one character set for each script, not for each language.
d1702 4
a1705 1
**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
d1707 2
a1708 1
**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
d1710 4
a1713 2
**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
set that the character belongs to.  (The value is a symbol.)
d1715 2
a1716 3
**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
which identify the character within that character set.
d1718 2
a1719 3
**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
byte-values, constructs a character code.  This is roughly the
opposite of split-char.
d1721 2
a1722 2
**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
of all the characters between BEG and END.
d1724 5
a1728 2
**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
of all the characters in a string.
d1730 3
a1732 2
*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
and specifying coding systems.
d1734 2
a1735 6
**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
system names (symbols).  With optional argument t, it returns a list
of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
as what to do about code conversion.)
d1737 3
a1739 2
**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
name.  It returns t if so, nil if not.
d1741 2
a1742 3
**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
for certain file names.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
d1744 2
a1745 3
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
which file names the element applies to.  PATTERN should be a regexp
to match against a file name.
d1747 4
a1750 6
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
specifies the coding system for encoding.
d1752 1
a1752 2
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
d1754 2
a1755 2
**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
the coding system to use for network sockets.
d1757 2
a1758 4
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
which network sockets the element applies to.  PATTERN should be
either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
service names.
d1760 3
a1762 6
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
specifies the coding system for encoding.
d1764 3
a1766 2
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
d1768 1
a1768 4
**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
for certain subprocess.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
start the subprocess.
d1770 1
a1770 5
**** The variable default-process-coding system specifies the coding
systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
when nothing else specifies what to do.  The value is a cons cell
(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING).  OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
d1772 2
a1773 3
**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
subprocess.
d1775 2
a1776 4
It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
connection permanently or until overridden.
d1778 3
a1780 6
The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
coding system for output.  But most of the time this variable is nil.
It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
system for one operation at a time.
d1782 1
a1782 2
**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
files, subprocesses or network connections.
d1784 3
a1786 7
**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
The value is a cons cell,
 (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
input to the subprocess.
d1788 1
a1788 2
**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
d1790 2
a1791 3
** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
customization options.  To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
d1793 3
a1795 5
You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
variable.  The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
customization.
d1797 1
a1797 1
Thus, instead of writing
d1799 3
a1801 2
    (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
d1803 4
a1806 1
you would now write this:
d1808 2
a1809 4
    (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
      :type 'boolean
      :group foo)
d1811 2
a1812 4
The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
two meaningful states: nil and non-nil.  Other type values
describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
for a description of them.
d1814 3
a1816 2
The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
should belong to.  You define a new group like this:
d1818 1
a1818 3
    (defgroup ispell nil
      "Spell checking using Ispell."
      :group 'processes)
d1820 1
a1820 5
The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group.  The root
group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
but only other groups.  The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
to the keywords used by C-h p.  Under these subgroups come
second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
d1822 1
a1822 5
Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups.  A simple
package should have just one group; a more complex package should
have a hierarchy of its own groups.  The sole or root group of a
package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
first-level subgroups.
d1824 1
a1824 1
** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
d1826 1
a1826 2
This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
d1828 2
a1829 1
** easy-mmode
d1831 5
a1835 6
The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
developing minor modes easier.  Roughly, the programmer has to code
only the functionality of the minor mode.  All the rest--toggles,
predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation).  See also
`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
d1837 1
a1837 1
** Text property changes
d1839 4
a1842 2
*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as as a
text property.
d1844 1
a1844 5
*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
place where either a text property or an overlay might change.  The
functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT.  POSITION is the
starting position for the scan.  LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
d1846 3
a1848 4
If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT.  If
LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
of the buffer.  If no property change is found, the value is the
position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
d1850 3
a1852 3
*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap.  This
is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
d1854 4
a1857 1
** Changes in invisibility features
d1859 2
a1860 6
*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
is inside that portion of the buffer.  To enable this the overlay
should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
make the overlay visible.
d1862 1
a1862 6
During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
t when it should hide it.
d1864 3
a1866 1
*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
d1868 10
a1877 6
Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol) 
and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol. 
Use  `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'. 
Here is an example of how to do this:
d1879 2
a1880 4
 ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) 
 ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) 
d1882 4
a1885 2
  ...
 (overlay-put  (make-overlay beginning end)  'invisible 'my-symbol)
d1887 3
a1889 5
 ...
 ;; When done with the overlays:
 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
 ;; Or respectively:
 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
d1891 1
a1891 1
** Changes in syntax parsing.
d1893 1
a1893 4
*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
d1895 1
a1895 3
If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
d1897 3
a1899 2
When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
character in the buffer is calculated thus:
d1901 1
a1901 2
	a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
	   is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
d1903 1
a1903 3
	   Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
	   syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
	   a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
d1905 3
a1907 4
	b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
	   is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
	   (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
	   determine the syntax type of the character.
d1909 1
a1909 2
	c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
	   of the current buffer.
d1911 4
a1914 3
*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'.  The details are the same as
for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
d1916 2
a1917 5
*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
and 15).  A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
only by another character with the same code (unless quoted).  A
character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
another character with the same code (unless quoted).
d1919 1
a1919 2
These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
text property.
d1921 2
a1922 3
*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
arg COMMENTSTOP.  If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
d1924 2
a1925 5
*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
nil if none.  The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
string/comment is started by a "!"  or "|" syntax-code.
d1927 6
a1932 3
*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
syntaxic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
d1934 6
a1939 1
** Changes in face features
d1941 5
a1945 2
*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
d1947 2
a1948 2
*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
d1950 1
a1950 2
*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
d1952 4
a1955 2
*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be bold.
set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
d1957 3
a1959 5
*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
overlay property).
d1961 1
a1961 2
This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
d1963 1
a1963 1
** Changes in file-handling functions
d1965 5
a1969 4
*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
directory name from the beginning of the file name.  In other words,
they no longer do anything special with // or /~.  That conversion
is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
d1971 5
a1975 2
This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
begins with ~.
d1977 3
a1979 2
*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
d1981 2
a1982 2
*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
d1984 1
a1984 2
*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
d1986 1
a1986 2
*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
character code conversion as well as other things.
d1988 1
a1988 2
Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
(formerly it did not).
d1990 1
a1990 2
*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
d1992 4
a1995 2
*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
instead of constant strings.
d1997 2
a1998 3
*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially.  It used
to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
any `//' or `/~' sequence.  Now it passes them straight through.
d2000 1
a2000 2
substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
in the same way as before.
d2002 1
a2002 3
*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
d2004 6
a2009 3
*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
error if that fails.  If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
else, and returns nil.
d2011 2
a2012 2
*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
directory cannot be listed.
d2014 3
a2016 1
** Changes in minibuffer input
d2018 3
a2020 5
*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
additional argument which specifies the default value.  If this
argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
ways:
d2022 1
a2022 2
  It is returned if the user enters empty input.
  It is available through the history command M-n.
d2024 7
a2030 5
*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  If this is non-nil, then the
minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
d2032 1
a2032 2
In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
argument in this way.
d2034 1
a2034 3
*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
d2036 1
a2036 1
** Echo area features
d2038 3
a2040 4
*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
echo-area-clear-hook.  Note that the echo area can be used while the
minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
after the echo area is cleared.
d2042 2
a2043 2
*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
d2045 3
a2047 1
** Keyboard input features
d2049 5
a2053 2
*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
d2055 3
a2057 3
*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
received so far from the terminal.  It does not count those generated
by keyboard macros.
d2059 2
a2060 1
** Frame-related changes
d2062 1
a2062 3
*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
d2064 1
a2064 3
*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
the window configuration has changed.  The frame whose configuration
has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
d2066 3
a2068 4
*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
in the selected frame.
d2070 2
a2071 3
*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
is now `left', `right' or nil.  A non-nil value specifies
which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
d2073 4
a2076 1
** X Windows features
d2078 2
a2079 3
*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource.  The usual value of
x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
d2081 4
a2084 2
*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
d2086 2
a2087 3
*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
d2089 1
a2089 2
If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
d2091 68
a2158 1
** Subprocess features
d2160 2
a2161 3
*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
automatically.
d2163 12
a2174 2
*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
and returns the output from the command as a string.
d2176 1
a2176 2
*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
d2178 663
a2840 2
** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
does clear the variable to nil.  The documentation was wrong before.
d2842 1
a2842 3
** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
at the end of the keymap.  If the keymap is a menu, this means it
goes after the other menu items.
d2844 66
a2909 4
** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls 
around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
are in use.
d2911 2
a2912 2
The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
series of several changes--if that seems safe.
d2914 1
a2914 3
Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
form.
d2916 5
a2920 3
** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
but its hook is still run.
d2922 3
a2924 2
** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
for errors that are handled by condition-case.
d2926 5
a2930 3
If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition.  This is
useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
d2932 1
a2932 4
This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways.  Errors that
are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
filters, will instead invoke the debugger.  So don't say you weren't
warned.
d2934 3
a2936 2
** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
d2938 3
a2940 3
** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
functions like display-time.
d2942 2
a2943 2
** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
name of a Lisp library.  This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
d2945 3
a2947 3
** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
can be used from Lisp.  Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
d2949 3
a2951 2
** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
if there is an error in compilation.
d2953 2
a2954 4
** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer.  If it is non-nil,
they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
d2956 2
a2957 3
** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
the *scratch* buffer.
d2959 4
a2962 4
** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN.  This function can be used
where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
e.g., in Font Lock mode.
d2964 2
a2965 3
** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
d2967 2
a2968 4
** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
variable mail-user-agent).  It has variants compose-mail-other-window
and compose-mail-other-frame.
d2970 3
a2972 3
** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name).  The
full name of the specified user will be returned.
d2974 2
a2975 6
** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
where to find it.  They should load the profile of the user name found
in that variable.  If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
files at all.
d2977 5
a2981 4
** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
and type of padding.  This works as in printf: you write the field
width as digits in the middle of a %-construct.  If you start
the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
d2983 2
a2984 4
For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
with spaces to 3 positions.  Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
is how %S normally pads to two positions.
d2986 2
a2987 1
** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
d2989 2
a2990 1
** imenu.el changes.
d2992 3
a2994 2
You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
item from menu created by imenu. 
d2996 4
a2999 3
An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
select one of those items.
d3001 45
a3045 1
* Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
d3047 43
a3089 1
* Changes in Emacs 19.33.
d3091 1
a3091 2
** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically.  (No major
mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)
d3093 19
a3111 3
** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.
d3113 168
a3280 1
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32
d3282 2
a3283 2
** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.
d3285 3
a3287 6
** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
conversion.  If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
expansion is copied verbatim.  Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
all caps.
d3289 3
a3291 2
** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.
d3293 3
a3295 3
When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
does make the frame visible, but does not select it.  This is the same
as in previous Emacs versions.
d3297 2
a3298 4
** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
non-X terminal on Unix.  Of course, only one frame is visible at any
time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
frames.
d3300 2
a3301 5
** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
accident.
d3303 2
a3304 4
** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
line and then executing the macro.
d3306 7
a3312 1
This command is not new, but was never documented before.
d3314 2
a3315 4
** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
(something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of the delimiting
characters.
d3317 1
a3317 1
** Font Lock mode
d3319 2
a3320 1
*** Font Lock support modes
d3322 6
a3327 5
Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
below) in a flexible way.  Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
Font Lock mode is enabled.
d3329 3
a3331 1
For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:
d3333 2
a3334 1
 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
d3336 5
a3340 1
in your ~/.emacs.
d3342 2
a3343 1
*** lazy-lock
d3345 1
a3345 7
The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
becomes visible in a window.  When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified.  When certain events
occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
buffer are fontified.  Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.
d3347 2
a3348 1
To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:
d3350 3
a3352 1
 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
d3354 5
a3358 1
To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.
d3360 2
a3361 1
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
d3363 3
a3365 2
*** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
paren and key.
d3367 3
a3369 2
*** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
supported.
d3371 3
a3373 1
** Gnus changes.
d3375 2
a3376 4
Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has undergone further rewriting.  Many new
commands and variables have been added.  There should be no
significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
previously released version, except in the message composition area.
d3378 5
a3382 2
Below is a list of the more user-visible changes.  Coding changes
between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.
d3384 1
a3384 3
*** A new message composition mode is used.  All old customization 
variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
obsolete.
d3386 1
a3386 2
*** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
missing articles are represented by empty nodes.
d3388 2
a3389 1
    (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)
d3391 2
a3392 1
*** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.
d3394 3
a3396 1
    To disable this:  (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)
d3398 2
a3399 2
*** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
referred. 
d3401 1
a3401 1
*** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:
d3403 1
a3403 1
    (setq gnus-use-grouplens t)
d3405 1
a3405 1
*** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.
d3407 4
a3410 1
    (setq gnus-use-trees t)
d3412 169
a3580 2
*** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
buffers. 
d3582 2
a3583 1
    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)
d3585 91
a3675 1
*** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:
d3677 256
a3932 1
    `M-x gnus-binary-mode'
d3934 1
a3934 1
*** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.
d3936 3
a3938 1
    (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)
d3940 2
a3941 1
*** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.
d3943 2
a3944 1
    Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.
d3946 2
a3947 2
*** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
is possible.
d3949 2
a3950 1
    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)
d3952 2
a3953 2
*** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
groups of groups.
d3955 1
a3955 1
*** Caching is possible in virtual groups.
d3957 5
a3961 2
*** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else. 
d3963 5
a3967 1
*** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.
d3969 1
a3969 1
*** The Gnus cache is much faster.
d3971 3
a3973 1
*** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.
d3975 6
a3980 1
    For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)
d3982 4
a3985 2
*** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
expiry times.
d3987 5
a3991 1
*** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.
d3993 1
a3993 2
*** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
process marked articles on the `M P' submap.
d3995 2
a3996 3
*** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
articles based on a wide range of criteria.  These commands have been
bound to keys on the `/' submap.
d3998 2
a3999 2
*** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
articles with the `*' command.
d4001 2
a4002 1
*** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.
d4004 2
a4005 1
*** Article headers can be buttonized.
d4007 2
a4008 1
    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)
d4010 3
a4012 1
*** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.
d4014 1
a4014 2
*** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly.  See the 
`nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.
d4016 3
a4018 2
*** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
buffer. 
d4020 1
a4020 1
*** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
d4022 1
a4022 1
*** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.
d4024 4
a4027 1
*** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.
d4029 5
a4033 1
    (setq gnus-use-nocem t)
d4035 8
a4042 1
*** Groups can be made permanently visible. 
d4044 6
a4049 1
    (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")
d4051 3
a4053 1
*** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier. 
d4055 2
a4056 1
*** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.
d4058 3
a4060 1
*** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header. 
d4062 4
a4065 2
    (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function 
          'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)
d4067 2
a4068 2
*** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
refetching.  
d4070 2
a4071 1
    (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)
d4073 2
a4074 2
*** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
buffer to allow easier treatment.
d4076 1
a4076 1
*** Gnus can suggest where to save articles.  See `gnus-split-methods'.
d4078 2
a4079 1
*** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.
d4081 5
a4085 1
    (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)
d4087 6
a4092 2
*** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
articles. 
d4094 2
a4095 1
    (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)
d4097 1
a4097 1
*** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text. 
d4099 4
a4102 2
*** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
cited text to hide is now customizable.
d4104 5
a4108 1
    (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)
d4110 2
a4111 1
*** Boring headers can be hidden.
d4113 2
a4114 1
    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)
d4116 4
a4119 1
*** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.
d4121 2
a4122 1
*** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.
d4124 3
a4126 4
The Gnus manual has been expanded.  It explains all these new features
in greater detail.

* Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32
d4128 3
a4130 4
** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
second argument NO-QUERY.  If it is non-nil, then the user is not
asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
exists.
d4132 5
a4136 2
** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
as well as lists.
d4138 3
a4140 2
** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
of a given keymap.
d4142 2
a4143 3
** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
given keymap.  The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT.  PARENT must be a
keymap or nil.
d4145 3
a4147 8
** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
name.  In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
menu-alias property.  That property tells the menu system to look for
equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
alias.

* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31
d4149 3
a4151 1
** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.
d4153 3
a4155 5
Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
This includes removing some features of the doctor program.  That law
was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
far more than that.  The Emacs distribution has never contained any
pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.
d4157 2
a4158 3
For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
`http://www.vtw.org/'.
d4160 2
a4161 1
** A note about C mode indentation customization.
d4163 1
a4163 5
The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
much more powerful than the old C mode.  See the Editing Programs
chapter of the manual for details.
d4165 104
a4268 2
However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
customization variables take effect.
d4270 2
a4271 1
** Marking with the mouse.
d4273 1
a4273 3
When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
using M-x transient-mark-mode.
d4275 1
a4275 1
** Improved Windows NT/95 support.
d4277 164
a4440 1
*** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.
d4442 4
a4445 2
*** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95.  (Subprocesses used
to work on NT only and not on 95.)
d4447 26
a4472 5
*** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs.  They work fine as long as
you run Windows applications.  The problems arise when you run a DOS
application in a subprocesses.  Since current shells run as DOS
applications, these problems are significant.
d4474 4
a4477 5
If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
will work ok as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
other DOS application as a subprocess.
d4479 1
a4479 2
Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.
d4481 2
a4482 6
If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
separate DOS subprocesses.  Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.
d4484 124
a4607 1
** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.
d4609 2
a4610 3
This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
minibuffer contains.
d4612 1
a4612 1
** `title' frame parameter and resource.
d4614 4
a4617 4
The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
It works by setting the new `title' frame paramaeter, which likewise
affects just the displayed title of the frame.
d4619 184
a4802 4
The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
and also serves as the default for the displayed title
when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.
d4804 2
a4805 2
** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).
d4807 122
a4928 3
** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
F10 key by activating the menu bar.  To avoid confusion, the usual
Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.
d4930 2
a4931 4
If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
menubar to some other key which you don't use.  To do so, add
something like this to your X resources file.  This example rebinds
the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:
d4933 40
a4972 1
   Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings:  osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12
d4974 4
a4977 2
** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
to replace the characters it "deletes".
d4979 39
a5017 1
** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.
d5019 3
a5021 5
** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it.  To use it,
select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
immediately after the selected one.
d5023 1
a5023 2
This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.
d5025 1
a5025 1
** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.
d5027 4
a5030 5
Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file.  If
Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
recover-session.
d5032 1
a5032 3
You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
auto-save-list-file-name to nil.  If you do this, M-x recover-session
will not work.
d5034 6
a5039 5
Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
normal exit.  This is fixed now.  If you are thinking of turning off
this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
now that the bug is fixed.
d5041 4
a5044 1
** Changes to Version Control (VC)
d5046 1
a5046 4
There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks.  It indicates what to do
when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
which is dangerous and probably not what you want.
d5048 3
a5050 4
If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
telling you about it in the echo area.  If it is `ask' (the default),
VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link.  If nil,
the link is visited and a warning displayed.
d5052 1
a5052 3
** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).
d5054 4
a5057 5
There are also choices for specific human languages such as french and
portuguese.  These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
remain normal.
d5059 3
a5061 2
** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).
d5063 2
a5064 4
Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
known to your news reader.  Completion in the Followup-To header
offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
Followup-To usually just holds one of those.
d5066 1
a5066 6
Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
of local users plus your aliases.  Additionally, if your site provides
a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also.  (See the
documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
`mail-directory-stream'.)
d5068 6
a5073 4
** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.
d5075 41
a5115 3
Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
- to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).
a5116 7
The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
less HTML3ish.  It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys').  Edit /
Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
to a limitation in font-lock).
d5118 2
a5119 1
External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.
d5121 998
a6118 4
** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
buffer only.  If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
this example:
d6120 1
a6120 2
    (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
	      '(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))
d6122 2
a6123 1
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
d6125 3
a6127 1
*** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.
d6129 1
a6129 1
*** Font Lock mode is now supported.
d6131 1
a6131 1
*** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.
d6133 1
a6133 6
*** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
entries is now done with a faster algorithm.  However, inserting
will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
(bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.
d6135 2
a6136 2
*** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
does the same job.
d6138 1
a6138 2
*** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
"Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.
d6140 4
a6143 2
*** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
text.
d6145 3
a6147 1
** Font Lock mode
d6149 2
a6150 1
*** Global Font Lock mode
d6152 2
a6153 5
Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
new command global-font-lock-mode.  You can use the new variable
font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
turned on.  By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
on globally where the buffer mode supports it.
d6155 2
a6156 1
For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:
d6158 2
a6159 1
 (global-font-lock-mode t)
d6161 3
a6163 1
in your ~/.emacs.
d6165 5
a6169 1
*** Local Refontification
d6171 1
a6171 4
In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
those lines remain incorrectly fontified.  To refontify them, use the new
command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).
d6173 3
a6175 4
In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
(The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
current function.)  In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
above and below point.
d6177 2
a6178 1
With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.
d6180 2
a6181 1
** Follow mode
d6183 2
a6184 6
Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
buffer into one tall "virtual window".  The windows are typically two
side-by-side windows.  Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
they were a unit.  To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
follow-mode.
d6186 1
a6186 1
M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.
d6188 1
a6188 2
To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.
d6190 2
a6191 1
** hide-show changes.
d6193 3
a6195 3
The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
normal hooks.
d6197 2
a6198 2
** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.
d6200 2
a6201 3
** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang.  Files are
recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl.  The tagged lines are
those that begin a function, record, or macro.
d6203 3
a6205 1
** MSDOS Changes
d6207 3
a6209 2
*** It is now possible to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.
d6211 3
a6213 2
*** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.
d6215 1
a6215 1
*** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.
d6217 2
a6218 2
*** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
pressing both mouse buttons.
d6220 3
a6222 3
*** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work.  The most important ones
are: 
d6224 1
a6224 2
**** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
now works.
d6226 1
a6226 1
**** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).
d6228 1
a6228 2
**** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
implementation of Emacs timers, see below).
d6230 2
a6231 1
**** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.
d6233 1
a6233 1
**** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.
d6235 3
a6237 1
**** `M-x recover-session' works.
d6239 2
a6240 1
**** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.
d6242 3
a6244 3
**** The `TPU-EDT' package works.

* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.
d6246 3
a6248 5
** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
remote Unix filesystem.  No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
this case.  Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t actives this
behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.
d6250 4
a6253 1
** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.
d6255 1
a6255 4
The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
not `linux'.  This means that some programs which use `system-type'
need to be changed.  The value of `system-configuration' will also
be different.
d6257 2
a6258 2
It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
than `system-type'.
d6260 1
a6260 1
See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.
d6262 2
a6263 2
** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.
d6265 2
a6266 2
** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
that pointed into or next to the deleted text.
d6268 2
a6269 3
** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
no longer use a separate process.  Therefore, they now work more
reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.
d6271 1
a6271 3
The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
to run a specified amount of time after the present.  A call looks
like this:
d6273 4
a6276 1
  (run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
d6278 5
a6282 3
SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the timer
becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
d6284 2
a6285 3
REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
seconds).  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  nil or 0
means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.
d6287 3
a6289 2
*** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
up if too much time passes.
d6291 4
a6294 1
  (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
d6296 1
a6296 4
This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
of the last one of them.  Normally it returns the value of the last
form in BODY.
d6298 1
a6298 3
*** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
a certain length of time.  To do this, call run-with-idle-timer.  A
call looks like this:
d6300 1
a6300 1
  (run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
d6302 1
a6302 4
SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
runs.  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the
timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
ARGS.
d6304 3
a6306 3
Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
command.  It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
command.
d6308 3
a6310 4
REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
each time Emacs becomes idle.
d6312 1
a6312 2
If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
idle for SECS seconds.
d6314 1
a6314 4
*** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism.  If your
programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
instead.
d6316 4
a6319 2
*** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
there is no answer within a certain time.
d6321 4
a6324 1
  (y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)
d6326 4
a6329 3
asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p).  If the user answers
within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.
d6331 2
a6332 4
** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
arguments.  If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
arguments in between are ignored.
d6334 2
a6335 2
This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
the list of arguments for `encode-time'.
d6337 1
a6337 5
** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp.  You can use this new directory for
site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
version.
d6339 2
a6340 6
It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
version to cause trouble in another.  Sometimes packages need updating
for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
and the installed version should be used.  Whatever the reason for the
problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.
d6342 1
a6342 3
** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
.abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
systems with limited file name syntax.
d6344 2
a6345 4
Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
for each operating system.  Here is an example of use, from the file
completions.el:
d6347 1
a6347 3
(defvar save-completions-file-name
        (convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
  "*The filename to save completions to.")
d6349 4
a6352 5
This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
depends on the operating system, because the definition of
convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system.  On
Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged.  On
MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.
d6354 2
a6355 3
** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
rather than the raw prefix argument.  (It still reads a number using the
minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)
d6357 5
a6361 2
** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
marker from its buffer position.
d6363 1
a6363 3
** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.
d6365 3
a6367 6
** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
that should not enter the debugger.  Its value is a list of error
condition symbols and/or regular expressions.  If the error has any
of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
regardless of the value of debug-on-error.
d6369 2
a6370 2
This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
errors that happen often during editing.
d6372 3
a6374 3
** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
into its error message.  The error datum is what condition-case
puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.
d6376 2
a6377 2
** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.
d6379 2
a6380 5
** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
a buffer.  The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
to search.  Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
and not get-buffer-window.
d6382 4
a6385 3
** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
being accessed.  buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.
d6387 1
a6387 7
If you use this feature, you should set the variable
buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
property name.  Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
are not called.  When called, these functions should put a non-nil
property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
over and over for the same text.
d6389 4
a6392 1
** Changes in lisp-mnt.el
d6394 2
a6395 2
*** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:
d6397 5
a6401 2
;; @@(#) HEADER: text
;; $HEADER: text $
d6403 8
a6410 1
in addition to the normal
d6412 18
a6429 1
;; HEADER: text
d6431 30
a6460 3
*** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive.  lm-verify
checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.
d6462 2
a6463 1
* For older news, see the file ONEWS.
d6468 1
a6468 1
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@


1.1.1.31
log
@import emacs-20.3
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  30 Jan 1998
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d5 1
a5 1
Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@@gnu.org.
d8 1
a8 1
* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
d10 1
a10 29
** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
directories themselves.  Both immediate subdirectories and
subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.

Not all subdirectories are included, though.  Subdirectories whose
names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded.  Also, a subdirectory
which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded.  You can use
these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.

Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
starts up.  While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.

This feature is an incompatible change.  If you have stored some Emacs
Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
results.

** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
GCC.  This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.

* Changes in Emacs 20.3
d12 2
a13 1184
** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
including its argument.  If you repeat the z afterward,
it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.

** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
specified region.  To do this, set point and mark around the desired
region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_).  You can then continue undoing
further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
command C-x u or C-_.  This will keep undoing changes that were made
within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
region.

In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
selective undo.

** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
buffer.  Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
effect.  The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.

The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
though.  If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
-*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.  That will force Emacs to
read that file in unibyte mode regardless of how Emacs was started.

** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
no longer appears in the menu bar.  We've realized that changing the
enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
something that most users not do.

** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
applications.

C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
pasting operations.

** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
setting the variable `printer-name'.  Just what a printer name looks
like depends on your operating system.  You can specify a different
printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
`ps-printer-name'.

** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
minor mode.  It is called M-x flyspell-mode.  You don't have to remember
any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
except when you make a spelling error.  Flyspell works by highlighting
incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
hits a new word.

Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
Ispell in Emacs.  In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
to be confused by TeX commands.

You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
correct.  You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
of various alternative replacements and actions.

Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections.  M-TAB replaces
the current misspelled word with a possible correction.  If several
corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.

Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.

** Changes in input method usage.

Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
respectively.

You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.

If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
of the alternatives with Mouse-2.

The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.

  If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.

  If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.

  If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
  when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.

  If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
  given in the following case: 
    o When you are using a complex input method.
    o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.

If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
setting it to t is helpful.

The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.

In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
keys:
	Shift-SPC	toggle-korean-input-method
	C-F9		quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
	F9		quail-hangul-switch-hanja
These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
environment.

** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
names, not the entire minibuffer input.  For example, if the
minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
get

     /usr/foo//etc/passwd

which stands for the file /etc/passwd.

Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.

** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
its owner and group.

** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.

** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
contents before inserting the specified string on each line.

** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
in all the lines on a rectangle.  The column is specified
by the left edge of the rectangle.

** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG.  This is useful
for writing keyboard macros.

** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to.  The
frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
the frame that it was started from.  Some major modes define
additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
info.

** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.

** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
contents only.

** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
confirmation before overwriting an existing file.  When you call
the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.

** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
literally.  If you say no, it signals an error.

** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
inconsistent with Emacs conventions.

** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
failure if the command produces no output.

** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
the mouse.

** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
function and variable names.

** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
reading specific files.  This has higher priority than
file-coding-system-alist.

** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
the current language environment.  As a result, they are displayed
according to the current fontset.

** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.

The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
nonascii-insert-offset.

For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.

** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.

** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.

** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
are inferred and hyperlinked.  Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
command keys.

** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.

Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
all variables that have documentation.

** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
that shows you overlap with the previous line of text.  The variable
minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
it should show; the default is 20.

Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
of your input.

** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
recent Emacs versions.  You specify a previous Emacs version number as
argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
the customizable options which were changed since that version.
Newly added options are included as well.

If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.

This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
Customize menu.

** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.

** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
invoked.

** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
The default is 1.

** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
syntax, not word syntax.  Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
(C-x n d).  M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
sensibly.

** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.

** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.

** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
reminder about upcoming diary entries.  See the documentation string
for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
every night.

** All you need to do, to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.

** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
read and post multi-lingual articles.

** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
doing an isearch.  In order for this to happen search-invisible should
be set to open (the default).  If an isearch match is inside a hidden
outline the outline is made visible.  If you continue pressing C-s and
the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
made invisible again. 

** Mail reading and sending changes

*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
the message before it lets you edit the message.  This is so that any
changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
toggle.

*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
now works in the summary buffer as well.  (The command to delete the
summary buffer is now Q.)  The default file name for the w command, if
the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
rmail-default-body-file.

*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator.  Instead, they
handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.

*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
it should be an expression.  When you send a message, this expression
is evaluated to insert the signature.

*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
outbound email messages.  It works in coordination with other email
handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
transmission.  Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
especially interested in trying feedmail.

feedmail is not enabled by default.  See comments at the top of
feedmail.el for set-up instructions.  Among the bigger features
provided by feedmail are:

**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
there is also a queue for draft messages

**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
be prompted for confirmation

**** does smart filling of address headers

**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get

**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
/usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)

** Dired changes

*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".

*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el.  It allows one to easily
run Dired on the directory name at point.

*** Dired has a new command: %g.  It searches the contents of
files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
for a specified regexp.

** VC Changes

*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
conveniently.

*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten.  It is now much
faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
Dired.

VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
directory to display.  By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).

You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.

All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
is redefined as the version control prefix.  That means you may type
`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
the file named in the current Dired buffer line.  `v v' invokes
`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.

The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command, 
`* l', to mark all files currently locked.

Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.

*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
session to resolve them.

Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
resolve conflicts in a file at any time.  It works in any buffer that
contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
uses as well).

*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
command vc-merge (C-x v m).  It is implemented for RCS and CVS.  When
you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
using ediff.

** Changes in Font Lock

*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
use for highlighting constants and labels.  (Its face properties are
unchanged.)  The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.

** Frame name display changes

*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
frame.  You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
when many frames are invisible or iconified.

*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
menu.

** Comint (subshell) changes

*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
subjob now also kill pending input.  This is for compatibility
with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.

*** There are new commands in Comint mode.

C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
that is, the line after the last line you got.
You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.

C-c SPC accumulates lines of input.  More precisely, it arranges to
send the current line together with the following line, when you send
the following line.

C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
previously sent input.

C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
as the search string.

*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
automatically in compilation-mode windows.

** C mode changes

*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
and as recognized syntax.  New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
definition. 

*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated.  "gnu"
style is still the default however.

*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.

*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
them.  They do not have key bindings by default.

*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
and M-e (c-end-of-statement).

*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.

*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
makes the style variables local to that buffer only.

*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.

*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded.  You
should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file.  A new
variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.

** Changes to hippie-expand.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If 
non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
expanding dynamically.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.

*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.

*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
automatic key generation.  This replaces variable
bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
against the first word in the title.

*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
capitalized words.  To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use 
lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting. 

*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
generation is more flexible.  Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.

** Changes in vcursor.el.

*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text.  A
variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
entered exactly as if typed.  Numerous functions, including
`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.

*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
Editing group once the package is loaded.

*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
generally a bad side effect.  Use M-x customize to set
vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behaviour.

*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.

** Ispell changes.

*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current 
buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings 
are identified by syntax tables in effect.

*** Generic region skipping implemented.
A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
and will not be checked.  The definitions of the regions can be user
defined.  New applications and improvements made available by this
include: 

    o URLs are automatically skipped
    o EMail message checking is vastly improved.

*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.

** Changes to RefTeX mode

RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
large projects (like a several volume math book).  The parser has been
re-written from scratch.  To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
section `Optimizations' in the manual.

*** New recursive parser.

The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
entire multifile document in order to parse the document.  The new
recursive parser scans the individual files.

*** Parsing only part of a document.
    
Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
partial scans.  To use this feature, read the documentation string of
the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.

    (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)

*** Storing parsing information in a file.

This can improve startup times considerably.  To turn it on, use

    (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)

*** Using multiple selection buffers

If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting

    (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)

*** References to external documents.

The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
documents.  RefTeX can provide information about the external
documents as well.  To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
RefTeX.  The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.

*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.

The builtin command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.

Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.

*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers

The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
buffers.  See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.

*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.

The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'.  The selection processes
have a number of new keys predefined.  In particular, TAB lets you
enter a label with completion.  Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
more.

*** Support for the varioref package

The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.

*** New hooks

Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
and citations are created. These hooks are
`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
`reftex-format-cite-function'.

*** Citations outside LaTeX

The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
a mail buffer).  See the Info documentation for details.

*** Short context is no longer fontified.

The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
fontification from the text in the buffer.  If you prefer it to be
fontified, use

   (setq reftex-refontify-context t)

** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
directories that contain the same file name.

Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
have Makefile.  A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
directory.

** New modes and packages

*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
it, but some do not.

*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
code.

*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
around in a buffer.

Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.

*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees.  The author
uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
established system of notation similar to Chess.

*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
documentation string checking for style and spelling.  The style
guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.

*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
available in Emacs.  Some of these functions are wrappers around
system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp.  There are also
functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
the like.

*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.

*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
used in a considerable time.  To use this feature, customize
the user option `midnight-mode' to t.

*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.

  apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
  samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
  fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
  x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
  hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
  mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
  javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
  vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
  java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
  java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
  mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files

  Platform-specific modes:

  prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
  pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
  alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
  inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
  ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
  reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
  bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
  rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
  rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts

* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published

** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.

Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.

** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
and using a default value if the key is not found there.  You can
specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.

** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
environment.

** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
take two optional arguments.  PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
string.  SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
current input method for reading this one event.

** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
now control whether to output certain characters as
backslash-sequences.  print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
characters.  Both of these variables are used only when printing
in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).

* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published

** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.

** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
in Emacs 19 and before.  This means that (forward-char 1)
always increases point by 1.

The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments.  It is
considered obsolete.  The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.

See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.

** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
default value changed.  For example,

   (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
     :type 'integer
     :group 'foo
     :version "20.3")

   (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."  
     :version "20.3")

If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
`:version' in the top level group.

This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.

** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.

However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
symbol itself, is not an error.  This is for the sake of programs that
support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
to themselves.

If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
values whatever.

** There is a new debugger command, R.
It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
in the buffer *Debugger-record*.

** Frame-local variables.

You can now make a variable local to various frames.  To do this, call
the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
local bindings for that variable.

These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
parameter name.

Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.

It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
through a window-local binding would not be very robust.

** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
"symbolic regular expressions."  These are Lisp expressions that, when
evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps.  The symbolic form
makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
See the documentation in sregex.el.

** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
The contents of this field are not yet finalized.

** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.

** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.

** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
when the user enters empty input.  It now returns the null string, as
it did in Emacs 19.  The default value is made available in the
history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.

The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
empty input.

** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
for selecting buffers.  For example, if you set this variable to
`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.

** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
echoing a period for each character typed.  It takes three arguments:
a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
default password to use if the user enters nothing.

** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
specify not to break a line at certain places.  Its value is a
function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
place where a break is being considered.  If the function returns
non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.

** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
end of the window, even if this requires computation.

** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.

** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
was directed to display this buffer.

** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
with `equal'.  Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
set-window-configuration.

** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
window configurations loosely.  It ignores differences in saved buffer
positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
windows and the choice of buffers to display.

** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
override the key bindings of a minor mode.  The elements of this alist
look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).

If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.

minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
and it is meant to be set by major modes.

** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
except that it discards all text properties from the result.

** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
USE-FLOATS.  If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.

** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
to use for creating temporary files.  The default value is determined
in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.

** Menu changes

*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
keywords :visible and :filter.  The existing keyword :keys is now
better supported.

The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
you define the menu.  The default is t.  If you rarely use menus, you
can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.

*** A new format for menu items is supported.

In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
 (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
starts with the symbol `menu-item'.

The format is:
 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
 (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
The supported properties include

:enable FORM      Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
		  item is enabled.
:visible FORM     Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
		  item should appear in the menu.
:filter FILTER-FN 
		  FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
		  which will be REAL-BINDING.
		  It should return a binding to use instead.
:keys DESCRIPTION
		  DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
                  binding for for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
                  `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
		  KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
                  keyboard binding.
:key-sequence nil
	          This means that the command normally has no
		  keyboard equivalent.
:help HELP	  HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
		  TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
		  SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
		  value says whether this button is currently selected.

Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.

(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.

** New event types

*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse).  The event contains a delta that
corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom.  The format is:

  (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)

where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated.  A
negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
forward, away from the user.

As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.

*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
and dropped onto an Emacs frame.  The event contains a list of
filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
loaded into Emacs.  The format is:

  (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)

where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
that were dragged and dropped.

As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.

** Changes relating to multibyte characters.

*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
any attempt to set it directly signals an error.  The only way
to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.

*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all".  You
can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.

*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
in Emacs 19 and before.

The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.

*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
unibyte representation.  If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
representation.  Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.

This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
as a sequence of bytes.  However, it does change the contents
viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
will count as two characters using unibyte representation.

This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
representation is in use.  It also adjusts various data in the buffer
(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
consistent with the new representation.

*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care
about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.

The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
using the table nonascii-translation-table.

*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.

The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.

*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.

*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.

*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
portions of two strings.  Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
You can specify whether to ignore case or not.

*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.

*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
buffer or string being searched.

One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
[...] to match all non-ASCII characters.  This does still work when
searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
searching or matching a multibyte string.  Unfortunately, there is no
obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job.  But, what
you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
expression [^\0-\177] works for it.

*** Structure of coding system changed.

All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
which defines the coding system.  Aliases share the same vector
as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
vector affects the principal name and its aliases.  You can define
your own alias name of a coding system by the function
define-coding-system-alias.

The coding system definition includes a property list of its own.  Use
the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
safe-charsets.  For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
`iso-8859-1'.

Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
coding system can correctly encode and decode.  For instance:
(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)

Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
are capable of that coding system.  Though, Emacs itself can encode
the other character sets and read it back correctly.

*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
This function requires a user interaction.

*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
select-safe-coding-system.  They return a list of all proper coding
systems to encode a text in some region or string.  If you don't want
a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
select-safe-coding-system.

*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
was done.

*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
coding systems used by some specific language environment.

*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil.  Thus, if only ASCII
characters are found, they now return a list of single element
`undecided' or its subsidiaries.

*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
converted.

*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
coding system for communicating with other X clients.

*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
character sets or entire subrows of a character set.  In other words,
each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
range of characters.

*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
Lisp object is a valid character code or not.

*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
in the current buffer at position POS.

*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
input-method-function.  If this is non-nil, its value should be a
function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
event as an argument.  Often this function will read more input, first
binding input-method-function to nil.

The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
method processing.  These events will be processed sequentially as
input, before resorting to unread-command-events.  Events returned by
the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.

The input method function is not called when reading the second and
subsequent events of a key sequence.

*** You can customize any language environment by using
set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.

The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook.  For
instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.

* Changes in Emacs 20.1
a26 6
** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.

** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
This makes more space in the mode line for other information.

d42 1
a42 1
history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
d93 1
a93 1
supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
d97 1
a97 1
character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
d109 1
a109 1
already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
d153 1
a153 1
the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
d160 1
a160 1
*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
d167 1
a167 1
If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
a268 4
For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
chooses the Latin-1 character set.  In the .emacs file, you can do this
with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").

d299 1
a299 1
translated into that character code.
d334 1
a334 1
*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
d340 1
a340 1
method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
d363 1
a363 1
A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
d441 1
a441 1
With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
d519 1
a519 1
** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
d522 3
a524 3
The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
is outside the block.  By customizing the variable
isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
d528 1
a528 1
of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
d554 1
a554 1
if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
d626 4
a629 4
*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
replying to.  This copies the text which is the selected region in the
buffer that shows the original message.
d837 1
a837 1
for reading and posting).
d854 1
a854 1
When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
d897 1
a897 1
You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
d984 2
a985 2
the beginning of the files.  Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
way!  This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
d992 2
a993 2
*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden.  See the
d1027 1
a1027 1
supported.  You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
d1054 1
a1054 1
highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
d1120 1
a1120 1
is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
d1231 2
a1232 2
*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore.  This confused
both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
d1330 2
a1331 2
*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
pops up the Info file for this command.
d1333 3
a1335 3
*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
d1338 3
a1340 3
*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
files in the same directory.
d1343 1
a1343 1
The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format.  (The bug
d1349 1
a1349 1
*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper- 
d1356 1
a1356 1
*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
d1360 1
a1360 1
viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
d1403 1
a1403 1
This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
d1470 1
a1470 1
*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
d1480 1
a1480 1
from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
d1527 3
a1529 3
The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
services about people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
these servers.
d1543 3
d1555 1
a1555 1
* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
d1687 1
a1687 1
Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
d1893 1
a1893 1
**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
d1991 1
a1991 1
*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
d2101 1
a2101 1
syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
d2115 1
a2115 1
*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
d2539 1
a2539 1
expiration times.
d2696 1
a2696 1
will work OK as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
d2719 1
a2719 1
It works by setting the new `title' frame parameter, which likewise
d2789 2
a2790 2
There are also choices for specific human languages such as French and
Portuguese.  These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
d2958 1
a2958 1
this case.  Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t activates this
d3151 1
a3151 1
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@


1.1.1.32
log
@import emacs-20.4
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  23 Jan 1999
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
a7 551
* Changes in Emacs 20.4

** Init file may be called .emacs.el.

You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'.  If you use the name
`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.

If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
is the one that is used.

** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
separate from the command's regular output.
Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
the buffer name.

When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
it from the previous batch of error output.  The error buffer is not
cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.

** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.

** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names.  For
example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
match c*.c.  To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.

** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
they never ignore case.

** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
applies to all operating systems.  Emacs recognizes from the contents
of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing.  This is a
part of the general feature of coding system conversion.

If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
the same format that was used in the file before.

You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.

** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.

** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
your operating system.  For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems.  The usual
end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).

The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
format.  You can now customize these variables.

** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
filename contained non-ASCII characters.  Now this is fixed.  Such a
filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.

** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.

** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
dynamic-completion-mode to enable it.  Just loading the file
doesn't have any effect.

** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
not one per buffer.

** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
  (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)

** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
`auto-show-mode' command.

** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
avoid redisplay problems.  As a consequence, compared with previous
versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line.  This change
occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.

** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.

** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
character set specified in the message.  If you want to disable this
feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.

** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
and variable specification, as well as on the first line.

** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.

The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
codepage.  For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.

Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.

IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
`?' on other systems.

IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
Unix.

Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
current codepage when it starts.

** Mail changes

*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
default way to encode outgoing mail.  This has higher priority than
default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
buffer-file-coding-system.

You should not set this variable manually.  Instead, set
sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
mail.

*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
list of possible coding systems.

** CC Mode changes

*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
modes to style names.  When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style.  See the variable's
docstring for details.

*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
symbol.  The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
found.  This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
prioritized order on a single line.  However, none of the supplied
lineup functions use this feature currently.

*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.

*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.

*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode.  Two new
symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
anonymous classes.

*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont

*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
inexpr-class.  New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
support and gcc-style statements inside expressions.  New lineup
function c-lineup-inexpr-block.

*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
brace.  These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).

*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.

*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.

*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.

*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.

*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol.  The indentation
associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).

** Gnus changes.

*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See the
Gnus manual for the full story.

*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
group, which is created automatically.

*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
values.

*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.

*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
outside the region: `C-c C-v'.

*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
`C-u C-c C-c'.

*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.

*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
re-highlighting of the article buffer.

*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.

*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.

*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.

*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
control over simplification.

*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.

*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
limit.

*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.

*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.

*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.  
If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.

*** Cancelling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
`a' forces normal posting method.

*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
-- `W d'.

*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
to a non-nil value.

*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.

*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
has been added.

*** A history of where mails have been split is available.

*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.

*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.

*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
`message-cite-original-without-signature'.

*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.

*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
been added.

*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.

*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.

*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.

*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.

*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.

** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode

*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
options for the TeX run.  The default value causes TeX to run in
nonstopmode.  For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".

*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell.  In a
TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
of these keys may not work on all systems).  For instance, if you run
TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.

*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell.  Thus you can use
the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.

*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
the matching of braces and $'s.  The errors are listed in a *Occur*
buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
mismatch.

** Changes to RefTeX mode

*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.

*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
lowercase by default.  To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
characters will lose their accent.  All Mule characters will be
removed from the label.

*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
a window instead of the echo area.  See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.

*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files.  See the
customization group `reftex-finding-files'.

*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
expressions. 

*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.

** New/deleted modes and packages

*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
SNMPv2 MIBs.  It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.

*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
SQL interpreters.  It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.

*** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
changes with a special face.

*** ispell4.el has been deleted.  It got in the way of ispell.el and
this was hard to fix reliably.  It has long been obsolete -- use
Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.

* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4

** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup.  For details,
check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.

The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
distribution when the config.bat script is run.

** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
directly to a printer port.  Similarly, in the previous version of
Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
program is used.  (These changes were made so that configuration of
printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)

** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
program.

An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware.  For both of these
programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.

** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
MS-DOS and MS-Windows only.  This has been true since version 20.3, but
was not documented clearly before.

** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
This includes Tetris and Snake.

* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4

** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.

** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
WILDCARD.  If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.

** Changes in the file-attributes function.

*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.

*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
integers.

** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.

** New functions for base64 conversion:

The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
into the base64 code used in MIME.  base64-decode-region
performs the opposite conversion.  Line-breaking is supported
optionally.

Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
job on the text in a string.  They return the value as a new string.

**
The new function process-running-child-p
will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
terminal to its own child process.

** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.

** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.

** easymenu.el Now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
:included is an alias for :visible.

easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p.  This can be used
to move or copy menu entries.

** Multibyte editing changes

*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed.  Now, sref is
an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1.  This change is to
make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
work on the latest Emacs.  Such code uses a combination of sref and
char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
	(setq char (sref str idx)
	      idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.

If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
	(charset-bytes (char-charset ch))

*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:

    Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibitted

This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
across the boundary.

*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
    o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
      contains 8-bit characters.
    o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
      contains invalid characters.

*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
text properties of the target region.  Ideally, they should correctly
preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard.  Removing
text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
way.

*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.

*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
compose Thai characters in a string.

** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
argument NAME, which should be a string.  It supplies the menu name
for the created keymap.  Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
menus should always use the third argument.

** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped.  Now the second
arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  These functions use the current
input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.

** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns.  This is useful in
programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.

** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
the echo area, while executing some Lisp code.  Like `progn', it
returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
echo area contents.

   (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)

** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
NOERROR.  If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
requested feature cannot be loaded.

** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
means to clear out that attribute.  

** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.

** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.

** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
the gap of the current buffer.

** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
current buffer.

** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
it back in after any modifications have been made.

d66 1
a66 1
load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
d4368 1
a4368 1
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d4384 1
@


1.1.1.33
log
@import emacs-20.5
@
text
@a7 5
* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.

** Not new, but not mentioned before:
M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.

@


1.1.1.34
log
@import emacs-20.6
@
text
@a7 5
* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change

** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.


@


1.1.1.35
log
@import emacs-20.7
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  25 May 2000
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
a7 19
* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes

** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
input.

** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.

** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.

** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
only for character input, but also in incremental search.  The
exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
(e.g. iso-2022-jp).  They are ignored in incremental search.

** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
been added.


@


1.1.1.36
log
@import emacs-21.0.103
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  2001-03-15
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d6 1
a6 4558
For older news, see the file ONEWS


* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1

See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
charsets in this release.

** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.

** Support for LynxOS has been added.

** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP.  You can turn this off using
the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.

** There are new configure options associated with the support for
images and toolkit scrollbars.  Use the --help option in `configure'
to list them.

** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.

** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.

** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5.  This increases the
maximum buffer size.  See etc/MACHINES for instructions.  Changes to
build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
necessary changes to unexec.

** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
new display features described below.

** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
all of the new display features described below.  The port currently
lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support.  See the
"Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
description of aspects specific to the Mac.


* Changes in Emacs 21.1

** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.

The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
Italic text can be used without redisplay problems.  Fonts containing
oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
of a font can be used.  Images of various formats can be displayed in
the text.

** Emacs has a new face implementation.

The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
font.  Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
specify a font.

Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
These terminal capabilities are auto-detected.  Details can be found
under Lisp changes, below.

** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.

Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
the terminal supports it.  Faces with a weight less than normal and
italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible.  Other face
attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
on terminals.

The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
supported on character terminals.

** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.

+++
** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.

If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
is on a frame of its own.  You can control resizing and the maximum
minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:

- User option: max-mini-window-height

Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.  If a float, it specifies a
fraction of the mini-window frame's height.  If an integer, it
specifies a number of lines.

Default is 0.25.

- User option: resize-mini-windows

How to resize mini-windows.  If nil, don't resize.  If t, always
resize to fit the size of the text.  If `grow-only', let mini-windows
grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
again.

Default is `grow-only'.

** LessTif support.

Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
<http://www.lesstif.org>).  You will need version 0.92.26, or later.

** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.

When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
non-nil.

** Toolkit scroll bars.

Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available.  When configured for
LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar.  Otherwise, when
configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
bar if Xaw3d is available.  You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
Emacs.

When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
Xaw3d is compiled on your system.  If the Makefile generated from
Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it.  Take
`s/freebsd.h' as an example.

Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
different systems).  You will find files `*.cf' there.  If your
system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.

The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
imake configuration file contains the necessary information.  Since
Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.

+++
** Automatic Hscrolling

Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default).  This setting can be
customized.

If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
for automatic horizontal scrolling.  Automatic scrolling will scroll
the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.

+++
** Tool bar support.

Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  For details
of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
changes.  Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
displayed and is on by default.  The appearance of the bar is improved
if Emacs has been built with XPM image support.  Otherwise monochrome
icons will be used.

To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
for specific modes (with copyright assignments).  Contributions would
also be useful to touch up some of the PBM icons manually.

+++
** Tooltips.

Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
mouse position.  The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them.  You can
turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.

Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging.  If activated,
variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
the mouse in source buffers.  You can customize various aspects of the
tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.

+++
** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
of its own.  By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
solid; otherwise, it is hollow.  The user-option
`cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
cursor in non-selected windows.  If nil, no cursor is shown, if
non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.

** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike.  The
foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
customizing face `fringe'.

** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
appearance of the mode line.  (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
the window to be partially obscured.)

The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, now defaults to nil,
and its use is deprecated.

+++
** Mouse-sensitive mode line.

Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
systems which support the mouse.  Moving the mouse to a
mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
have enabled one.

Currently, the following actions have been defined:

- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line switches between two
buffers.

- Mouse-2 on the buffer-name switches to the next buffer, and
M-mouse-2 switches to the previous buffer in the buffer list.

- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name displays a buffer menu.

- Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
`*') toggles the status.

- Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.

+++
** Hourglass pointer

Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X.  You can
turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.

+++
** Blinking cursor

M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'.  Blinking
and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
the group `cursor'.

+++
** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.

This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
generally faster.  It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
details.

Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
have to do anything to activate it.

+++
** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
buffer by default.

** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
current line, respectively.  C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
beginning and end of the buffer.

** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files.  If the
recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
signaled.

** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.

+++
** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
compiled with Emacs.  Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
this behavior.

The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs' byte
compiler.  Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
Emacs dump core.

** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.

When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus.  When configured for
Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.

** The menu bar configuration has changed.  The new configuration is
more CUA-compliant.  The most significant change is that Options is
now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.

** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
using that menu.

+++
** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.

When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'.  Trailing whitespace is
defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line.  To avoid busy
highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
whitespace.

+++
** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
all frames except the selected one.

** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.

+++
** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
MS-DOS version of Emacs.

** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
`Info-use-header-line'.

+++
** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
mode `iswitchb-mode'.

+++
** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
`(msb-mode 1)'.

** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
have been added.  They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
`de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'.  Postscript files are included.

** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.

** A reference card for Dired has been added.  Its name is
`dired-ref.tex'.  A French translation is available in
`fr-drdref.tex'.

+++
** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently.  Now if the menu bar is not
displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
menu bar.  If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.

** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable because it contains
a version-dependent component.

** The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.

On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
according to the keyboard used.  If the keyboard has both a Backspace
key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward.  On
keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
set to nil, and these keys delete backward.

If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
`keyboard-translate'.  The former functionality of C-h is available on
the F1 key.  You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.

Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.

+++
** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
point in a pop-up window.

+++
** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
under XFree86.  To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.

The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.

+++
** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
(On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.

+++
** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.

** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.

+++
** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
This environment variable was used when creating lock files.  Emacs on
MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore.  This change was made
before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.

** Flyspell mode has various new options.  See the `flyspell' Custom
group.

** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'.  The following values
are recognized:

`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
`hungry'   -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
`all'      -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
nil        -- just delete one character.

Default value is `untabify'.

[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]

** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
symbol, not double-quoted.

** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
version.  They are:  auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
rnews, rnewspost.  Their implementations have been moved to
lisp/obsolete.

+++
** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
system for keyboard input.

+++
** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.

+++
** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces Emacs to behave
as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.  This comes handy
with mice that don't report their number of buttons correctly.  One
example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons, but clicks on the
middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version of Emacs.

** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
trailing whitespace within the current restriction.  You can also add
this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.

** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
non-nil.

** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
`auto-compression-mode' command.

** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME.

** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
`browse-url-new-window-flag'.

+++
** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.

+++
** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'.  It
is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.

+++
** Gnus changes.

The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
internationalization and mail-fetching.

*** The mail-fetching functions have changed.  See the manual for the
many details.  In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.

If you used procmail like in

(setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")

this now has changed to

(setq mail-sources
      '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
		   :suffix ".in")))

More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
Getting Mail -> Mail Sources

*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader.  This affects many parts of
Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands.  See the manual for details.
Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.

The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.

*** Gnus has also been multilingualized.  This also affects too many
parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables.  There
are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
now just a compatibility layer.

*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
called to position point.

*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
summary buffers and NOV files.

*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed.  Instead, a number
of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.

*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
subtly different manner.

*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
and nnultimate.  nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
ever-changing layouts.

*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.

*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.

+++
** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
window system).  Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
on.

** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
file that is already visited under a different name.

** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.

** The Strokes package has been updated.  If your Emacs has XPM
support, you can use it for pictographic editing.  In Strokes mode,
use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
buffer.  You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer.  There is a
new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.

+++
** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
and displays information about that.

** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.

This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
mode from the file's name.  If it matches, the file is assumed to be
interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
regular expression.  The mode is then determined as the mode
associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.

** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.

+++
** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
contents.  (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
by M-x prefer-coding-system.)  Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.

+++
** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
escape sequences.  If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
such escape sequences.  The default value is nil, and it is
recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
always want to read any escape code verbatim.  If you just want to
read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
(`universal-coding-system-argument').  For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
RET C-x C-f filename RET.

** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.

+++
** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
displays all characters in that character set.

** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.

+++
** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
on the context.  M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
defined in newcomment.el.  You can choose different styles of region
commenting with the variable `comment-style'.

+++
** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
`display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
indicator used by the display-time package.  On a suitable display the
indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.

+++
** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
on the display using several methods

+++
- By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS.  PIXELS must be
a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.

+++
- By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'.  This is
equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.

- By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.

- By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'.  The meaning is
the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.

+++
** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer.  The
command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.

+++
** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
`make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.

** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.

+++
** New X resources recognized

*** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode.  Synchronous mode
is useful for debugging X problems.

Example:

  emacs.synchronous: true

*** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
visual Emacs should use.  The resource's value should be a string of
the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number.  Valid
visual class names are

  TrueColor
  PseudoColor
  DirectColor
  StaticColor
  GrayScale
  StaticGray

Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
`pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
meaning.

The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
supported on your display, and which depths they have.  If
`visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
visual.

Example:

  emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8

*** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor.  Recognized
resource values are `true' or `on'.

Example:

  emacs.privateColormap: true

+++
** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.

** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.

** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips.  Many standard menus
displayed by Emacs now have help strings.

** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
read mail from the menu etc.

+++
** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.

** Changes in Texinfo mode.

*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
macros

  Key binding	Macro
  -------------------------
  C-c C-c C-s	@@strong
  C-c C-c C-e	@@emph
  C-c C-c u	@@uref
  C-c C-c q     @@quotation
  C-c C-c m	@@email
  C-c C-o       @@<block> ... @@end <block>
  M-RET         @@item

*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.

** Changes in Outline mode.

There is now support for Imenu to index headings.  A new command
`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.

** Changes to Emacs Server

+++
*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
with buffers when done with them.  If non-nil, the default, buffers
are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
Emacs Server.  If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
buffers to kill, as before.

Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
this way.

** Changes to Show Paren mode.

*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
use.  Default is 1000.

+++
** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).

+++
** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
buffers.

** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
abbreviated file names.  Abbreviations can be customized by changing
`directory-abbrev-alist'.

** Faces and frame parameters.

There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
`scroll-bar' and vice versa.  Setting frame parameter `border-color'
sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa.  Likewise
for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.

Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
`default' face and vice versa.  Setting frame parameters
`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
`default' face and vice versa.

+++
** New face `menu'.

The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.

+++
** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.

The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
colors.  Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
the screen gamma of a frame's display.

PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2.  smaller values result
in darker colors.  You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
color displays.  The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).

The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
`ScreenGamma'.

** Tabs and variable-width text.

Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.

** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar

+++
*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".

	emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5

The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
LessTif/Motif one.

*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
LessTif and Motif.

** Sound support

Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver).  Currently
supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).

+++
** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
forced on.  The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.

The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.

+++
** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.

As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
drawn as wide as that tab on the display.  To do this, set
`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.

+++
** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi).

This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value.  The default value of this
variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.

+++
** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.

When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.

When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.

** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
notably at the end of lines.

All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.

+++
** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.

** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
but inserts text instead of replacing it.

** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
after each match to get the replacement text.

+++
** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
you edit the replacement string.

** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB', lets
you complete mail aliases in the text, analogous to
lisp-complete-symbol.

** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.

** Changes to hideshow.el

*** Generalized block selection and traversal

A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.

*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
hidden blocks are temporarily shown.  The variable `hs-headline' can
be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
the open block.

*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
the normal block-hiding function.

*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.

*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode.  Notably, the prefix
for all bindings is now `C-c @@'.  For details, see the documentation
for `hs-minor-mode'.

** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions

+++
*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
an entry appropriate for the file's parent.  This is useful for making
log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.

+++
**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
current buffer.

+++
*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
in a log file.

+++
*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
version number is performed based on regular expressions from
`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.

*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.

** Changes to cmuscheme

*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.

** Changes in Font Lock

*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.

*** Multi-line patterns are now supported.  Modes using this, should
set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.

*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
the face used for each string/comment.

*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".

** Comint (subshell) changes

These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.

*** Comint now by default removes CRs from CR LF sequences.  Comint
now treats single CRs in the output in a way similar to a terminal, by
deleting everything to the beginning of the line.  This is achieved by
adding `comint-cr-magic' to `comint-preoutput-filter-functions' by
default.

*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
to distinguish prompts from user-input.  Instead, it notices which
parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
this information.  Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner.  To disable this
feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.

*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.

*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
buffer name from the mini-buffer.  The command is sent to the current
buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.

The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.

*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
and support choosing previous input with mouse-2.  To control these features,
see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.

*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
saves the output from the most recent command to a file.  With a prefix
argument, it appends to the file.

*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
compatibility.

*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
ring (history).

*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
strings, starting with a `#'.  The default value of this variable is "^#".

** Changes to Rmail mode

*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender, the
recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.  If nil, the default,
`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
as correspondent.

Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
mails sent by you under different user names.  Then it should be a
regexp matching your mail addresses.

*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
Rmail file.  You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p.  Default is to ask
for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.

*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
like `j'.

*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
digest message.

*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
in which folder to put messages automatically.

*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.

** Changes to TeX mode

*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
`latex-mode'.

*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.

*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.

*** Added support for outline-minor-mode.

** Changes to RefTeX mode

*** RefTeX has new support for index generation.  Index entries can be
    created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
    Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
    macro.  `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
    sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index.  Entries
    can be edited from that buffer.

*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
    items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
    `A' to use all marked entries).

*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
    memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.

*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
    in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
    to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
    been cited.

** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
semicolons in a heading line.  Toplevel forms starting with a `('
in column 1 are always made leaves.

** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
has the following new features:

*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
may match text spanning multiple lines.  For example, some people like
to have the filename and date on separate lines.  The new variable
time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.

*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file.  This
feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
compiled binary.  The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
pattern.  The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
defaults to 1.

** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
file names.

+++
** Customize changes

*** Customize now supports comments about customized items.  Use the
`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value.  Note that
customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
earlier versions of Emacs.

*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
default).

** New features in evaluation commands

*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the
customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.

*** The function `eval-defun' (M-C-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
code when called with a prefix argument.

** Ispell changes

+++
*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active.  Otherwise it
spell-checks the current buffer.

+++
*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
added.

*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
correction is made and re-checked.

*** An Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definition has been added.

*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
cases.

*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
on syntax errors.

*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
end of the buffer.

** Dired changes

*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
command will delete non-empty directories recursively.  The default
is, delete only empty directories.

*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
command will copy directories recursively.  The default is, do not
copy directories recursively.

*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.

*** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
directory.

*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `w') shows
a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
accurate or inaccurate as it is.

*** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
from ls switches.

*** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
which the user can then edit.  This only works if there is a single
source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.

** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
use the -f option when sending mail.

** CC mode changes.

Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
current user setups (although it's believed that these
incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
back depending on user feedback.  Therefore there's no forward
compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
release.

*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
is entered.  This has now been removed since it caused too much
confusion.

However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before).  So you won't
notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.

*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:

space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".

compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".

*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
earlier statement.  An example:

for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
  if (a[i])
    res += a[i]->offset;
else

Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
the preceding "if".

CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
by default.

*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
documentation or other natural language text.

The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
the short strings that often reside inside statements.  Multiline
strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
commands, etc.  Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.

*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
source, like Javadoc in Java.  Pike mode now recognize this markup in
comment prefixes and paragraph starts.

*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does.  This
change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
Pike mode only.

*** Better handling of syntactic errors.
The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
following lines in a sane way (most of the time).  An "else" with no
matching "if" is handled similarly.  If an error is discovered while
indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
is reported afterwards.

*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.

*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble.  Some
code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
modularity somewhat.  Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
groundwork.

*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
non-advanced users.  If you know what this variable does you might
want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
have to bother.

Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
by default) to override the global settings made by the user.

*** New initialization procedure for the style system.
When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style.  This
is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
settings would override the global settings.  This change makes it
possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.

By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
the style system.  This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
above.

Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
function.  When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
values.  In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
function documentation for more info.

The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
with setq in their .emacs files.  On the other hand, the new system is
intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot.  This new system
is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.

(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)

**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.

This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
the style is first initialized.  This means it now defaults to the
empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
style system.

**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
as far as possible.

*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
surrounding code, especially inside comments.  For details see the new
chapter about this in the manual.

**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments.  It's
primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.

**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.

**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.

It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
inside CC Mode.

Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
the empty string (which it commonly does).  A patch for that is
available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
cc-mode/).

**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
literals.

**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments.  If
you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
this function.

*** Fixes to IDL mode.
It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
to IDL.  E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
Thanks to Eric Eide.

*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
opening braces hangs and when they don't.

**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.

*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
See their docstrings for details.  c-lineup-template-args does a
better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.

*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
previous line.  It used to instead preserve comments that started in
the column specified by comment-column.

*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
prefix.  This is intended for the type of large block comments that
contain documentation with its own formatting.  In these you normally
don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.

*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
arguments.

*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.

*** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
Provan).

*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.

** Makefile mode changes

*** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.

*** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
Fontlock mode is active.

** Isearch changes

*** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
so that searches can be resumed.

*** In Isearch mode, M-C-s and M-C-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
that started the search.

*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
selection into the search string rather than giving an error.

+++
*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.

Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
`isearch-lazy-highlight'.  When active, all matches for the current
search string are highlighted.  The current match is highlighted as
before using face `isearch' or `region'.  All other matches are
highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
`secondary-selection'.

The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
usual snappy response.

If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
matches are automatically cleared when you end the search.  If it is
set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.

+++
** Changes in sort.el

The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal.  The
new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
numeric base.

** Changes to Ange-ftp

+++
*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
names cleanly.  It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
sign, e.g. `/foo@@bar.org#666:mumble'.  (This syntax comes from EFS.)

*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.

*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
output ^M at the end of lines.

** Shell script mode changes.

Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
derived from sh and rc.  The indentation style is customizable, and
sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.

** Etags changes.

*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.

*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex.  It is now
possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
a regular expression.  The manual contains details.

*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
declarations when given the --declarations option.

*** In C++, tags are created for "operator".  The tags have the form
"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.

*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
`template' keywords.

*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
C-like languages.  Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.

*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
types.

*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.

*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".

*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
are now tagged.

*** In makefiles, tags the targets.

*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables.  my and local
variables are tagged.

*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.

*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
for PSWrap.

+++
** Changes in etags.el

*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive.  The default
is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.

*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.

If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
FUNCTION TO-SEARCH).  For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it.  TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
obarray, or symbol.  If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.

TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.

FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
List buffer.  It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.

A useful example value for this variable might be something like:

  '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
    ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
    ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))

*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.

*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.

*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c".  If the tag matches the file name,
point will go to the beginning of the file.

*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
auto-compression-mode is active.  You can tag (with Etags) and search
(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.

*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
in buffers where no match is found.  In buffers where a match is
found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.

+++
** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.

+++
** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
8859-15.  See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
and Polish `slash'.

+++
** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
of the tutorial.

** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
function keys are changed as follows.  This is to conform to "Emacs
Lisp Coding Convention".

    new  command                            old-binding
    ---  -------                            -----------
    f3   ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer         f5
    S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region         f5
    C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5

    f4   ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer         unchanged
    S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region         unchanged
    C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged

    S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation           f3
    S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel                 f6
    S-f7 ethio-replace-space                f7
    S-f8 ethio-input-special-character      f8
    S-f9 ethio-replace-space                unchanged
    C-f9 ethio-toggle-space                 f2

** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed.  Now the
rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively.  Rules for translating
"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted.  Now, to input
"`", you must type "=q".

+++
** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
remove text past column 72.  The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.

** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.

+++
** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.

+++
** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
containing a list of regular expressions.  Buffers matching a regular
expression from that list, are not checked.

** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
When you do C-x C-f /user@@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
the buffer, just like for the local files.

** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.

+++
** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
displays local abbrevs, only.

** VC Changes

VC has been overhauled internally.  It is now modular, making it
easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends.  (See Lisp
Changes for details on the new structure.)  As a result, the mechanism
to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
`vc-handled-backends'.  Its value is a list of symbols that identify
version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS).  When finding a file,
each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
file is registered in that backend.

When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
master files exists).  If none of the backends is responsible, then
the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.

The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
still supports it for backward compatibility.  To define templates for
RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates.  (There is no such feature under CVS
where it doesn't make sense.)

The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
`CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.

*** General Changes

The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
checks are always done now.

VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
operations.

`vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
`vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
`vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.

The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
first revision number.  This means that any recent changes on the
current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
the working file (``merge news'').

The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
(vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
downwards.

*** Multiple Backends

VC now lets you register files in more than one backend.  This is
useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
repository.  You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
local RCS archives.

To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
backend (CVS) should come later.  (The default value of
`vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)

You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
a revision number).  VC registers the file in the more local backend
if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
current revision number from the more remote backend.

If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend).  This does not change
any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file.  Use this to
pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.

After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET.  In this case, the
local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.

*** Changes for CVS

There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'.  If it is `t' (the
default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
remote repositories.  The state of such files is then only determined
by heuristics and past information.  `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
that match it are treated locally.  If the variable is nil, then VC
queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.

If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
repository versions.  This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
any repository interactions at all.  The name of a local version
backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
number.  This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
(vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot.  As a matter
of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
automatically after commit.  (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
name.)

If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
entire directory tree.

The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
"cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'.  (This option
is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
"watched" by other developers.)

The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
(vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS.  If you give
an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
starting at the given directory.

*** Lisp Changes in VC

VC has been restructured internally to make it modular.  You can now
add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
then telling VC to use that library.  For example, to add support for
a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
of vc.el for a detailed list of them).  To make VC use that library,
you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
`SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.

** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
SUBS command and EDT scroll margins.  It also works with more
terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.

** New modes and packages

*** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
the default is not applicable.

*** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard.  The
shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.

Features are:

- Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
  drawn, like this:   |         \ /
                    --+--        X
                      |         / \

- Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
  result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse.  If
  your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
  pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off.  You will
  then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
  you are drawing.

- Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
  poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.

- Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
  flood-filling.

- Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
  regions.  Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
  turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
  artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.

- Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
  also do without the mouse.

- Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
  reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
  and circles are then drawn square/round.  Note, that once your
  ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
  the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.

- Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:

    lines		straight-lines
    rectangles		squares
    poly-lines		straight poly-lines
    ellipses		circles
    text (see-thru)	text (overwrite)
    spray-can		setting size for spraying
    vaporize line	vaporize lines
    erase characters	erase rectangles

  Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
  diagonally.  Plain lines go in any direction.  The operations in
  the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
  drawing.

  It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
  (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
  straight and connected at their endpoints.  Vaporizing is inspired
  by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@@poboxes.com>.

- Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
  can be turned off).

+++
*** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp.  Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
functions and external commands using the same syntax.  It supports
history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc.  It
will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to.  And since most of
the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
all within the scope of your Emacs process.

+++
*** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
intervals.  You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
on certain projects.

+++
*** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
of interactively entered regexps.  For example,

  M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET

will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
face.  New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
typed.  `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
appropriate faces is provided.  The regexps can be written into the
current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
corresponding file is read.  There are commands to highlight matches
to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.

+++
*** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
Emacs is idle.

*** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.

*** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
be more robust while offering the same functionality.
`comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.

+++
*** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
facilities tailored for use with C++.  It is documented in a
separate Texinfo file.

+++
*** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS.  It comes with
`log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
enter check-in log messages.

+++
*** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
without invoking external programs.

The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does.  Unlike
`manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.

The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.

+++
*** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.

The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
the regexp editor popping up in a separate window.  Matching text in
the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
single step.

On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
matching parens to make them stand out.  On such a setup you will
probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.

+++
*** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable.  It works as glasses, without
actually modifying content of a buffer.

*** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
PostScript.

Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.

The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:

    ;		comment (until end of line)
    A		non-terminal
    "C"		terminal
    ?C?		special
    $A		default non-terminal
    $"C"	default terminal
    $?C?	default special
    A = B.	production (A is the header and B the body)
    C D		sequence (C occurs before D)
    C | D	alternative (C or D occurs)
    A - B	exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
    n * A	repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
    (C)		group (expression C is grouped together)
    [C]		optional (C may or not occurs)
    C+		one or more occurrences of C
    {C}+	one or more occurrences of C
    {C}*	zero or more occurrences of C
    {C}		zero or more occurrences of C
    C / D	equivalent to: C {D C}*
    {C || D}+	equivalent to: C {D C}*
    {C || D}*	equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
    {C || D}	equivalent to: [C {D C}*]

Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.

*** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
align.  Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
determine where the columns should be split.  In C and C++, for
example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
equal signs of assignments.

+++
*** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.

+++
*** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
list-buffers or electric-buffer-list.  Use M-x bs-show to display a
buffer menu with this package.  See the Custom group `bs'.

*** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.

*** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe.  Actually, it
is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
and can be customized easily to get many more functions.  It should
not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
which answers different needs.

+++
*** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
suspicious C and C++ constructions.  Currently, assignments inside
expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
reference parameters are recognized.  The modes require font-lock mode
to be enabled.

+++
*** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.

+++
*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.

+++
*** hl-line.el provides a minor mode to highlight the current line.

*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.

Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
`global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
`comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers.  This
displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
and background colors.

*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
Pascal) language.

+++
*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
the text at point.

*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.

+++
*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.

*** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
whitespace in a file.

*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.

*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.

Here is an example of columns:

horse	apple	bus
dog	pineapple	car	EXTRA
porcupine	strawberry	airplane

Doing the following settings:

   (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
   (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
   (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
   (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")


Selecting the lines above and typing:

   M-x delimit-columns-region

It results:

[ horse    , apple     , bus     ,       ]
[ dog      , pineapple , car     , EXTRA ]
[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane,       ]

delim-col has the following options:

   delimit-columns-str-before		Specify a string to be inserted
					before all columns.

   delimit-columns-str-separator	Specify a string to be inserted
					between each column.

   delimit-columns-str-after		Specify a string to be inserted
					after all columns.

   delimit-columns-separator		Specify a regexp which separates
					each column.

delim-col has the following commands:

   delimit-columns-region	Prettify all columns in a text region.
   delimit-columns-rectangle	Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.

+++
*** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
operated on recently.  User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
recent file list can be displayed:

- organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
- sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
- showing paths relative to the current default-directory

The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
dynamically change the menu appearance.

*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
text.

+++
*** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
of footnotes.  It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
specific to Message mode.

+++
*** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
viewing/editing context diffs (patches).  It is selected for files
with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.

*** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
interface to access directory servers using different directory
protocols.  It has a separate manual.

*** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
for Autoconf, selected automatically.

+++
*** windmove.el provides moving between windows.

*** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
minibuffer with completion.

*** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
with the diary features.

*** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.

*** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
Fill mode.

*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
Gnus facilities.

*** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer.  The main
difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
they can be profiled, debugged, etc.

+++
** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
paragraphs filled as you modify them.

+++
** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
to be visited as images.

** Withdrawn packages

*** mldrag.el has been removed.  mouse.el provides the same
functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.

*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.

*** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.


* Incompatible Lisp changes

There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
See the sections below for details.

** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
`(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
Use `copy-sequence' and `set-text-properties'.

** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
these properties are active.

** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
ranges may affect some code.

** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
make a difference to some code.

** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
operates on the minibuffer.

** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
(previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
character.  This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
encoding (auto-saving does that, for example).  If a Lisp program
reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
the buffer as multibyte characters.

Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'.  `no-conversion' is only
appropriate for reading truly binary files.

** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
`after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail.  Use
`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.

** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
long promised.

** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
dimension-2 private charset.  User code which tries to add more than
one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
the emacs-mule encoding.  Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.

** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
not be used.  It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable.  It
turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
remove this variable in the near future.  Lisp programs are well
advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.


* Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
(Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)

** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
interactive form of a function.

** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
between custom options.  Example:

  (defcustom default-input-method nil
    "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
  This is the input method activated automatically by the command
  `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
    :group 'mule
    :type '(choice (const nil) string)
    :set-after '(current-language-environment))

This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
first in a custom-set-variables statement.

** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
function execute-kbd-macro.  Functions on this hook are called with no
args.  The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
(signal or normal termination).

+++
** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.

+++
** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.

+++
** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.

** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".

+++
** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
deleting the frame.  The hook is called with one arg, the frame
being deleted.

+++
** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.

+++
** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
charset.

+++
** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
message.

** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.

+++
** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
with the more general `:mask' property.

+++
** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.

** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
backslash.

+++
** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
is running in batch mode.  For example,

  (message "%s" (read t))

will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
to standard output.

+++
** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
`kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.

** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
frame or window.

+++
** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
were added

- Function: remove ELT SEQ

Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed.  SEQ must be
a list, vector, or string.  The comparison is done with `equal'.

- Function: remq ELT LIST

Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed.  The
comparison is done with `eq'.

+++
** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.

** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
has been changed.

+++
** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string".  It may
convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.

+++
** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.

** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
function was declared obsolete.

+++
** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
retained as an alias).

** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs.
It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result
is automatically converted to Emacs' form.

** The new function `window-list' has been defined

- Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF

Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW.  FRAME nil or
omitted means use the selected frame.  WINDOW nil or omitted means use
the selected window.  MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
even if it isn't active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
minibuffer window only if it's active.  MINIBUF neither nil nor t
means never include the minibuffer window.

** There's a new function `some-window' defined as follows

- Function: some-window PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT

Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.

This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
calling PREDICATE on each one.  PREDICATE is called with a window as
argument.  The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
value is returned.  If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
returned.

Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
if not active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
it is active.  MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
minibuffer even if it is active.

Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
too.  Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
`walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.

ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.

** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
event names in angle brackets.  When called with a second optional
argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.

** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
Default value is nil.

** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
meaning no limit.

** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,

+++
** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
list of a primitive.

** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.

+++
** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
than replacing the local map.

** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
`after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
removed.  Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
instead.

** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.

+++
** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
as promised long ago.

** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.

* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)

Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
--- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.

*** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.

*** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
the original restriction.  Previously, doing this would cause the saved
restriction to be restored incorrectly.

*** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
`eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
when they find 8-bit characters.  Previously, they included `ascii' in a
multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.

*** The functions `set-buffer-modified', `string-as-multibyte' and
`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer if it
contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.

*** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
changed.  Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
[\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+.  Thus, if
the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions.  Now such extra
bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
eight-bit-graphic.

** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.

A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
character set as previously.

*** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME.  The function
modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.

CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
characters.  In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
range FROM and TO (inclusive).  CHARACTER may be a charset.  In that
case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.

FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.

*** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted.  The default charset
registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
"fontset-default".

*** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
argument STYLE-VARIANT.  It never creates style-variant fontsets.

** The method of composing characters is changed.  Now character
composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
buffers and strings.

*** Charset composition is deleted.  Emacs never creates a `composite
character' which is an independent character with a unique character
code.  Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
have been deleted: composite-char-component,
composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
also been deleted.

*** Three more glyph reference points are added.  They can be used to
specify a composition rule.  See the documentation of the variable
`reference-point-alist' for more detail.

*** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
MODIFICATION-FUNC.  With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
composition rule but also characters to be composed.  Such characters
may differ between buffer and string text.

*** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.

*** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
`composition' from STRING.

*** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.

*** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
obsolete.

** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.

** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
`mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.

** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.  It provides
limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text.  For details, please
see the documentation string of this coding system.

** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
`japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.

** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
have been introduced.

+++
** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
0xA0..0xFF respectively.  Note that the multibyte representation of
eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
buffer/string internal representation.  Note that to search for
eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
their multibyte equivalent.

+++
** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
that offset in the file before writing.

** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).

** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
`*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
from which the command was issued.

** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
`query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
`replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
operate on.

** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
to `window-buffer-height'.

- Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW

Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.

Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
respectively.

If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.

The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.

Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
is currently displayed in some window.

** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
argument function's results.

** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.

** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
header in the list of headers passed to it.

** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
ignores differences in case and text representation.

** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer.  Values are interpreted
as follows:

  t 		use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
  nil		don't display a cursor
  `bar'		display a bar cursor with default width
  (bar . WIDTH)	display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
  others	display a box cursor.

** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
defun.  If set, the default, it is considered a defun start.  If not
set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.

** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.

Example:

  (string-to-syntax "()")
    => (4 . 41)

** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
other than 10.

*** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
INTEGER optionally contains a sign.

  #b1111
    => 15
  #b-1111
    => -15

*** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).

  #o666
    => 438

*** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).

  #xbeef
    => 48815

*** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.

  #2R-111
    => -7
  #25rah
    => 267

** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
and isn't a string.

** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
a `function-documentation' property of that symbol.  If it has a non-nil
value, the documentation is taken from that value.  If the value is
not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.

+++
** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.

** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
for a regexp in a string.

** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
`mouse-position-function'.

** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
that don't fit into a Lisp integer.

** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
Keywords are now always considered constants.

+++
** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
returns it.

** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
returned by function `recent-keys'.

+++
** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding M-C-a
etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
mode.

+++
** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.

+++
** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not.  If it
returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
been performed."

When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
then the self-inserting character is not inserted.

+++
** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
and the function's value is nil if it is not found.

+++
** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
specified table.

  (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)

Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
TABLE.  The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit.  Value is
what BODY returns.

+++
** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').

+++
** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
removed since it wasn't used by anything.

+++
** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
instead of being optional.

+++
** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
modify read-only text.

** New functions and variables for locales.

+++
The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
time functions like strftime.  The new variables
`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.

The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
environment variables.  Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
not be invoked thereafter.  It uses the new variables
`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.

+++
** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
start sequences.

+++
** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.

+++
** New function `propertize'

The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
strings with text properties.

- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES

Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
by PROPERTIES.  PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
specified value of that property.  Example:

  (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)

+++
** push and pop macros.

Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
are now defined in Emacs Lisp.  These macros allow only symbols
as the place that holds the list to be changed.

(push NEWELT LISTNAME)  add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
(pop LISTNAME)          return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
			(thus altering the value of LISTNAME).

** New dolist and dotimes macros.

Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
are now defined in Emacs Lisp.

(dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
      Execute body once for each element of LIST,
      using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.

(dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
      Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
      inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.

+++
** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
[:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.  These must be used within a character
class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
or a sign.

[:digit:]  matches 0 through 9
[:cntrl:]  matches ASCII control characters
[:xdigit:]  matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
[:blank:]  matches space and tab only
[:graph:]  matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
	   space, and DEL.
[:print:]  matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
	   and DEL.
[:alnum:]  matches letters and digits.
	   (But at present, for multibyte characters,
	    it matches anything that has word syntax.)
[:alpha:]  matches letters.
	   (But at present, for multibyte characters,
	    it matches anything that has word syntax.)
[:ascii:]  matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
[:nonascii:]  matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
[:lower:]  matches anything lower-case.
[:punct:]  matches punctuation.
	   (But at present, for multibyte characters,
	    it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
[:space:]  matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
[:upper:]  matches anything upper-case.
[:word:]   matches anything that has word syntax.

+++
** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.

The following functions are defined for hash tables:

- Function: make-hash-table ARGS

The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs.  All arguments
are optional.  The following arguments are defined:

:test TEST

TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys.  Default is `eql'.
Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'.  If TEST is not predefined,
it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.

:size SIZE

SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
many elements will be put in the hash table.  Default size is 65.

:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE

REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
full.  If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
size to get the new size.  Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
old size.  Default rehash size is 1.5.

:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD

THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
hash table.  It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD.  Default threshold is 0.8.

:weakness WEAK

WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
`key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
`key-and-value'.  Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
outside of the hash table.  Default are non-weak hash tables.

- Function: makehash &optional TEST

Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.

- Function: hash-table-p TABLE

Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.

- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE

Returns a copy of TABLE.  Only the table itself is copied, keys and
values are shared.

- Function: hash-table-count TABLE

Returns the number of entries in TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE

Returns the rehash size of TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE

Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE

Returns the size of TABLE.

- Function: hash-table-test TABLE

Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.

- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE

Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.

- Function: clrhash TABLE

Clear TABLE.

- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT

Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
not found.

- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE

Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE.  If KEY is already associated with
another value, replace the old value with VALUE.

- Function: remhash KEY TABLE

Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.

- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE

Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE.  FUNCTION must take two
arguments KEY and VALUE.

- Function: sxhash OBJ

Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.

- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN

Define a new hash table test named NAME.  If NAME is specified as
a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys.  Test
and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).

TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.

HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
code of the argument.  The function should use the whole range of
integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.

Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
be strings that are compared case-insensitively.

  (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
    (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))

  (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
    (sxhash (upcase a)))

  (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
                          'case-fold-string-hash))

  (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)

+++
** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.

It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
circular structures.  For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
a cons cell which is its own cdr.

+++
** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.

If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.

+++
** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
is too short to reach that column.

+++
** perform-replace has a new feature:  the REPLACEMENTS argument may
now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA).  This means to call FUNCTION
after each match to get the replacement text.  FUNCTION is called with
two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.

If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.

+++
** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
to specify which buffer to return the size of.

+++
** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
calendar-move-hook after moving point.

+++
** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
small.  (Certain Emacs features use this directory.)  If
small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
temporary-file-directory instead.

+++
** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
the hooks that track changes in the buffer.  This affects
`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.

+++
** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.

+++
** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.

make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
creates the file before it returns.  This prevents a timing error,
ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.

+++
** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'

The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW.  If non-nil, it insists
on a check for an existing file with the same name.  If MUSTBENEW
is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.

If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
to get an error if the file exists at that time.
The error reported is `file-already-exists'.

+++
** Function `format' now handles text properties.

Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
result string.

Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
string where arguments appear in the result string.

Example:

  (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
        (s2 "world"))
     (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
     (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
     (format s1 s2))

results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.

+++
** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.

Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
argument in it.

  (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
        (arg "world"))
     (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
     (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
     (message msg arg))

+++
** Sound support

Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).

Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
(*.au).  You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
to enable sound support.

Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND).  SOUND is a
list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'.  The function is only defined
when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs.  The
functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
sound to play, before playing the sound.

The following sound properties are supported:

- `:file FILE'

FILE is a file name.  If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
searched relative to `data-directory'.

- `:data DATA'

DATA is a string containing sound data.  Either :file or :data
may be present, but not both.

- `:volume VOLUME'

VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
0..1.  This property is optional.

- `:device DEVICE'

DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
sound.  The default device is system-dependent.

Other properties are ignored.

An alternative interface is called as
(play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).

** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.

+++
** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
a keyword symbol.

** Changes to garbage collection

*** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
of live and free strings.

*** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
strings that have been consed so far.


* Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
Lisp Manual

+++
** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
mini-windows.

+++
** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
argument, PARTIALLY.  If a character is only partially visible, nil is
returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.

** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.

+++
** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.

+++
** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
image.

- Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME

Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).

SPEC is an image specification.  PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
font).  FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.

+++
** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
has a mask bitmap.

- Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME

Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
or omitted means use the selected frame.

+++
** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
satisfying one of a list of specifications.

+++
** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
optional.

+++
** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
below).


* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1

Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
--- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.

** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.

Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
text in brighter colors.  On such a console, a bold black foreground
is displayed in a gray color.  If this turns out to be hard to read on
your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
just display it black instead.

This situation can't be detected automatically.  You will have to put
a line like

  (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)

in your `.emacs'.

** New face implementation.

Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch.  They don't use XLFD
font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.

+++
*** New faces.

Each face can specify the following display attributes:

   1. Font family or fontset alias name.

   2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
   width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.

   3. Font height in 1/10pt

   4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.

   5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.

   6. Foreground color.

   7. Background color.

   8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.

   9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.

   10. A background stipple, a bitmap.

   11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.

   12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
   color.

   13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
   color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.

Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
frames.  Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
faces.  The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
attributes mentioned above.

There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'.  Face
definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
created frames.

A face doesn't have to specify all attributes.  Those not specified
have a nil value.  Faces specifying all attributes are called
`fully-specified'.

+++
*** Face merging.

The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
combining several faces.  This process is called `face merging'.  Any
aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
properties is taken from the `default' face.  Since it is made sure
that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
results in a fully-specified face.

+++
*** Face realization.

After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'.  The
realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
available on the system where Emacs runs.  The result is a `realized
face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
cache of the frame on which it was realized.

Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
for different charsets.  In other words, for characters of different
charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.

Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
being realized specifies a fontset.  The reason is that the result of
the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.

In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
0x7f.  The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
the variable `face-default-registry' in this case.  The variable is
initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
Emacs.

Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
registry and encoding `face-default-registry'.  This is consistent
with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.

+++
**** Clearing face caches.

The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
on all frames.  If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
unused fonts.

+++
*** Font selection.

Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
given (charset, face) combination.  This is done slightly differently
for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.

If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
pattern for fonts of the given charset.  If the face specifies a font
family, a font pattern is constructed.  Charset symbols have a
property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.

Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
against the font pattern.  The result of font selection is the best
match for the given face attributes in this font list.

Font selection can be influenced by the user.

The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
names.  The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.

Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
doesn't exist.

Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
registry.

Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
slightly different.

Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.


+++
**** Scalable fonts

Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
servers.

To enable scalable font use, set the variable
`scalable-fonts-allowed'.  A value of nil, the default, means never use
scalable fonts.  A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions.  A
scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
that list.  Example:

  (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))

allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.

+++
*** Functions and variables related to font selection.

- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME

Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME.  If FAMILY
is omitted or nil, list all families.  Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.

If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Each element of
the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING].  FAMILY is the font family name.
POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt.  WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
These symbols are the same as for face attributes.  FIXED-P is non-nil
if the font is fixed-pitch.  FULL is the full name of the font, and
REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
the font.  The result list is sorted according to the current setting
of the face font sort order.

- Function: x-font-family-list

Return a list of available font families on FRAME.  If FRAME is
omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Value is a list of conses
(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.

- Variable: font-list-limit

Limit for font matching.  If an integer > 0, font matching functions
won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
matching font.  The default is currently 100.

+++
*** Setting face attributes.

For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
with the old one.  Old face attribute related functions are now
implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
`face-attribute'.

Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
symbols.  All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.

The following attributes are recognized:

`:family'

VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
or a fontset alias name.  If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
and `?' are allowed.

`:width'

VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.

`:height'

VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.

`:weight'

VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use.  It must be one of the
symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.

`:slant'

VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use.  It must be one of the
symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
`reverse-oblique'.

`:foreground', `:background'

VALUE must be a color name, a string.

`:underline'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined.  If
VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is
a string, underline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly
don't underline.

`:overline'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined.  If
VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is a
string, overline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
overline.

`:strike-through'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
striking through them.  If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
face.  If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color.  If VALUE
is nil, explicitly don't strike through.

`:box'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
around them.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes.  If
VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
of the face.  If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1.  Otherwise,
VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
:color COLOR :style STYLE)'.  If a keyword/value pair is missing from
the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
specified below.  WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
defaults to 1.  COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
color of the face for 3D boxes.  STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
should be draw.  If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
like a released 3D button.  If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
that appears like a pressed button.  If STYLE is nil, the default if
the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
box.

`:inverse-video'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.

`:stipple'

If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
searched.  Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap.  VALUE nil means
explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.

For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:

`:font'

Set font-related face attributes from VALUE.  VALUE must be a valid
XLFD font name.  If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
versions of Emacs.

For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used.  VALUE
must be t or nil in that case.  A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."

Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
`defface'.

`:inherit'

VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
of face names.  Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.

*** Face attributes and X resources

The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
from X resources:

  Face attribute	X resource		class
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  :family		attributeFamily .	Face.AttributeFamily
  :width		attributeWidth		Face.AttributeWidth
  :height		attributeHeight		Face.AttributeHeight
  :weight		attributeWeight		Face.AttributeWeight
  :slant		attributeSlant		Face.AttributeSlant
   foreground		attributeForeground	Face.AttributeForeground
  :background		attributeBackground .	Face.AttributeBackground
  :overline		attributeOverline	Face.AttributeOverline
  :strike-through	attributeStrikeThrough	Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
  :box			attributeBox		Face.AttributeBox
  :underline		attributeUnderline	Face.AttributeUnderline
  :inverse-video	attributeInverse	Face.AttributeInverse
  :stipple		attributeStipple	Face.AttributeStipple
	or		attributeBackgroundPixmap
						Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
  :font			attributeFont		Face.AttributeFont
  :bold			attributeBold		Face.AttributeBold
  :italic		attributeItalic .	Face.AttributeItalic
  :font			attributeFont		Face.AttributeFont

+++
*** Text property `face'.

The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
specification or a list of such specifications.  Each face
specification can be

1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.

2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
   KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
   for that attribute.  Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
   for face attribute names.

3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
   (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name.  This is
   for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.

+++
** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.

The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
on TTY and MSDOS frames.  It maps a color name to a color number on
the terminal.  Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
default.  You can get defined colors with a call to
`defined-colors'.  The function `tty-color-clear' can be
used to clear the mapping table.

** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.

The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame.  On frames whose
type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
display.  Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
`x-display-color-p'.  (The old function names are still available for
compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.)  Lisp programs
should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
modify their color-related behavior.

The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
any frame type.

** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.

The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
`display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
`display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
`display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
`display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
`display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
display.  Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.

+++
** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.

This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
`Inviolable' option.

The function minibuffer-prompt-end returns the current position of the
end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
Otherwise, it returns zero.

** New `field' abstraction in buffers.

There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
buffers.  A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
property (which can be a text property or an overlay).

Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
commands continue into the next field if repeated.  Stopping at field
boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
`inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
functions.

Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.

The following functions are defined for operating on fields:

- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY

Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.

A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
constrained position if that is different.

If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
fields.  Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
also considered to be `on the boundary'.

If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
unconstrained.  This useful for commands that move by line, like
C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
only in the case where they can still move to the right line.

If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.

Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.

- Function: delete-field &optional POS

Delete the field surrounding POS.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.

- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE

Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.

- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE

Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
then the end of the *following* field is returned.

- Function: field-string &optional POS

Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.

- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS

Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.

+++
** Image support.

Emacs can now display images.  Images are inserted into text by giving
strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE.  The display of the `display' property value
replaces the display of the characters having that property.

If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'.  If
AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
area.

IMAGE is an image specification.

*** Image specifications

Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols.  Each
specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'.  Properties not
described below are ignored.

The following is a list of properties all image types share.

`:ascent ASCENT'

ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
to use for its ascent.

If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.

If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
overlays that apply to the image.

`:margin MARGIN'

MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin.  Default is 0.

`:relief RELIEF'

RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces.  Puts a relief
around an image.

`:conversion ALGO'

Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.

ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
edge-detection algorithm to the image.

ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
apply a general edge-detection algorithm.  MATRIX must be either a
nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers.  A pixel at
position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
around that position.  MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
below.

  (x-1/y-1  x/y-1  x+1/y-1
   x-1/y    x/y    x+1/y
   x-1/y+1  x/y+1  x+1/y+1)

The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
of the factors' absolute values.

Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of

  (1  0  0
   0  0  0
   9  9 -1)

Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of

  ( 2 -1  0
   -1  0  1
    0  1 -2)

ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
``disabled''.

`:mask MASK'

If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
image.  If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
the background color of the image.  Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
image.

If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one.  Images
in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
`:mask nil'.

`:file FILE'

Load image from FILE.  If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
search for the image in `data-directory'.  Some image types support
building images from data.  When this is done, no `:file' property
may be present in the image specification.

`:data DATA'

Get image data from DATA.  (As of this writing, this is not yet
supported for image type `postscript').  Either :file or :data may be
present in an image specification, but not both.  All image types
support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.

*** Supported image types

**** XBM, image type `xbm'.

XBM images don't require an external library.  Additional image
properties supported are

`:foreground FG'

FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color.  Default
is the frame's foreground.

`:background BG'

BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color.  Default is
the frame's background color.

XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file.  In this
case, the image specification must contain the following properties
instead of a `:file' property.

`:width WIDTH'

WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.

`:height HEIGHT'

HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.

`:data DATA'

DATA must be either

   1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
   have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT

   2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT

   3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
   bitmap.

   4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file.  Neither width nor
   height may be specified in this case because these are defined
   in the file.

**** XPM, image type `xpm'

XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later.  Make sure the library is
found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.

Additional image properties supported are:

`:color-symbols SYMBOLS'

SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
name.

XPM images can be built from memory instead of files.  In that case,
add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.

The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
to display compressed images.

**** PBM, image type `pbm'

PBM images don't require an external library.  Color, gray-scale and
mono images are supported.  Additional image properties supported for
mono images are

`:foreground FG'

FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color.  Default
is the frame's foreground.

`:background FG'

BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color.  Default is
the frame's background color.

**** JPEG, image type `jpeg'

Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later.  Additional image properties
are:

**** TIFF, image type `tiff'

Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
properties defined.

**** GIF, image type `gif'

Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
`libungif-4.1.0', or later.

Additional image properties supported are:

`:index INDEX'

INDEX must be an integer >= 0.  Load image number INDEX from a
multi-image GIF file.  An error is signaled if INDEX is too large.

This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
every 0.1 seconds.

(defun show-anim (file max)
  "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
  (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))

(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
  (when (= idx max)
    (setq idx 0))
  (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
    (save-excursion
      (set-buffer buffer)
      (goto-char (point-min))
      (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
      (insert-image img "x"))
    (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))

**** PNG, image type `png'

Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
properties defined.

**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.

Additional image properties supported are:

`:pt-width WIDTH'

WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  WIDTH must be an
integer.  This is a required property.

`:pt-height HEIGHT'

HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  HEIGHT
must be a integer.  This is an required property.

`:bounding-box BOX'

BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
files.  This is an required property.

Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp.  See
lisp/gs.el.

*** Lisp interface.

The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
which are supported in the current configuration.

Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
manually.  Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
images with `equal' specifications share the same image.

*** Simplified image API, image.el

The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
creation and putting images into text.  The function `create-image'
can be used to create images.  The macro `defimage' can be used to
define an image based on available image types.  The functions
`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
buffer.

+++
** Display margins.

Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
and images.

To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
`set-window-margins'.  The function `window-margins' can be used to
obtain the current settings.  To make `left-margin-width' and
`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
of the display margins.

You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil.  VALUE can be either a
string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
in this file).

+++
** Help display

Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
`help-echo'.  This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
that have a `help-echo' property.

If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION.  WINDOW is
the window in which the help was found.

If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
`help-echo' text property was found.

If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.

If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
mouse.

If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.

For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
determine the help to display.  If their definition contains a
property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
used as help string.

The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
the help string differently.  For example, enabling a tooltip window
causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.

+++
** Vertical fractional scrolling.

The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.

The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
scrolling value.  Here is an example of how these function might be
used.

  (global-set-key [A-down]
    #'(lambda ()
        (interactive)
	(set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
                            (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
  (global-set-key [A-up]
    #'(lambda ()
	(interactive)
	(set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
	                    (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))

+++
** New hook `fontification-functions'.

Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified.  This
variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.  Each function
is called with one argument, POS.

At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
characters starting at POS in the current buffer.  It should mark them
as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
property.  It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.

+++
** Tool bar support.

Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  The frame
parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar.  A zero value
suppresses the tool bar.  If the value is non-zero and
`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.

*** Tool bar item definitions

Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
`tool-bar'.  For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.

CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
evaluated to get a string.  The caption is currently not displayed in
the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
property (see below).

BINDING is the tool bar item's binding.  Tool bar items with keymaps as
binding are currently ignored.

The following properties are recognized:

`:enable FORM'.

FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
or disabled.

`:visible FORM'

FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.

`:filter FUNCTION'

FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
FUNCTION is specified as the filter.  The value FUNCTION returns is
used instead of BINDING to display this item.

`:button (TYPE SELECTED)'

TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'.  SELECTED is evaluated
and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.

`:image IMAGES'

IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
image specifications.  If it is a vector, this table lists the
meaning of each of the four elements:

   Index	Use when item is
   ----------------------------------------
     0		enabled and selected
     1		enabled and deselected
     2		disabled and selected
     3		disabled and deselected

If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.

`:help HELP-STRING'.

Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item.  This help
is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.

The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
menu bar.

The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
buffer-locally to override the global map.

*** Tool-bar-related variables.

If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
resize to show all defined tool bar items.  It will never grow larger
than 1/4 of the frame's size.

If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
raised when the mouse moves over them.

You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
vertical margins .  Default is 1.

You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer.  Default is 3.

*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.

You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
a tool bar item.  If

  (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
    '(menu-item "Shell" shell
		:image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))

is the original tool bar item definition, then

  (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)

makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
item.

** Mode line changes.

+++
*** Mouse-sensitive mode line.

The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
that have a `local-map' text property.  There are three ways to display
a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.

1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
a `local-map' text property.

2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
that format specifier has a `local-map' property.

3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'.  FORM
is evaluated.  If the result is a string, and that string has a
`local-map' property.

The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
properties of strings in the mode line.  See `bindings.el' for an
example.

*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.

+++
*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
variable mode-line-format to nil.

+++
*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.

This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
`default-mode-line-format'.  A value of nil means don't display a top
line.

The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
`header-line'.

The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
position in the header-line.

+++
** Text property `display'

The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
also used to control other aspects of how text displays.  The value of
the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.

*** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas

To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.

If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
is displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
simpler form STRING as property value.

*** Variable width and height spaces

To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'.  If LOCATION is
`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
simpler form STRETCH as property value.

The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
properties described below.

The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
characters having the `display' property.

- :width WIDTH

Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
character width.  WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.

- :relative-width FACTOR

Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
same `display' property.  The computation is done by multiplying the
width of that character by FACTOR.

- :align-to HPOS

Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS.  The
value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.

Exactly one of the above properties should be used.

- :height HEIGHT

Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
normal line height.

- :relative-height FACTOR

The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.

- :ascent ASCENT

Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
baseline.  The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
equal to 100.

You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.

*** Images

A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification.  The image replaces,
in the display, the characters having this display specification in
their `display' text property.  If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
the text.  In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
as display specification.

*** Other display properties

- (space-width FACTOR)

Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
integer or float.

- (height HEIGHT)

Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.

If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
means to use a font that is N steps larger.  If HEIGHT is a list of
the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller.  A
``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
a font is available counts as a step.

If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
as tall as the frame's default font.

If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
height as argument.  The function should return the new height to use.

Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
`height' bound to the current specified font height.

- (raise FACTOR)

FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
font's height.  If it is positive, that means to display the characters
raised.  If it is negative, that means to display them lower down.  The
amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
`height' subproperty.

*** Conditional display properties

All display specifications can be conditionalized.  If a specification
has the form `(:when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC
applies only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.
During evaluation, point is temporarily set to the end position of
the text having the `display' property.

The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
`(:when t SPEC)'.

+++
** New menu separator types.

Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type.  Menu items with
item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
treated like before.  In addition, the following item names are used
to specify other menu separator types.

- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'

No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
separator occurs.

- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'

A single line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'

A double line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'

A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'

A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.

- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'

A single line with 3D sunken appearance.  This is the form
displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.

- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'

A single line with 3D raised appearance.

- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'

A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.

- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'

A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'

Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'

Two lines with 3D raised appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'

Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.

- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'

Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.

Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
the corresponding single-line separators.

+++
** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.

The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
that scroll bars should use a default color.  For toolkit scroll bars,
default colors are toolkit specific.  For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
default background is the background color of the frame, and the
default foreground is black.

The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
`ScrollBarBackground').

Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
settings for scroll bar colors.

+++
** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.

---
** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
starts on a continuation line.  The new window start is computed based
on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
the original window start.

---
** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.

+++
** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.

A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil.  A value of `height' makes
windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.

The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
fixed-width and fixed-height.

  (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)

A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height.  To
change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
temporarily to nil, for example

  (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
     (enlarge-window 10))

Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.

** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
terminals.  When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
to a solid box, as it does on Unix.  The `cursor-type' frame parameter
overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
support a vertical-bar cursor).



a30 1

a174 12
*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
appropriate MIME headers are added.  The headers are added only if
non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
MIME headers are already present.  For example, the following three
headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
latin-1:

  MIME-version: 1.0
  Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
  Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

d290 1
a290 1
*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
d294 1
a294 1
*** Canceling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
d376 1
a376 1
expressions.
a459 11
** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
files in a directory and their attributes.  It accepts the same
arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
file names and attributes are returned.

** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes.  It
accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
returns the result.

d512 1
a512 1
    Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
d566 1
a566 1
means to clear out that attribute.
d714 1
a714 1
  given in the following case:
d893 1
a893 3
** Desktop changes

*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
a895 3
*** Minor modes are now restored.  Which minor modes are restored
and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.

d904 1
a904 1
made invisible again.
d996 1
a996 1
VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command,
d1071 1
a1071 1
definition.
d1103 1
a1103 1
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
d1132 1
a1132 1
lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use
d1134 1
a1134 1
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
d1155 1
a1155 1
vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
d1162 2
a1163 2
*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings
d1170 1
a1170 1
include:
d1191 1
a1191 1

d1223 1
a1223 1
The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
d1403 1
a1403 1
   (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
d1571 1
a1571 1
:filter FILTER-FN
d1577 1
a1577 1
                  binding for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
d2021 2
a2022 2
CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
d2320 1
a2320 1
blocks if a match is inside the block.
d2517 2
a2518 2
*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
Gnus.
d2520 1
a2520 1
*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
d2565 1
a2565 1

d2600 1
a2600 1

d2611 1
a2611 1

d2667 1
a2667 1
Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
d2669 2
a2670 2
share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you
d2689 1
a2689 1
*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
d2710 3
a2712 11
*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
subclasses of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow
you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
following/previous years.

*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system.  Use `pb' in
the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date.  The Baha'i
calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year).  The
calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
supposed attribute of God.
d2716 1
a2716 2
There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
layout.
d2718 1
a2718 1
*** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
d2720 6
a2725 4
Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex.  If your
printer system has this behavior, set variable
`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
d2727 3
a2729 3
If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
blank page as the very first printed page.  So, it behaves as if the
very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
d2731 3
a2733 2
The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
setting duplex mode and page size.  Valid values are:
d2735 1
a2735 3
 lpr-switches    duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
		 Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
		 printing for your printer.
d2737 3
a2739 2
 setpagedevice   duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
		 setpagedevice PostScript operator.
d2741 1
a2741 2
 nil             duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
		 the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
d2743 3
a2745 7
The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other.  If
`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
bindings on the left or right.  If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
The default value is nil.
d2747 1
a2747 2
The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
properties alist.  Valid frame properties are:
d2749 3
a2751 7
  fore-color	Specify the foreground frame color.
		Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
		color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
		color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
		correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
		float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
		color).  The default is 0 ("black").
d2753 2
a2754 2
  back-color	Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
		The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
d2756 2
a2757 2
  shadow-color	Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
		The default is 0 ("black").
d2759 3
a2761 11
  border-color	Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
		The default is 0 ("black").

  border-width	Specify the border width.
		The default is 0.4.

Any other property is ignored.

Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
documentation).
d2763 1
a2763 245
Ps-print can also print footers.  The footer variables are:
`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
`ps-footer-frame-alist'.  These variables are similar to those
controlling headers.

*** Color management (subgroup)

If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
color.

*** Face Management (subgroup)

If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
background should be used.  Valid values are:

 t		always use face background color.
 nil		never use face background color.
 (face...)	list of faces whose background color will be used.

*** N-up printing (subgroup)

The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
sheet of paper.

The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
between the sheet border and the n-up printing.

If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
each page.

The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
on each sheet of paper.  Following are the valid values for
`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:

   `left-top'   1  2  3  4         `left-bottom'    9  10 11 12
		5  6  7  8                          5  6  7  8
		9  10 11 12                         1  2  3  4

   `right-top'  4  3  2  1         `right-bottom'   12 11 10 9
		8  7  6  5                          8  7  6  5
		12 11 10 9                          4  3  2  1

   `top-left'   1  4  7  10        `bottom-left'    3  6  9  12
		2  5  8  11                         2  5  8  11
		3  6  9  12                         1  4  7  10

   `top-right'  10 7  4  1         `bottom-right'   12 9  6  3
		11 8  5  2                          11 8  5  2
		12 9  6  3                          10 7  4  1

Any other value is treated as `left-top'.

*** Zebra stripes (subgroup)

The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
RGB color.

The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
continue on next page.  Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):

		   `nil'        `follow'        `full'        `full-follow'
   Current Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
		1  XXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXX +   1  XXXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		2  XXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXX +   2  XXXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		3  XXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXX +   3  XXXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		4        +   4           +   4         +   4                +
		5        +   5           +   5         +   5                +
		6        +   6           +   6         +   6                +
		7  XXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXX +   7  XXXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		8  XXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXX +   8  XXXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		9  XXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXX +   9  XXXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		10       +   10          +
		11       +   11          +
		--------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
      Next Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
		12 XXXXX +   12          +   10 XXXXXX +   10               +
		13 XXXXX +   13 XXXXXXXX +   11 XXXXXX +   11               +
		14 XXXXX +   14 XXXXXXXX +   12 XXXXXX +   12               +
		15       +   15 XXXXXXXX +   13        +   13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		16       +   16          +   14        +   14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		17       +   17          +   15        +   15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
		18 XXXXX +   18          +   16 XXXXXX +   16               +
		19 XXXXX +   19 XXXXXXXX +   17 XXXXXX +   17               +
		20 XXXXX +   20 XXXXXXXX +   18 XXXXXX +   18               +
		21       +   21 XXXXXXXX +
		22       +   22          +
		--------     -----------     ---------     ----------------

Any other value is treated as `nil'.


*** Printer management (subgroup)

The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string.  If you're using the lpr
utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
to "-P".

The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
paper feeding.  If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place.  If it's
non-nil, manual feeding takes place.

The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript.  Non-nil means
do so.

*** Page settings (subgroup)

If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
instead.  If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
by `ps-paper-type'.  This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
`setpagedevice'.

The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).

The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print.  If
it's nil, all pages are printed.  If it's a list, list elements may be
integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
specifying to print from page FROM to TO.  Invalid list elements, that
is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
its TO, are ignored.

The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
pages.  Valid values are:

   nil		print all pages.

   `even-page'	print only even pages.

   `odd-page'	print only odd pages.

   `even-sheet'	print only even sheets.
		That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
		`even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
		print only the even sheet of paper.

   `odd-sheet'	print only odd sheets.
		That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
		`odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
		only the odd sheet of paper.

Any other value is treated as nil.

If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
`ps-even-or-odd-pages'.  For example, if we have:

   (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))

and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
`ps-n-up-printing', we get:

`ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'	PAGES PRINTED
	nil			1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
	even-page		4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
	odd-page		1, 7, 9, 13, 15
	even-sheet		4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
	odd-sheet		1, 7, 9, 13, 15

`ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'	PAGES PRINTED
	nil			1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
	even-page		4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
	odd-page		1/7, 9/13, 15
	even-sheet		6/7, 10/12, 15/16
	odd-sheet		1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20

*** Miscellany (subgroup)

The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
messages should be sent.

It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
`ps-user-defined-prologue'.

The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.

The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
points for line numbers.

The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
numbers.  See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.

The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
line numbers are printed.  For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
to 2, the printing will look like:

   1 one line
     one line
   3 one line
     one line
   5 one line
     one line
     ...

Valid values are:

integer		an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
		printed.  If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
		is used.

`zebra'		specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
		zebra stripe is to be printed.

Any other value is treated as `zebra'.

The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'.  For example, if
`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
3, the output will look like:

     one line
     one line
   3 one line
     one line
     one line
   6 one line
     one line
     one line
   9 one line
     one line
     ...

The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.

The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
`ps-font-size').

The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
`ps-font-size').
d2765 4
a2768 1
The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
d2770 2
a2771 2
The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
d2776 1
a2776 1
C++, ; for lisp).
d2783 1
a2783 1
*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
d2790 1
a2790 1
*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
d2917 1
a2917 1
`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
d2944 1
a2944 8
** Changes to the emacsclient program

*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
associated with the name.  That is an emacsclient running as root
can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.

*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
a2947 5
*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
use if Emacs is not running.  The environment variable
ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
option takes precedence.

d3002 1
a3002 1
C-c (    reftex-label
d3020 1
a3020 1

a3105 2
** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.

d3149 1
a3149 1
*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
d3152 1
a3152 1
*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
d3318 1
a3318 1
    M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish
d3424 1
a3424 1
If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
d3511 1
a3511 1

d3825 2
a3826 2
invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
d3828 1
a3828 1
manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
d3832 1
a3832 1
 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
d3834 1
a3834 1
 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
d4071 1
a4071 1
of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
d4164 1
a4164 1
item from menu created by imenu.
d4170 774
a4943 1
* For older news, see the file ONEWS
d4948 1
a4948 1
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@


1.1.1.37
log
@import emacs-21.0.105
@
text
@d19 3
d26 6
d38 2
a39 8
** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.

** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.

** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP.  You can turn this off using
the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
a46 3
** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
new display features described below.

a49 1
+++
a57 1
+++
a69 1
+++
a82 6
Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
the colors supported by the terminal.  This means you could have the
same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.

---
a84 7
---
** Sound support

Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver).  Currently
supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).

a109 1
+++
a114 1
+++
a120 1
+++
d151 13
a189 13
** Automatic Hscrolling

Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default).  This setting can be
customized.

If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
for automatic horizontal scrolling.  Automatic scrolling will scroll
the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.

+++
a196 1
+++
a201 1
+++
d210 2
a211 3
versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
a263 25
** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.

The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.

On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
according to the keyboard used.  If the keyboard has both a Backspace
key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward.  On
keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
set to nil, and these keys delete backward.

If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
`keyboard-translate'.  The former functionality of C-h is available on
the F1 key.  You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.

Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.

+++
a267 1
---
a271 1
---
a275 1
+++
d284 1
a284 1
The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
a287 1
---
a293 1
---
a297 1
---
a314 1
+++
d319 3
d328 9
a336 1
---
a340 1
---
a342 1
---
d353 21
a373 2
---
** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
d375 2
a376 4
You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
because it now contains a version-dependent component.  You can still
use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
`~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
d399 37
d441 6
a450 1
---
d455 10
d466 2
a467 3
** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
file that is already visited under a different name.
d469 3
a471 3
---
** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
d474 1
a474 2
** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
and displays information about that.
d476 3
a478 3
---
** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
d480 2
a481 6
This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
mode from the file's name.  If it matches, the file is assumed to be
interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
regular expression.  The mode is then determined as the mode
associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
d483 1
a483 3
---
** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
d485 4
a488 8
+++
** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
contents.  (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
by M-x prefer-coding-system.)  Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
d490 1
a490 3
---
** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
d492 3
a494 3
+++
** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
system for keyboard input.
d496 2
a497 10
+++
** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
escape sequences.  If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
such escape sequences.  The default value is nil, and it is
recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
always want to read any escape code verbatim.  If you just want to
read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
(`universal-coding-system-argument').  For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
RET C-x C-f filename RET.
d499 4
a502 3
---
** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
d504 3
a506 3
+++
** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
displays all characters in that character set.
d508 4
a511 3
---
** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
d513 2
a514 4
+++
** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
d516 2
a517 8
+++
** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
8859-15.  See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
and Polish `slash'.
d519 2
a520 4
+++
** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
of the tutorial.
d522 2
a523 4
---
** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
function keys are changed as follows.  This is to conform to "Emacs
Lisp Coding Convention".
d525 3
a527 5
    new  command                            old-binding
    ---  -------                            -----------
    f3   ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer         f5
    S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region         f5
    C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
d529 1
a529 3
    f4   ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer         unchanged
    S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region         unchanged
    C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
d531 1
a531 13
    S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation           f3
    S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel                 f6
    S-f7 ethio-replace-space                f7
    S-f8 ethio-input-special-character      f8
    S-f9 ethio-replace-space                unchanged
    C-f9 ethio-toggle-space                 f2

---
** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed.  Now the
rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively.  Rules for translating
"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted.  Now, to input
"`", you must type "=q".
d541 61
a642 1
---
d693 73
a800 1
---
d821 16
d846 1
a846 1
bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
a864 25
+++
** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
buffers.

---
** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.

---
** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
abbreviated file names.  Abbreviations can be customized by changing
`directory-abbrev-alist'.

+++
** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
forced on.  The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.

The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.

---
a873 1
+++
a876 1
---
d885 3
a887 4
---
** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
(if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
d889 1
a889 2
+++
** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
d891 1
a891 3
---
** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
d893 1
a893 5
---
** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips.  Many standard menus
displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
d895 22
a916 3
--
** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
read mail from the menu etc.
d919 3
a921 4
** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
This environment variable was used when creating lock files.  Emacs on
MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore.  This change was made
before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
d924 2
a925 2
** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
MS-DOS version of Emacs.
d928 2
a929 6
** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
correctly.  One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
of Emacs.
d932 6
a937 1
** Customize changes
d939 1
a939 5
*** Customize now supports comments about customized items.  Use the
`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value.  Note that
customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
earlier versions of Emacs.
d941 1
a941 3
*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
default).
d943 2
a944 5
*** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
file.  This is because saving customizations from such a session would
wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
file.
d946 1
a946 1
** New features in evaluation commands
d948 2
a949 6
+++
*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
d951 2
a952 5
The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...'  is
printed).
d954 2
a955 2
<RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
d957 2
a958 2
The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
during evaluation produces a backtrace.
d960 1
a960 3
---
*** The function `eval-defun' (M-C-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
code when called with a prefix argument.
d962 2
a963 2
+++
** CC mode changes.
d965 5
a969 7
Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
current user setups (although it's believed that these
incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
back depending on user feedback.  Therefore there's no forward
compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
release.
d971 8
a978 4
*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
is entered.  This has now been removed since it caused too much
confusion.
d980 2
a981 4
However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before).  So you won't
notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
d983 3
a985 2
*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
d987 3
a989 2
space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
d991 3
a993 4
compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
d995 3
a997 4
*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
earlier statement.  An example:
d999 3
a1001 4
for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
  if (a[i])
    res += a[i]->offset;
else
d1003 2
a1004 5
Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
the preceding "if".
d1006 3
a1008 2
CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
by default.
d1010 1
a1010 4
*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
documentation or other natural language text.
d1012 6
a1017 7
The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
the short strings that often reside inside statements.  Multiline
strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
commands, etc.  Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
d1019 3
a1021 4
*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
source, like Javadoc in Java.  Pike mode now recognize this markup in
comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
d1023 5
a1027 5
*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does.  This
change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
Pike mode only.
d1029 2
a1030 8
*** Better handling of syntactic errors.
The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
following lines in a sane way (most of the time).  An "else" with no
matching "if" is handled similarly.  If an error is discovered while
indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
is reported afterwards.
d1032 3
a1034 3
*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
d1036 2
a1037 7
*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble.  Some
code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
modularity somewhat.  Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
groundwork.
d1039 3
a1041 6
*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
non-advanced users.  If you know what this variable does you might
want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
have to bother.
d1043 1
a1043 6
Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
d1045 2
a1046 8
*** New initialization procedure for the style system.
When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style.  This
is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
settings would override the global settings.  This change makes it
possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
d1048 1
a1048 5
By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
the style system.  This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
above.
d1050 1
a1050 8
Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
function.  When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
values.  In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
function documentation for more info.
d1052 1
a1052 8
The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
with setq in their .emacs files.  On the other hand, the new system is
intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot.  This new system
is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
d1054 8
a1061 1
(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
d1063 3
a1065 2
**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
d1067 2
a1068 6
This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
the style is first initialized.  This means it now defaults to the
empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
style system.
d1070 4
a1073 4
**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
as far as possible.
d1075 4
a1078 4
*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
surrounding code, especially inside comments.  For details see the new
chapter about this in the manual.
d1080 2
a1081 5
**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments.  It's
primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
d1083 4
a1086 3
**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
d1088 6
a1093 2
**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
d1095 2
a1096 4
It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
inside CC Mode.
d1098 2
a1099 5
Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
the empty string (which it commonly does).  A patch for that is
available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
cc-mode/).
d1101 5
a1105 5
**** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
`c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
enders were filled, are not used anymore.  The new version of the
function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
they were before the filling.
d1107 3
a1109 4
**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
literals.
d1111 1
a1111 5
**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments.  If
you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
this function.
d1113 5
a1117 5
*** Fixes to IDL mode.
It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
to IDL.  E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
Thanks to Eric Eide.
d1119 2
a1120 3
*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
opening braces hangs and when they don't.
d1122 1
a1122 1
**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
d1124 4
a1127 4
*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
See their docstrings for details.  c-lineup-template-args does a
better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
d1129 3
a1131 3
*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
previous line.  It used to instead preserve comments that started in
the column specified by comment-column.
d1133 2
a1134 6
*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
prefix.  This is intended for the type of large block comments that
contain documentation with its own formatting.  In these you normally
don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
d1136 1
a1136 3
*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
arguments.
d1138 2
a1139 1
*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
d1141 2
a1142 5
*** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
Provan).
d1144 2
a1145 1
*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
a1148 1
+++
a1152 1
+++
a1156 1
+++
a1160 1
+++
d1165 1
a1165 2
---
*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
a1170 1
---
a1173 1
---
d1179 2
a1180 2
+++
** Gnus changes.
d1182 1
a1182 3
The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
internationalization and mail-fetching.
d1184 7
a1190 2
*** The mail-fetching functions have changed.  See the manual for the
many details.  In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
d1192 4
a1195 1
If you used procmail like in
d1197 4
a1200 4
(setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
d1202 2
a1203 1
this now has changed to
d1205 2
a1206 3
(setq mail-sources
      '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
		   :suffix ".in")))
d1208 4
a1211 2
More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
d1213 4
a1216 4
*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader.  This affects many parts of
Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands.  See the manual for details.
Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
d1218 4
a1221 3
The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
d1223 5
a1227 4
*** Gnus has also been multilingualized.  This also affects too many
parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables.  There
are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
now just a compatibility layer.
d1229 2
a1230 2
*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
Gnus facilities.
d1232 4
a1235 2
*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
called to position point.
d1237 7
a1243 2
*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
summary buffers and NOV files.
d1245 4
a1248 2
*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed.  Instead, a number
of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
d1250 5
a1254 2
*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
subtly different manner.
d1256 8
a1263 3
*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
and nnultimate.  nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
ever-changing layouts.
d1265 3
a1267 1
*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
d1269 7
a1275 1
*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
d1277 6
a1282 2
---
** Changes in Texinfo mode.
d1284 6
a1289 2
*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
macros
d1291 8
a1298 9
  Key binding	Macro
  -------------------------
  C-c C-c C-s	@@strong
  C-c C-c C-e	@@emph
  C-c C-c u	@@uref
  C-c C-c q     @@quotation
  C-c C-c m	@@email
  C-c C-o       @@<block> ... @@end <block>
  M-RET         @@item
d1300 5
a1304 1
*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
d1306 8
a1313 2
---
** Changes in Outline mode.
d1315 8
a1322 3
There is now support for Imenu to index headings.  A new command
`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
d1324 1
a1324 1
** Changes to Emacs Server
d1326 2
a1327 6
+++
*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
with buffers when done with them.  If non-nil, the default, buffers
are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
Emacs Server.  If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
buffers to kill, as before.
d1329 6
a1334 3
Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
this way.
d1336 4
a1339 3
+++
** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
d1341 4
a1344 2
---
** Changes to Show Paren mode.
d1346 5
a1350 3
*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
use.  Default is 1000.
d1352 3
a1354 3
+++
** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
d1356 2
a1357 1
** Changes to hideshow.el
d1359 4
a1362 2
---
*** Generalized block selection and traversal
d1364 5
a1368 4
A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
d1370 4
a1373 5
---
*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
hidden blocks are temporarily shown.  The variable `hs-headline' can
be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
the open block.
d1375 5
a1379 234
---
*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
the normal block-hiding function.

---
*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.

+++
*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode.  Notably, the prefix
for all bindings is now `C-c @@'.  For details, see the documentation
for `hs-minor-mode'.

---
*** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.

** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions

+++
*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
an entry appropriate for the file's parent.  This is useful for making
log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.

+++
**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
current buffer.

+++
*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
in a log file.

+++
*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
version number is performed based on regular expressions from
`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.

*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.

---
** Changes to cmuscheme

*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.

** Changes in Font Lock

+++
*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.

---
*** Multi-line patterns are now supported.  Modes using this, should
set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.

---
*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
the face used for each string/comment.

---
*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".

** Changes to Shell mode

+++
*** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
to use, which defaults to "*shell*".  When used interactively, a
non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).

** Comint (subshell) changes

These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.

---
*** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
respectively).  This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.

+++
*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
to distinguish prompts from user-input.  Instead, it notices which
parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
this information.  Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner.  To disable this
feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.

+++
*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.

---
*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
buffer name from the mini-buffer.  The command is sent to the current
buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.

The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.

+++
*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
and support choosing previous input with mouse-2.  To control these features,
see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.

+++
*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
saves the output from the most recent command to a file.  With a prefix
argument, it appends to the file.

+++
*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
compatibility.

---
*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
ring (history).

---
*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
strings, starting with a `#'.  The default value of this variable is "^#".

** Changes to Rmail mode

---
*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender, the
recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.  If nil, the default,
`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
as correspondent.

Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
mails sent by you under different user names.  Then it should be a
regexp matching your mail addresses.

---
*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
Rmail file.  You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p.  Default is to ask
for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.

---
*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
like `j'.

---
*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
digest message.

---
*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
in which folder to put messages automatically.

+++
*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.

---
** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.

---
** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
use the -f option when sending mail.

---
** Changes to TeX mode

*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
`latex-mode'.

*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.

*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.

*** Added support for outline-minor-mode.

** Changes to RefTeX mode

*** RefTeX has new support for index generation.  Index entries can be
    created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
    Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
    macro.  `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
    sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index.  Entries
    can be edited from that buffer.

*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
    items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
    `A' to use all marked entries).

*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
    memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.

*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
    in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
    to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
    been cited.

** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
semicolons in a heading line.  Toplevel forms starting with a `('
in column 1 are always made leaves.

** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
has the following new features:

*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
may match text spanning multiple lines.  For example, some people like
to have the filename and date on separate lines.  The new variable
time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.

*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file.  This
feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
compiled binary.  The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
pattern.  The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
defaults to 1.
d1381 5
a1385 2
** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
file names.
d1387 3
a1389 1
** Ispell changes
d1391 1
a1391 4
+++
*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active.  Otherwise it
spell-checks the current buffer.
d1393 4
a1396 3
+++
*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
added.
d1398 3
a1400 3
---
*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
correction is made and re-checked.
d1402 6
a1407 2
---
*** An Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definition has been added.
d1409 3
a1411 3
---
*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
cases.
d1413 1
a1413 3
---
*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
on syntax errors.
d1415 5
a1419 3
---
*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
end of the buffer.
d1421 1
a1421 2
---
*** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
a1424 1
---
a1426 1
---
a1431 1
---
a1434 1
---
a1438 1
---
d1463 188
a1890 5
+++
*** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
fragments in accordance with the current major mode.

---
a1893 1
+++
a1945 1
---
a1977 1
---
a1992 1
---
a1994 1
---
d2018 1
a2018 3
*** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
current line in the current buffer.  It also provides
`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behaviour in all buffers.
a2019 1
---
a2028 1
---
a2035 1
---
a2040 1
---
a2043 1
---
a2051 1
---
a2109 1
---
a2122 1
---
a2126 1
---
a2132 1
---
a2135 1
---
a2138 1
---
a2141 1
---
d2145 3
a2147 1
---
a2152 230
---
*** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
`.g'.

+++
** Changes in sort.el

The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal.  The
new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
numeric base.

** Changes to Ange-ftp

+++
*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
names cleanly.  It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
sign, e.g. `/foo@@bar.org#666:mumble'.  (This syntax comes from EFS.)

---
*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.

---
*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
output ^M at the end of lines.

+++
** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
mode `iswitchb-mode'.

+++
** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
`(msb-mode 1)'.

---
** Flyspell mode has various new options.  See the `flyspell' Custom
group.

---
** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'.  The following values
are recognized:

`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
`hungry'   -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
`all'      -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
nil        -- just delete one character.

Default value is `untabify'.

[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]

---
** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
symbol, not double-quoted.

---
** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
version.  They are:  auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc.  Their implementations have been
moved to lisp/obsolete.

+++
** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
`auto-compression-mode' command.

---
** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
`browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.

---
** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
`browse-url-new-window-flag'.

+++
** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.

+++
** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'.  It
is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.

---
** The Strokes package has been updated.  If your Emacs has XPM
support, you can use it for pictographic editing.  In Strokes mode,
use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
buffer.  You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer.  There is a
new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.

+++
** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.

---
** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.

The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
file you are visiting in Hexl mode.

---
** Shell script mode changes.

Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
derived from sh and rc.  The indentation style is customizable, and
sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.

---
** Etags changes.

*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.

*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex.  It is now
possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
a regular expression.  The manual contains details.

*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
declarations when given the --declarations option.

*** In C++, tags are created for "operator".  The tags have the form
"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.

*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
`template' keywords.

*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
C-like languages.  Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.

*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
types.

*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.

*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".

*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
are now tagged.

*** In makefiles, tags the targets.

*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables.  my and local
variables are tagged.

*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.

*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
for PSWrap.

+++
** Changes in etags.el

*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive.  The default
is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.

*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.

If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
FUNCTION TO-SEARCH).  For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it.  TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
obarray, or symbol.  If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.

TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.

FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
List buffer.  It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.

A useful example value for this variable might be something like:

  '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
    ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
    ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))

*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.

*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.

*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c".  If the tag matches the file name,
point will go to the beginning of the file.

*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
auto-compression-mode is active.  You can tag (with Etags) and search
(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.

*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
in buffers where no match is found.  In buffers where a match is
found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.

+++
** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
remove text past column 72.  The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.

** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.

+++
** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.

+++
** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
containing a list of regular expressions.  Buffers matching a regular
expression from that list, are not checked.

---
** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
When you do C-x C-f /user@@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
the buffer, just like for the local files.

---
** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.

+++
** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
displays local abbrevs, only.

a2156 4
** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair.  Its value
is measured in pixels.

a2160 1
---
a2219 3
** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
string.

a2243 3
** The new function amimate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el 
allows the animated display of strings.

a2423 1
+++
a2426 5
+++
** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
numbers in the mode line.  The default is 200.

a2454 5

** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.

d2557 3
a2559 10
Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned.  For example, text
which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.

** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text.  For
details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
d2624 1
a2624 4
signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.  Also,
base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs 20,
it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
sequence).
a3659 3
The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
display can display image files.

d3886 2
a3887 2
FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground.
d3891 2
a3892 2
BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
d3951 2
a3952 2
FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground.
d3956 2
a3957 2
BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
d4423 4
a4426 7
has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.  During the
evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
the display property was found, respectively.  Both positions can be
different when object is a string.
d4429 1
a4429 1
`(when t . SPEC)'.
d4563 1
@


1.1.1.38
log
@import emacs-21.0.106
@
text
@d50 1
d59 1
d72 1
d91 1
d94 1
a99 2
You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
sound support.
d101 1
d126 1
d132 1
d139 1
d169 1
d183 1
d195 1
d208 1
d216 1
d222 1
d235 1
d260 1
d266 1
d274 1
d285 1
d310 1
d315 1
d320 1
d325 1
d329 1
d338 1
d345 1
d350 1
d354 1
d364 1
d368 1
d372 1
d379 1
d384 1
d387 1
d392 1
d398 1
d406 1
d410 1
d418 1
d424 1
d427 1
d431 1
d436 1
d441 1
d446 1
d450 1
d454 1
d465 1
d469 1
d478 1
d482 1
d486 1
d497 1
d501 1
d505 1
d509 1
d514 1
d523 1
d528 1
d550 1
d557 1
d565 1
d571 1
d577 1
d581 1
d586 1
d595 1
d601 1
d606 1
d610 1
d656 1
d672 1
d677 1
d692 1
d702 1
d713 1
d720 1
d728 1
d741 1
d747 1
d750 1
d755 1
d765 1
d772 1
d775 1
d779 1
d784 1
d788 1
d793 1
d796 1
d800 1
d810 1
d816 1
d820 1
d828 1
d849 1
d868 1
d872 1
d1122 1
d1127 1
d1132 1
d1137 1
d1142 1
d1149 1
d1153 1
d1159 1
d1222 1
d1240 1
d1249 1
d1260 1
d1264 1
d1271 1
d1277 1
d1285 1
d1291 1
d1296 1
d1299 1
d1305 1
d1311 1
d1316 1
d1320 1
d1324 1
d1334 1
d1342 1
d1346 1
d1350 1
d1354 1
d1360 1
d1371 1
d1379 1
d1389 1
d1393 1
d1402 1
d1407 1
d1412 1
d1417 1
d1421 1
d1428 1
d1440 1
d1447 1
d1451 1
d1456 1
d1460 1
d1465 1
d1469 1
d1473 1
a1473 11
** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.

If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
`rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.

d1531 1
d1536 1
d1540 1
d1544 1
d1547 1
d1551 1
d1555 1
d1559 1
d1564 1
d1567 1
d1573 1
d1577 1
d1582 1
d1586 1
d1811 1
d1822 1
d1828 1
d1843 1
d1847 1
d1851 1
d1855 1
d1862 1
d1867 1
d1874 1
d1887 1
d1903 1
d1908 1
d1941 1
d1948 1
d1952 1
d1957 1
d1960 1
d1968 1
d1976 1
d1980 1
d1983 1
d1988 1
d1998 1
d2002 1
d2006 1
d2009 1
d2012 1
d2016 1
d2025 1
d2071 1
d2084 1
d2088 1
d2093 1
d2098 1
d2103 1
d2107 1
d2110 1
d2114 1
d2118 1
d2122 1
d2126 1
d2132 1
d2137 1
d2147 1
d2152 1
d2156 1
d2160 1
d2164 1
d2169 1
d2173 1
d2187 1
d2191 1
d2197 1
d2202 1
d2207 1
d2211 1
d2215 1
d2219 1
d2227 1
d2231 1
d2237 1
d2244 1
d2288 1
d2334 1
d2341 1
d2344 1
d2349 1
d2355 1
d2358 1
d2362 1
d2370 1
d2374 1
a2374 3
** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
were added to compile.el.

a2460 2
** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.

d2487 1
d2491 1
d2495 1
d2501 1
d2506 1
d2509 1
d2517 1
d2525 1
d2529 1
d2535 1
d2544 1
d2552 1
d2566 1
d2570 1
a2570 2
has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
`key-and-value', in addtion the `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
d2572 1
d2577 1
d2584 1
d2603 1
a2603 1
** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
d2605 1
a2605 1
- Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
d2644 1
d2648 1
d2657 1
d2663 1
d2676 1
d2706 3
a2708 3
*** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
d2806 1
d2817 1
d2863 2
a2864 2
`base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
d2935 1
d2950 1
d2957 1
d2964 1
d2968 1
d2980 1
d2985 1
d2997 1
d3004 1
d3008 1
d3012 1
d3018 1
d3033 1
d3039 1
d3043 1
d3058 1
d3084 1
d3114 1
d3249 1
d3256 1
d3262 1
d3268 1
d3278 1
d3282 1
d3286 1
d3293 1
d3299 1
d3303 1
d3310 1
d3325 1
d3346 1
d3359 1
d3404 1
d3420 1
d3424 1
d3431 1
d3434 1
d3448 1
d3458 1
d3462 1
d3466 1
d3500 1
d3549 1
d3559 1
d3592 1
d3599 1
d3640 1
d3658 1
d3691 1
d3845 1
d3863 1
d3904 1
d4000 1
d4296 1
d4316 1
d4351 1
d4374 1
d4388 1
d4499 1
d4523 1
d4527 1
d4542 1
d4678 1
d4743 1
d4761 1
d4765 1
d4772 1
d4777 1
@


1.1.1.39
log
@import emacs-21.1
@
text
@a132 6
** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.

When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
file to visit.  File->Save As also pops up that dialog.

a491 5
** There are new Leim input methods.
New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
"greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
package.

d498 1
a498 1
** If your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
d2342 1
a2342 1
`key-and-value', in addition the `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
a2457 267
** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
regular expressions.

- Function: rx-to-string SEXP

Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.

- Macro: rx SEXP

Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.

The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
notation.

STRING
     matches string STRING literally.

CHAR
     matches character CHAR literally.

`not-newline'
     matches any character except a newline.
			.
`anything'
     matches any character

`(any SET)'
     matches any character in SET.  SET may be a character or string.
     Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.

'(in SET)' 
     like `any'.

`(not (any SET))'
     matches any character not in SET

`line-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
     in the text being matched

`line-end'
     is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line

`string-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
     string being matched against.

`string-end'
     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
     string being matched against.

`buffer-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
     buffer being matched against.

`buffer-end'
     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
     buffer being matched against.

`point'
     matches the empty string, but only at point.

`word-start'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
     word.

`word-end'
     matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.

`word-boundary'
     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
     word.

`(not word-boundary)'
     matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
     word.

`digit'
     matches 0 through 9.

`control'
     matches ASCII control characters.

`hex-digit'
     matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.

`blank'
     matches space and tab only.

`graphic'
     matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
     space, and DEL.

`printing'
     matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
     and DEL.

`alphanumeric'
     matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
     it matches anything that has word syntax.)

`letter'
     matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
     it matches anything that has word syntax.)

`ascii'
     matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.

`nonascii'
     matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.

`lower'
     matches anything lower-case.

`upper'
     matches anything upper-case.

`punctuation'
     matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
     it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)

`space'
     matches anything that has whitespace syntax.

`word'
     matches anything that has word syntax.

`(syntax SYNTAX)'
     matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
     of the following symbols.

     `whitespace'		(\\s- in string notation)
     `punctuation'		(\\s.)
     `word'			(\\sw)
     `symbol'			(\\s_)
     `open-parenthesis'		(\\s()
     `close-parenthesis'	(\\s))
     `expression-prefix'	(\\s')
     `string-quote'		(\\s\")
     `paired-delimiter'		(\\s$)
     `escape'			(\\s\\)
     `character-quote'		(\\s/)
     `comment-start'		(\\s<)
     `comment-end'		(\\s>)

`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
     matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.

`(category CATEGORY)'
     matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
     either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.

     `consonant'			(\\c0 in string notation)
     `base-vowel'			(\\c1)
     `upper-diacritical-mark'		(\\c2)
     `lower-diacritical-mark'		(\\c3)
     `tone-mark'		        (\\c4)
     `symbol'			        (\\c5)
     `digit'			        (\\c6)
     `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark'	(\\c7)
     `vowel-sign'			(\\c8)
     `semivowel-lower'			(\\c9)
     `not-at-end-of-line'		(\\c<)
     `not-at-beginning-of-line'		(\\c>)
     `alpha-numeric-two-byte'		(\\cA)
     `chinse-two-byte'			(\\cC)
     `greek-two-byte'			(\\cG)
     `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'	(\\cH)
     `indian-tow-byte'			(\\cI)
     `japanese-katakana-two-byte'	(\\cK)
     `korean-hangul-two-byte'		(\\cN)
     `cyrillic-two-byte'		(\\cY)
     `ascii'				(\\ca)
     `arabic'				(\\cb)
     `chinese'				(\\cc)
     `ethiopic'				(\\ce)
     `greek'				(\\cg)
     `korean'				(\\ch)
     `indian'				(\\ci)
     `japanese'				(\\cj)
     `japanese-katakana'		(\\ck)
     `latin'				(\\cl)
     `lao'				(\\co)
     `tibetan'				(\\cq)
     `japanese-roman'			(\\cr)
     `thai'				(\\ct)
     `vietnamese'			(\\cv)
     `hebrew'				(\\cw)
     `cyrillic'				(\\cy)
     `can-break'			(\\c|)

`(not (category CATEGORY))'
     matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.

`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.

`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
     `match-beginning', and `match-string'.

`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     another name for `submatch'.

`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
     matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
     args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
     regular expression.

`(minimal-match SEXP)'
     produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
     zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
     match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
     still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.

`(maximal-match SEXP)'
     produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.   This is the default.

`(zero-or-more SEXP)'
     matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.

`(0+ SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-more'.

`(* SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.

`(*? SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.

`(one-or-more SEXP)'
     matches one or more occurrences of A.
  
`(1+ SEXP)'
     like `one-or-more'.

`(+ SEXP)'
     like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.

`(+? SEXP)'
     like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.

`(zero-or-one SEXP)'
     matches zero or one occurrences of A.
     
`(optional SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-one'.

`(? SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.

`(?? SEXP)'
     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.

`(repeat N SEXP)'
     matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.

`(repeat N M SEXP)'
     matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.

`(eval FORM)'
      evaluate FORM and insert result.   If result is a string,
      `regexp-quote' it.

`(regexp REGEXP)'
      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.

@


1.1.1.40
log
@import emacs-21.2
@
text
@a8 51
* Installation changes in Emacs 21.2

** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 has been added.

** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.


* Changes in Emacs 21.2

** Emacs now supports ICCCM Extended Segments in X selections.

Some versions of X, notably XFree86, use Extended Segments to encode
in X selections characters that belong to character sets which are not
part of the list of standard charsets supported by the ICCCM spec.
Examples of such non-standard character sets include ISO 8859-14, ISO
8859-15, KOI8-R, and BIG5.  To paste selections with such characters
into Emacs, use the new coding system compound-text-with-extensions as
the value of selection-coding-system.

** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
were changed.

** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.

** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
instead of using default-major-mode.

** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned.  If it is t
(the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry.  If this option
is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.

This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
NEWS.


* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.2

** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
and the latter now controls scrolling down.

** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.


d239 2
a240 1
- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
d242 4
a245 1
- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
a763 5
** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
already in your init file.

d784 1
a784 1
*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
d1443 1
a1443 1
*** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
d2186 1
a2186 2
Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
to remove the properties of the copy.
d2256 1
a2256 1
** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el 
d2464 5
d2997 1
a2997 1
Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
d3472 5
d7288 1
a7288 1
  * ?		dired-unmark-all-files		C-M-?
d7360 1
a7360 1
`C-M-_'.
d7381 1
a7381 1
(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
d8127 1
a8127 1
entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
@


1.1.1.41
log
@import emacs-21.3
@
text
@d2 1
a2 1
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
a7 6
Temporary note:
 +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
 --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
so we will look at it and add it to the manual.

d9 1
a9 45
* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.4

** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
when you run configure.  This requires Gtk+ 2.0 or newer.

---
** Emacs can now be built without sound support.

** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with elisp code.

---
** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
installed programs.

---
** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
scores.  The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
place for game scores to be stored.  This may be controlled by the
configure option `--with-game-dir'.  The specific user that Emacs uses
to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'.  If access
to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
in each user's home directory.

---
** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
Emacs with Leim.

+++
** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.

The ELisp reference manual in Info format is built as part of the
Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
Manual.  A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).

---
** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
the distribution.

This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory.  A menu
item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
d11 1
a11 1
** Support for Cygwin was added.
a12 1
---
a14 22
---
** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.

---
** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 was added.

---
** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.

---
** Support for MacOS X was added.
See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.

---
** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.

---
** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.

---
** A French translation of the Emacs Tutorial is available.

d16 1
a16 1
* Changes in Emacs 21.4
d18 1
a18 2
** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
from the locale.
d20 7
a26 1
** Init file changes
d28 2
a29 185
You can now put the init files .emacs and .emacs_SHELL under
~/.emacs.d or directly under ~.  Emacs will find them in either place.

** MH-E changes.

Upgraded to MH-E version 7.2. There have been major changes since
version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.

+++
** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
`--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given elisp
expression and to use the given display when visiting files.

** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.

+++
** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
When the file is maintained under version control, that information
appears between the position information and the major mode.

** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.

+++
** You can now customize the use of window fringes.  To control this
for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable.  To
control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
set-fringe-style.

+++
** There is a new user option `mail-default-directory' that allows you
to specify the value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.  This
directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.  It defaults to
"~/".

+++
** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too.  Type C-x C-q if you
want to make the buffer writable.  (As root, you will in fact be able
to alter the file.)

** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.

---
** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.

Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
ps-print, provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF fonts.
See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.

---
** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
`buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.

`buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories will be
shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil.  The value of nil
and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.

`buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
the modified and read-only status of the buffers.  By default it is
t, and the status is shown.

Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
the Buffers menu is regenerated.

+++
** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
now look at the character after point.  If a face or faces are
specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
faces.

** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Windows-1251, Tajik,
Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6,
Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian,
Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW.  (Set up
automatically according to the locale.)

** Indian support has been updated.
The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based.  CDAC fonts are
assumed.  There is a framework for supporting various
Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are
supported.

---
** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer,
vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard,
latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml,
bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript,
tamil-inscript.

---
** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
Big 5 is then converted to CNS.

---
** Many new coding systems are available by loading the `code-pages'
library.  These include complete versions of most of those in
codepage.el, based on Unicode mappings.

** The utf-8 coding system has been enhanced.  Untranslatable utf-8
sequences (mostly representing CJK characters) are composed into
single quasi-characters.  User option `utf-translate-cjk' arranges to
translate many utf-8 CJK character sequences into real Emacs
characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS system.  The utf-8 coding
system will now encode characters from most of Emacs's one-dimensional
internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.

** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system.  Just specify the
fontset appropriately.

** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
unicode.

+++
** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
Unicode mappings.  This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended.  For instance,
translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
mule-unicode-... ones.

By default this translation will happen automatically on encoding.
Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
possible.

You can force a more complete unification with the user option
unify-8859-on-decoding-mode.  That maps all the Latin-N character sets
into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding.  Note that this mode
will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.

** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
when possible.  The latter are more space-efficient.  This is
controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.

** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
coding system for encoding and decoding file names.  A new menu item
(Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
command.

---
** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).

+++
** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
default-frame-alist.  It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
cursor does.

** Filesets are collections of files.  You can define a fileset in
various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
program files that include other program files.

Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
in them.

---
** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
when Emacs visits them.

---
** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.

`mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits.  By
default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
automatically.  The game uses faces for better visual feedback.

+++
** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
now shown as a hollow box or a thin bar.  However, you can control how
it blinks off by setting the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
d31 2
d34 3
a36 99
+++
** Emacs now supports compound-text Extended Segments in X selections.

Some versions of X, notably XFree86, use Extended Segments to encode
in X selections characters that belong to character sets which are not
part of the list of approved standard encodings defined by the
compound text spec.  An example of such non-standard encodings is
BIG5.  The new coding system `compound-text-with-extensions' supports
these extensions, and is now used by default for encoding and decoding
X selections.  If you don't want this support, set
`selection-coding-system' to `compound-text'.

+++
** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
will horizontally scroll the window.  The default value is 5.

The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
hscrolling will scroll the window when point gets too close to the
window edge.  If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
window so as to center point.  If its value is an integer, it says how
many columns to scroll.  If the value is a floating-point number, it
gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.

The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
`auto-hscroll-mode'.  The old name is still available as an alias.

+++
** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
TeX commands to use at startup.

+++
** New display feature: focus follows mouse.  If you set the variable
mouse-autoselect-window to non-nil value, moving the mouse to a different
Emacs window will select that window (minibuffer window can be selected
only when it is active).  The default is nil, so that this feature is not
enabled.

+++
** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
description various information about a character, including its
encodings and syntax, its text properties, overlays, and widgets at
point.  You can get more information about some of them, by clicking
on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.

+++
** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
search multiple buffers.  There is also a new command
`multi-occur-by-filename-regexp' which allows you to specify the
buffers to search by their filename.  Internally, Occur mode has been
rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other changes.

+++
** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
is over the text.  By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key.  You can
also disable mouse highlighting.

+++
** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that
an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment,
font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red
if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause
trouble with fontification and/or indentation.

+++
** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
prompt string.

+++
** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
of non-selected windows.  The `mode-line' face is now used to display
the mode line of the currently selected window.

The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.

---
** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
it off completely.  There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
current date and time, current line and column number in the
mode-line.

---
** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".

+++
** Emacs can now indicate in the mode-line the presence of new e-mails
in a directory or in a file.  See the documentation of the user option
`display-time-mail-directory'.
a37 1
+++
a48 780
---
** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.

+++
** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
argument it toggles the mode.

Turning off PC-Selection mode restores the global key bindings
that were replaced by turning on the mode.

+++
** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
arguments were given.  The new command-line option --no-splash
disables the splash screen; see also the variable
`inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
`inhibit-splash-screen').

** Changes in support of colors on character terminals

+++
*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
mode for a tty color support.  It is meant to be used on character
terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
terminal.  "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well.  See the
user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.

---
*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
than 8 colors.  For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
256-color modes are supported.  Emacs automatically notes at startup
the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
all of these colors.

---
*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.

+++
** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.

When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
screen size.  (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)

---
** Info-index offers completion.

---
** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
automatically.

+++
** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
modes (shell-mode etc) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
like bash's `ESC .' binding.  It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.

+++
** Changes in C-h bindings:

C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.

C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
    that do not change:

C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.

The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.

C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.

- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
  run by the key sequence.

- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
  command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
  that command.

For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
to new-kill-line, these commands now report:

- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
  C-k runs the command new-kill-line

- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
  kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>

- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
  new-kill-line is on C-k

+++
** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
making the decision in a heuristic way.  This new job is done by the
command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'.  To restore the old behavior,
bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.

+++
** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
be inconvenient when you did not expect them.  The variable
`yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones.  Insertion
of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.

+++
** Occur, Info, and comint-derived modes now support using
M-x font-lock-mode to toggle fontification.  The variable
`Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable fontification,
remove `turn-on-font-lock' from `Info-mode-hook'.

+++
** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
by using GNU grep `-H' option instead.  M-x grep will automatically
detect whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
command lines to be used than was possible before.

---
** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
sense for the attribute.  When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.

+++
** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
under the "[State]" button.

** The new customization type `float' specifies numbers with floating
point (no integers are allowed).

+++
** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).

---
** GUD mode improvements for jdb:

*** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class
    information. Fast startup since there is no need to scan all
    source files up front. There is also no need to create and maintain
    lists of source directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
    and `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.

*** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
    set/clear operations from java source files under the classpath, stack
    traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
    (gud-finish).

*** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
    (Java 1.1 jdb).

*** The previous method of searching for source files has been
    preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
    Set gud-jdb-use-classpath to nil.

  Added Customization Variables

*** gud-jdb-command-name.  What command line to use to invoke jdb.

*** gud-jdb-use-classpath. Allows selection of java source file searching
    method: set to t for new method, nil to scan gud-jdb-directories for
    java sources (previous method).

*** gud-jdb-directories. List of directories to scan and search for java
    classes using the original gud-jdb method (if gud-jdb-use-classpath
    is nil).

  Minor Improvements

*** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.

+++
** hide-ifdef-mode now uses overlays rather than selective-display
to hide its text.  This should be mostly transparent but slightly
changes the behavior of motion commands line C-e and C-p.

+++
** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.

+++
** Dired's v command now runs external viewers to view certain
types of files.  The variable `dired-view-command-alist' controls
what external viewers to use and when.

+++
** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
is only rarely needed.

---
** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.

If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification.  For
example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
only happen after 0.25s of idle time.

+++
** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times.  If
you hit M-C-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@@ (mark-word), M-h (mark-paragraph), or
C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region will now be extended
each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC M-C-SPC,
for example.  This feature also works for mark-end-of-sentence, if you
bind that to a key.

+++
** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
region.  Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
want to get this behavior from a particular command.  There are two
ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
command only.

One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
and sets the mark at point.  The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
mark or the region.

After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
deactivate the mark.  That typically happens when you type a command
that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
C-g.

+++
** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... will cycle through the
mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.

+++
** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
switching to it.

+++
** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
all frames you create.  A position specified with --geometry only
affects the initial frame.

+++
** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
paragraphs.

** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name
into the kill ring.

+++
** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
directory listing into a buffer.

---
** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.

** Unexpected yanking of text due to accidental clicking on the mouse
wheel button (typically mouse-2) during wheel scrolling is now avoided.
This behaviour can be customized via the mouse-wheel-click-event and
mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.

+++
** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
current locale settings if you are not using a window system.  This
may mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
emulator) works.  Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
by the keyboard.  See Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'.

+++
** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
automatically at startup, if it exists.  When Emacs offers to save
modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed.  It
can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.

+++
** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
appears in.

** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
of the recognized cursor types.

+++
** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
were changed.

---
** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.

---
** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).

+++
** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
`diary-block' or `diary-cyclic' now take an optional parameter MARK,
which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
how to highlight the day in the calendar display.  Specifying a
single-character string as @@var{mark} places the character next to the
day in the calendar.  Specifying a face highlights the day with that
face.  This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.

** VC Changes

*** The key C-x C-q no longer checks files in or out, it only changes
the read-only state of the buffer (toggle-read-only).  We made this
change because we held a poll and found that many users were unhappy
with the previous behavior.  If you do prefer this behavior, you
can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your .emacs:

    (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)

The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.

+++
*** There is a new user option `vc-cvs-global-switches' that allows
you to specify switches that are passed to any CVS command invoked
by VC.  These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which
means they are inserted before the command name.  For example, this
allows you to specify a compression level using the "-z#" option for
CVS.

** EDiff changes.

+++
***  When comparing directories.
Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
from one directory to another.

+++
*** When comparing files or buffers.
Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
comparison.

*** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
backup using `ediff'.  If you specify the name of a backup file,
`ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.

+++
** Etags changes.

*** New regular expressions features

**** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
only for backward compatibility.  The new equivalent syntax is
--regex=/regex/i.  More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
(single-line).  The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
(which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines.  The ability to
span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.

**** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in Gcc.
The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
CR, TAB, VT,

**** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise.  This is
particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.

**** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
The --regex=@@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
per line.  Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.

*** New language parsing features

**** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.

**** In Perl, packages are tags.
Subroutine tags are named from their package.  You can jump to sub tags
as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
package::sub.

**** New language PHP.
Tags are functions, classes and defines.
If the --members option is specified to etags, tags are vars also.

**** New language HTML.
Title and h1, h2, h3 are tagged.  Also, tags are generated when name= is
used inside an anchor and whenever id= is used.

**** New default keywords for TeX.
The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
renewenvironment.

**** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.

**** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.

*** Honour #line directives.
When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
specified in those directives.  This is useful when dealing with code
created from Cweb source files.  When Etags tags the generated file, it
writes tags pointing to the source file.

*** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs.  It can
be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line.  Etags
will read from standard input and mark the produced tags as belonging to
the file FILE.

+++
** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
--no-window-system.  The old one still works, but is deprecated.

+++
** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.

+++
** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
with a space, when those buffers are visiting files.  Normally buffers
whose names begin with space are omitted.

+++
** You can now customize fill-nobreak-predicate to control where
filling can break lines.  We provide two sample predicates,
fill-single-word-nobreak-p and fill-french-nobreak-p.

+++
** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry will always
start a new record regardless of when the last record is.

+++
** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
i.e., there is always a closing tag.
By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
from the file name or buffer contents.

+++
** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.

+++
** New user option `isearch-resume-enabled'.
This option can be disabled, to avoid the normal behavior of isearch
which puts calls to `isearch-resume' in the command history.

---
** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
instead of using default-major-mode.

---
** Lisp mode now uses font-lock-doc-face for the docstrings.

---
** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.

+++
** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.

---
** F90 mode has new navigation commands `f90-end-of-block',
`f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', `f90-previous-block'.

---
** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
to support use of font-lock.

+++
** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
`same-window'.

+++
** M-x setenv now expands environment variables of the form `$foo' and
`${foo}' in the specified new value of the environment variable.  To
include a `$' in the value, use `$$'.

+++
** File-name completion can now ignore directories.
If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
completing file names.  Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
candidate is a directory.

+++
** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
it remains unchanged.

+++
** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
displays a buffer menu.  This option turns the buffer menu off.

---
** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.

---
** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track
the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.

---
** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.

---
** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats
depend on external libraries.  All of these libraries have been ported
to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/.  Note that libpng also depends on
zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
against.

---
** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
sound support for those formats.

---
** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.

---
** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.

+++
** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
use for the modifiers.  For example, the following two lines swap
Meta and Alt:
    (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
    (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)

* New modes and packages in 21.4

---
** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.

The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
to interactive buffer switching.  Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.

---
** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.

The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
region (like delete-selection-mode).  Do not enable these modes with
cua-mode.  Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.

In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
rectangle highlighting: Use S-return to start a rectangle, extend it
using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).

Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
rows.  See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.

Cua also provides unified support for registers:  Use a numeric
prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.

The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
register 0.  This includes text deleted by typing text.

Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
automatically inserted at the global mark position.  See the
commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.

The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for
kill, copy, yank, and undo.  If you want to use cua mode, but don't
want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you may customize the
`cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.

Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el.  To ensure proper operation, you
must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.

** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards.  The numeric
keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
+, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key.  The keypad
package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.

By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
`keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
the NumLock toggle state (off/on).

The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
`Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
`Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
`Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
for emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
`Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
or local keymaps.

** The new kmacro package provides a simpler user interface to
emacs' keyboard macro facilities.

Basically, it uses two function keys (default F3 and F4) like this:
F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
the last macro.  While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.

There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
defined macros.

The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f.  See the commentary in kmacro.el
for more commands.

The normal macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e now interfaces to
the keyboard macro ring.

The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
before calling it, if used while defining a macro.

In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'.  You can customize
this behaviour via the variable kmacro-call-repeat-key and
kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.

Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
C-x C-k SPC will step through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
at a time, prompting for the actions to take.

---
** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
to C-c C-f and C-c C-i.  The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
C-c C-i b, and so on.

** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.

If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
`ps-print' package.  Use M-x pr-help for more information.

+++
** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.

Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
Emacs Lisp.  Its documentation is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
type "C-h i m calc RET" to read that manual.  A reference card is
available in `etc/calccard.tex' and `etc/calccard.ps'.

+++
** Tramp is now part of the distribution.

This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
files.  But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
Tramp uses a shell connection.  The shell connection is always used
for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
`inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
(which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
`rsync' to do the copying).

Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
`su' and `sudo'.

---
** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
emacs' filename parsing rules.  The ignored portion can be made dim,
invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.  The display method may
be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.

---
** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
"active" ruler in the header line.  You can use the mouse to visually
change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
settings.

---
** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
move your cursor into hidden region of the buffer.
It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...

There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.

---
** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.

** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
`text tables' in Emacs buffers.  It simulates the effect of putting
these tables in a special major mode.  The package emulates WYSIWYG
table editing available in modern word processors.  The package also
can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.

+++
** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
spreadsheet files.  Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.

---
** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
Emacs will still work on terminals that require magic cookies in order
to use standout mode, however they will not be able to display
mode-lines in inverse-video.

---
** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
with Custom.

** New package benchmark.el contains simple support for convenient
timing measurements of code (including the garbage collection component).

d50 1
a50 462
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.4

** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..

** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character,
unless it is followed by a `-' in a character constant (e.g. ?\s-A),
in which case it is still interpreted as the super modifier.
In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space.

** New function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the multibyteness
of a string given to a process's filter.

** New function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns t if
a string given to a process's filter is multibyte.

** A filter function of a process is called with a multibyte string if
the filter's multibyteness is t.  That multibyteness is decided by the
value of `default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is
created and can be changed later by `set-process-filter-multibyte'.

** If a process's coding system is raw-text or no-conversion and its
buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
which was not compatible with the behaviour of file reading.

** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
multibyte string with the same individual character codes.

** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
on garbage collection.

** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
it is read from a file without decoding.

** New function `optimize-char-coding-system-table' can be called
after making changes to `char-coding-system-table'.

** New function `langinfo' accesses locale information.

** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
of every frame.  This way, it restores everything that can be changed
by calling `select-window'.

** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
if you don't need to give the menu a name.  If you install the menu
into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
need to have a name.

** Byte compiler changes:

*** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil.  This
helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
Emacs and XEmacs and may sometimes make the result significantly more
efficient.  Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
you anything.

*** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
simple convention that the compiler understands.  (This is mostly
useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
forms:

  (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
  (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)

In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
unbound.  The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
macro expansion), but such tests may be nested.  Note that `when' and
`unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.

** New translation table `translation-table-for-input'.

+++
** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
current file redefined it).

** New Lisp library testcover.el works with edebug to help you determine
whether you've tested all your Lisp code.  Function testcover-start
instruments all functions in a given file.  Then test your code.  Function
testcover-mark-all adds overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to
show where coverage is lacking.  Command testcover-next-mark (bind it to
a key!) will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.

*** Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely evaluated;
a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same value.  The red
splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly complete their evaluation,
such as `error'.  The brown splotches are skipped for forms that are expected
to always evaluate to the same value, such as (setq x 14).

*** For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to help
out the test coverage tool.  The macro 1value suppresses a brown splotch for
its argument.  The macro noreturn suppresses a red splotch.

+++
** New function unsafep returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly
do anything dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be
unsafe (calls dangerous function, alters global variable, etc).

** When you are printing using print-continuous-numbering,
if no objects have had to be recorded in print-number-table,
all elements of print-number-table are nil.

** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
the scroll-bar-width frame parameter value is nil.

** The new function copy-abbrev-table returns a new abbrev table that
is a copy of a given abbrev table.

+++
** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
can start with this line:

   #!/usr/bin/emacs --script

** A function's docstring can now hold the function's usage info on
its last line.  It should match the regexp "\n\n(fn.*)\\'".

** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.

** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional buffer
argument is a minibuffer.  If the argument is omitted it defaults to
the current buffer.

** There is a new Warnings facility; see the functions `warn'
and `display-warning'.

** The functions all-completions and try-completion now accept lists
of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
and functions.  Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
exported to Lisp.

** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
much pure storage it will approximately need.

** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
for it.  (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)

** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
of one coding system from another coding system.

** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
specification.  Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
needed.

** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
appears in an `eval' local variables specification.  If the property
is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
ok.  If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.

If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
confirmation as before.

** Controlling the left and right fringe widths.

The left and right fringe widths can now be controlled by setting the
`left-fringe' and `right-fringe' frame parameters to an integer value
specifying the width in pixels.  Setting the width to 0 effectively
removes the corresponding fringe.

The actual fringe widths may deviate from the specified widths, since
the combined fringe widths must match an integral number of columns.
The extra width is distributed evenly between the left and right fringe.
For force a specific fringe width, specify the width as a negative
integer (if both widths are negative, only the left fringe gets the
specified width).

Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
of the currently defined fringe bitmaps.  The width of the built-in
fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.

+++
** Renamed file hooks to follow the convention:
find-file-hooks to find-file-hook,
find-file-not-found-hooks to find-file-not-found-functions,
write-file-hooks to write-file-functions,
write-contents-hooks to write-contents-functions.
Marked local-write-file-hooks as obsolete (use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook').

** The new variable `delete-frame-functions' replaces `delete-frame-hook'.
It was renamed to follow the naming conventions for abnormal hooks.  The old
name remains available as an alias, but has been marked obsolete.

** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
specifies a predicate which the file name read must satify.  The
new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.

** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by lisp code
to override the internal read-file-name function.

** The new function `read-directory-name' can be used instead of
`read-file-name' to read a directory name; when used, completion
will only show directories.

** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
its own special methods and not directly through the file system).

** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
(require 'cl) when loaded.

** The new Lisp library fringe.el controls the apperance of fringes.

** The `defmacro' form may contain declarations specifying how to
indent the macro in Lisp mode and how to debug it with Edebug.  The
syntax of defmacro has been extended to

   (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)

DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'.  The
declaration specifiers supported are:

(indent INDENT)
	Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.

(edebug DEBUG)
	Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG.  (This is
	equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro.

** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.

This is an alternative to using defadvice or substitute-key-definition
to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
binding and lookup functionality.

When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
original command.

Example:
Suppose that minor mode my-mode has defined the commands
my-kill-line and my-kill-word, and it wants C-k (and any other key
bound to kill-line) to run the command my-kill-line instead of
kill-line, and likewise it wants to run my-kill-word instead of
kill-word.

Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
command remapping allows you to directly map kill-line into
my-kill-line and kill-word into my-kill-word through the minor mode
map using define-key:

   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)

Now, when my-mode is enabled, and the user enters C-k or M-d,
the commands my-kill-line and my-kill-word are run.

Notice that only one level of remapping is supported.  In the above
example, this means that if my-kill-line is remapped to other-kill,
then C-k still runs my-kill-line.

The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:

- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
  `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
  to definition DEF in keymap MAP.  The definition is not limited to
  another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.

- The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
  remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.

- key-binding now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
  third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.

- where-is-internal now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
  kill-line if my-mode is enabled), and the actual key binding for
  the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
  It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
  remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns C-k for kill-line and
  <kill-line> for my-kill-line).

- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
  command before remapping.  It is equal to `this-command' when the
  command was not remapped.

** New variable emulation-mode-map-alists.

Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
keymap alist separate from minor-mode-map-alist by adding their keymap
alist to this list.

** Atomic change groups.

To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
around the code that makes changes.  For instance:

  (atomic-change-group
    (insert foo)
    (delete-region x y))

If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
were during the execution of the body.  The change group has no effect
on any other buffers--any such changes remain.

If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses.  Here is how.

To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
This function returns a "handle" for the change group.  You must save
the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.

Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
group.  Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
do this.

After you make the changes, you must finish the change group.  You can
either accept the changes or cancel them all.  Call
`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.

You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
finished.  The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
`activate-change-group' are separate functions.)  Once you finish the
group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
twice.

To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
returned values, like this:

  (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
         (prepare-change-group buffer-2))

You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.

Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
would expect.  Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
finished.

+++
** New variable char-property-alias-alist.

This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
properties.  It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
although it applies to overlays as well.  This variable was introduced
to implement the `font-lock-face' property.

** New special text property `font-lock-face'.

This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
M-x font-lock-mode.  It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
property.  Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.

** New function remove-list-of-text-properties.

The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties' is almost the same
as `remove-text-properties'.  The only difference is that it takes
a list of property names as argument rather than a property list.

** New function insert-for-yank.

This function normally works like `insert' but removes the text
properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list.  However, if the
inserted text has a `yank-handler' text property on the first
character of the string, the insertion of the text may be modified in
a number of ways.  See the description of `yank-handler' below.

** New function insert-buffer-substring-as-yank.

This function works like `insert-buffer-substring', but removes the
text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list.

** New function insert-buffer-substring-no-properties.

This function is like insert-buffer-substring, but removes all
text properties from the inserted substring.

** New `yank-handler' text property may be used to control how
previously killed text on the kill-ring is reinserted.

The value of the yank-handler property must be a list with one to five
elements with the following format:
  (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).

The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
the first character on its string argument (typically the first
element on the kill-ring).  If a yank-handler property is found,
the normal behaviour of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:

  When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
to insert the string.  FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
  If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
`yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
rectangle.
  If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
yank-excluded-properties is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
responsible for removing those properties.  This may be necessary
if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
  If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object.  It is
called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
FUNCTION may set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.

*** The functions kill-new, kill-append, and kill-region now has an
optional third argument to specify the yank-handler text property
to put on the killed text.

*** The function yank-pop will now use a non-nil value of the variable
`yank-undo-function' (instead of delete-region) to undo the previous
yank or yank-pop command (or a call to insert-for-yank).  The function
insert-for-yank automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
element of the string argument's yank-handler text property if present.

** New function display-supports-face-attributes-p may be used to test
whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.

A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
defined with defface.

** face-attribute, face-foreground, face-background, and face-stipple now
accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how face
inheritance is used when determining the value of a face attribute.

** New functions face-attribute-relative-p and merge-face-attribute
help with handling relative face attributes.

** Enhancements to process support

*** Function list-processes now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set are listed.

*** New set-process-query-on-exit-flag and process-query-on-exit-flag
functions.  The existing process-kill-without-query function is still
supported, but new code should use the new functions.

*** Function signal-process now accepts a process object or process
name in addition to a process id to identify the signalled process.

*** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
maintain process state and other per-process related information.

The new functions process-get and process-put are used to access, add,
and modify elements on this property list.
d52 1
a52 114
The new low-level functions process-plist and set-process-plist are
used to access and replace the entire property list of a process.


** Enhanced networking support.

*** There is a new `make-network-process' function which supports
opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
create a stream or datagram server inside emacs.

- A server is started using :server t arg.
- Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
- A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
- Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
- Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
- The process' property list may be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
  a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
  by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.

To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
  (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))

*** Original open-network-stream is now emulated using make-network-process.

*** New function open-network-stream-nowait.

This function initiates a non-blocking connect and returns immediately
without waiting for the connection to be established.  It takes the
filter and sentinel functions as arguments; when the non-blocking
connect completes, the sentinel is called with a status string
matching "open" or "failed".

*** New function open-network-stream-server.

This function creates a network server process for a TCP service.
When a client connects to the specified service, a new subprocess
is created to handle the new connection, and the sentinel function
is called for the new process.

*** New functions process-datagram-address and set-process-datagram-address.

These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
and set the current address of the remote partner.

*** New function format-network-address.

This function reformats the lisp representation of a network address
to a printable string.  For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P".  See the doc
string for other formatting options.

*** By default, the function process-contact still returns (HOST SERVICE)
for a network process.  Using the new optional KEY arg, the complete list
of network process properties or a specific property can be selected.

Using :local and :remote as the KEY, the address of the local or
remote end-point is returned.  An Inet address is represented as a 5
element vector, where the first 4 elements contain the IP address and
the fifth is the port number.

*** Network processes can now be stopped and restarted with
`stop-process' and `continue-process'.  For a server process, no
connections are accepted in the stopped state.  For a client process,
no input is received in the stopped state.

** New function copy-tree.

** New function substring-no-properties.

** New function minibuffer-selected-window.

** New function `call-process-shell-command'.

** The dummy function keys made by easymenu
are now always lower case.  If you specify the
menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
as the "key" bound by that key binding.

This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for
the bindings that were made with easymenu.

** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional
argument.  If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks
for a function that could be called with `call-interactively',
and does not return t for keyboard macros.

** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.

It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
and its SQLi buffer is the slave.  This allows you to scroll the SQLi
buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
commands.

This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
sql-buffer contains the slave buffer.  It is a local variable in the
SQL buffer.

(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
   (function (lambda ()
	       (master-mode t)
	       (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
   (function (lambda ()
	       (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))

** File local variables.

A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
properties--any specified text properties are discarded.

+++
*** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
a55 199
+++
** New function window-body-height.

This is like window-height but does not count the mode line
or the header line.

** New function format-mode-line.

This returns the mode-line or header-line of the selected (or a
specified) window as a string with or without text properties.

** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.

These functions are like `plist-get' and `plist-put' except that they
compare the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.

** New function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'

The `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' must not be used (as previously
recommended) for making entries in the tool bar for local keymaps.
Instead, use the function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu', which lets
you specify the map to use as an argument.

+++
** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.

When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis.  (This is
equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)

+++
** You can now make a window as short as one line.

A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
`header-line-format' call for them.  A window that is two lines tall
cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.

+++
** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
for color support on character terminal frames.  Its value can be a
number of colors to support, or a symbol.  See the Emacs Lisp
Reference manual for more detailed documentation.

** Mode line display ignores text properties in the value
of a variable whose `risky-local-variables' property is nil.

---
** Indentation of simple and extended loop forms has been added to the
cl-indent package.  The new user options
`lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and
`lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can be used to customize the
indentation of keywords and forms in loop forms.

---
** Indentation of backquoted forms has been made customizable in the
cl-indent package.  See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.

** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:

Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
from 0 to 255.  As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
buffers no longer exist.  We only know of three reasons to use them
now:

1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.

2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
the time it takes to convert the format.

3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
wasteful.

** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
over minor mode keymaps.

** A hex escape in a string forces the string to be multibyte.
An octal escape makes it unibyte.

** Only one of the beginning or end of an invisible, intangible region is
considered an acceptable value for point; which one is determined by
examining how the invisible/intangible properties are inherited when new
text is inserted adjacent to them.  If text inserted at the beginning would
inherit the invisible/intangible properties, then that position is
considered unacceptable, and point is forced to the position following the
invisible/intangible text.  If text inserted at the end would inherit the
properties, then the opposite happens.

Thus, point can only go to one end of an invisible, intangible region, but
not the other one.  This prevents C-f and C-b from appearing to stand still
on the screen.

** field-beginning and field-end now accept an additional optional
argument, LIMIT.

+++
** define-abbrev now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG.  If
non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means that
it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the abbrevs.
Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always specify this
flag.

** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.

** The function insert-string is now obsolete.

** The precedence of file-name-handlers has been changed.
Instead of blindly choosing the first handler that matches,
find-file-name-handler now gives precedence to a file-name handler
that matches near the end of the file name.  More specifically, the
handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.
In case of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.

** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
bindings of the parent keymap.

** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
(see jit-lock-defer-contextually), then all of that text will
be refontified.  This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
depends on text several lines further down (and when font-lock-multiline
is not appropriate to solve that problem).  For example in Perl:

	s{
		foo
	}{
		bar
	}e

Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a jit-lock-defer-multiline
property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.

** describe-vector now takes a second argument `describer' which is
called to print the entries' values.  It defaults to `princ'.

** defcustom and other custom declarations now use a default group
(the last group defined in the same file) when no :group was given.

** emacsserver now runs pre-command-hook and post-command-hook when
it receives a request from emacsclient.

** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
than 3 levels of nesting.

** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
in Indented-Text mode.

** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
it in that buffer.

** If you set `query-replace-skip-read-only' non-nil,
`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
a match if part of it has a read-only property.

** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
properties from surrounding text.

** New function `buffer-local-value'.

- Function: buffer-local-value variable buffer

This function returns the buffer-local binding of VARIABLE (a symbol)
in buffer BUFFER.  If VARIABLE does not have a buffer-local binding in
buffer BUFFER, it returns the default value of VARIABLE instead.

** New function `text-clone-create'.  Text clones are chunks of text
that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
clone to the other.

** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
*** the FACENAME returned in font-lock-keywords can be a list
of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set
other properties than `face'.
*** font-lock-extra-managed-props can be set to make sure those extra
properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.

** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
or `bg:COLOR' has been removed.  Lisp programs should use the
`defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors.

** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
are used by define-derived-mode to make sure the mode hook for the
parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.

** define-derived-mode by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.

+++
** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
to test/provide subfeatures.  Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
and run any code associated with the provided feature.

a58 81
+++
** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
`.emacs' are treated as extensionless.

** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer.  Function `user-full-name'
accepts a float as UID parameter.

** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.

** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in elisp files is now obeyed.

** The Emacs Lisp byte-compiler now displays the actual line and
character position of errors, where possible.  Additionally, the form
of its warning and error messages have been brought more in line with
the output of other GNU tools.

** New functions `keymap-prompt' and `current-active-maps'.

** New function `describe-buffer-bindings'.

** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
searching for an executable resp. an elisp file.

** Variable aliases have been implemented:

- Function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]

This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
symbol BASE-VAR.  This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
changes the value of BASE-VAR.

DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
the same documentation as BASE-VAR.

- Function: indirect-variable VARIABLE

This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
of VARIABLE.  If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.

It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.

** Functions from `post-gc-hook' are run at the end of garbage
collection.  The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.

** If the second argument to `copy-file' is the name of a directory,
the file is copied to that directory instead of signaling an error.

** The variables most-positive-fixnum and most-negative-fixnum
have been moved from the CL package to the core.

** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.

** Functions y-or-n-p, read-char, read-keysequence and alike that
display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer now display the prompt
using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.

** New packages:

*** The new package syntax.el provides an efficient way to find the
current syntactic context (as returned by parse-partial-sexp).

*** The new package bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
data structures.

*** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.

*** The new package button.el implements simple and fast `clickable buttons'
in emacs buffers.  `buttons' are much lighter-weight than the `widgets'
implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that doesn't
require the full power of widgets.  Emacs uses buttons for such things
as help and apropos buffers.

d229 2
a230 1
for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
d556 1
a556 1
** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
d1470 1
a1470 1
*** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.
d1879 1
a1879 1
`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.
d2278 1
a2278 2
long promised.  So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
such as `mapconcat'.
d2309 1
a2309 1
** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
d2547 1
a2547 1
'(in SET)'
d2685 1
a2685 1
     `indian-two-byte'			(\\cI)
d2728 1
a2728 1
     zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
d2733 1
a2733 1
     produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
d2749 1
a2749 1

d2761 1
a2761 1

d2778 1
a2778 1
      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
d3943 1
a3943 1
The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
d3945 1
a3945 1
Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
d4156 1
a4156 1
properties supported are:
d4161 1
a4161 1
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
d4165 1
a4165 1
BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
d4221 1
a4221 1
mono images are:
d4226 1
a4226 1
meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
d4230 1
a4230 1
BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
d4236 2
a4237 2
package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
properties defined.
d5328 1
a5328 1
** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
d6838 3
a6840 1
characters).
d6934 1
a6934 1
For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
d7997 1
a7997 1
Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
d9302 1
a9302 1
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@


